UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM 40-F

 

¨        Registration statement pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

or

x        Annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 Commission File Number 000-56021

 

 

 

Acreage Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

British Columbia, Canada
(Province or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
2833
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification
Code Number)
98-1463868
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

366 Madison Avenue, 11 th Floor
New York, New York 10017
United States
(646) 600-9181
(Address and telephone number of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Acreage Holdings, Inc.
366 Madison Avenue, 11 th Floor
New York, New York 10017
(646) 600-9181

(Name, address (including zip code) and telephone number (including
area code) of agent for service in the United States)

 

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered  
       

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Subordinate Voting Shares, no par value.

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

 

For annual reports, indicate by check mark the information filed with this Form:

 

x Annual information form x Audited annual financial statements

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the registrant’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: As at December 31, 2018, 21,471,042 subordinate voting shares, 1,445,887.465 proportionate voting shares and 168,000 multiple voting shares of the Registrant were issued and outstanding.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. x Yes ¨ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). ¨ Yes ¨ No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Emerging growth company x

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

 

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

 

 

 

 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

Acreage Holdings, Inc. (the “Company” or the “Registrant”) is a Canadian issuer that is permitted, under the multijurisdictional disclosure system adopted in the United States, to prepare this annual report on Form 40-F (this “Annual Report”) pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), in accordance with Canadian disclosure requirements, which are different from those of the United States. The Company is a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act and Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Equity securities of the Company are accordingly exempt from Sections 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), 14(f) and 16 of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 3a12-3 thereunder.

 

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

The Exhibits incorporated by reference into this Annual Report of the Registrant contain “forward-looking information” and “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Canadian securities laws and United States securities laws (“ forward-looking statements ”). Forward-looking statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future performance. Instead, they are based on management’s current beliefs, expectations or assumptions regarding the future of the business, future plans and strategies, operational results and other future conditions of the Company. In addition, the Company may make or approve certain statements in future filings with Canadian securities regulatory authorities, in press releases, or in oral or written presentations by representatives of the Company that are not statements of historical fact and may also constitute forward-looking statements. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, made by the Company that address activities, events or developments that the Company expects or anticipates will or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, statements preceded by, followed by or that include words such as “may”, “will”, “would”, “could”, “should”, “believes”, “estimates”, “projects”, “potential”, “expects”, “plans”, “intends”, “anticipates”, “targeted”, “continues”, “forecasts”, “designed”, “goal”, or the negative of those words or other similar or comparable words and includes, among others, information regarding: expectations for the effects of the reverse takeover by High Street Capital Partners, LLC of Applied Inventions Management Corp. (the “Transaction”); expectations for the potential benefits of the Transaction; statements relating to the business and future activities of, and developments related to, the Company after the date of this Annual Report, including such things as future business strategy, competitive strengths, goals, expansion and growth of the Company’s business, operations and plans; expectations that planned acquisitions will be completed, and the expected financial results of such acquisitions; expectations that licenses applied for will be obtained; potential future legalization of adult-use and/or medical cannabis under U.S. federal law; expectations of market size and growth in the U.S. and the states in which the Company operates; expectations for other economic, business, regulatory and/or competitive factors related to the Company or the cannabis industry generally; and other events or conditions that may occur in the future.

 

Forward-looking statements may relate to future financial conditions, results of operations, plans, objectives, performance or business developments. These statements speak only as at the date they are made and are based on information currently available and on the then current expectations. Holders of securities of the Company are cautioned that forward-looking statements are not based on historical facts but instead are based on reasonable assumptions and estimates of management of the Company at the time they were provided or made and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company, as applicable, to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, risks and uncertainties related to: the available funds of the Company and the anticipated use of such funds; the availability of financing opportunities; legal and regulatory risks inherent in the cannabis industry; risks associated with economic conditions, dependence on management and currency risk; risks relating to U.S. regulatory landscape and enforcement related to cannabis, including political risks; risks relating to anti-money laundering laws and regulation; other governmental and environmental regulation; public opinion and perception of the cannabis industry; risks related to contracts with third-party service providers; risks related to the enforceability of contracts; reliance on the expertise and judgment of senior management of the Company; risks related to proprietary intellectual property and potential infringement by third parties; the concentrated voting control of the Company’s founder and the unpredictability caused by the Company’s capital structure; risks relating to the management of growth; increasing competition in the industry; risks inherent in an agricultural business; risks relating to energy costs; risks associated to cannabis products manufactured for human consumption including potential product recalls; reliance on key inputs, suppliers and skilled labor; cybersecurity risks; ability and constraints on marketing products; fraudulent activity by employees, contractors and consultants; tax and insurance related risks; risks related to the economy generally; risk of litigation; conflicts of interest; risks relating to certain remedies being limited and the difficulty of enforcement of judgments and effect service outside of Canada; risks related to future acquisitions or dispositions; sales by existing shareholders; limited research and data relating to cannabis; as well as those risk factors discussed under “Risk Factors” in Exhibit 99.1 and as described from time to time in documents filed by the Company with securities regulatory authorities.

 

  2  

 

 

The purpose of forward-looking statements is to provide the reader with a description of management’s expectations, and such forward-looking statements may not be appropriate for any other purpose. In particular, but without limiting the foregoing, disclosure in Exhibit 99.1 under “Description of the Business” as well as statements regarding the Company’s objectives, plans and goals, including future operating results and economic performance may make reference to or involve forward-looking statements. Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, it can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to have been correct.

 

Certain of the forward-looking statements and other information contained herein concerning the cannabis industry and its medical and adult-use markets and the general expectations of the Company concerning the industry and the Company’s business and operations are based on estimates prepared by the Company using data from publicly available governmental sources as well as from market research and industry analysis and on assumptions based on data and knowledge of this industry which the Company believes to be reasonable. However, although generally indicative of relative market positions, market shares and performance characteristics, such data is inherently imprecise. While the Company is not aware of any misstatement regarding any industry or government data presented herein, the cannabis industry involves risks and uncertainties that are subject to change based on various factors. Certain of the industry data presented herein has been derived from reports paid for by the Company and prepared by The Arcview Group, a cannabis industry investment and research company.

 

A number of factors could cause actual events, performance or results to differ materially from what is projected in the forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report. Such forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this Annual Report. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law. The Company’s forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement.

 

NOTE TO UNITED STATES READERS - DIFFERENCES IN UNITED STATES AND CANADIAN REPORTING PRACTICES

 

The Registrant is permitted, under a multijurisdictional disclosure system adopted by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), to prepare this Annual Report in accordance with Canadian disclosure requirements, which are different from those of the United States. The Registrant prepares its financial statements, which are filed with this Annual Report in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and which are not comparable to financial statements of United States companies.

 

CURRENCY

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all dollar amounts in this Annual Report on Form 40-F are in United States dollars. The exchange rate of Canadian dollars into United States dollars, on December 31, 2018 based upon the daily exchange rate as quoted by the Bank of Canada was U.S.$1.00 = Cdn.$1.3642.

 

  3  

 

 

ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM

 

The AIF for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 is filed as Exhibit 99.1 to this Annual Report and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

AUDITED ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, including the report of the independent auditor thereon, are filed as Exhibit 99.2 to this Annual Report, and are incorporated by reference herein.

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

The Company’s MD&A for the year ended December 31, 2018 is filed as Exhibit 99.3 to this Annual Report, and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

TAX MATTERS

 

Purchasing, holding, or disposing of the Company’s securities may have tax consequences under the laws of the United States and Canada that are not described in this Annual Report.

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officers, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

While the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer believe that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures provide a reasonable level of assurance that they are effective, they do not expect that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors or fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived or operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

 

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

This Annual Report does not include an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

This Annual Report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

 

  4  

 

 

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

During the period covered by this Annual Report, the Company significantly built up its accounting and finance departments and begun adding to its internal controls group in advance of the Company being required to evaluate any material change to its internal control over financial reporting, which is required after the first annual report that includes a management report on internal control over financial reporting.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

The Board of Directors has determined that Douglas Maine and William Van Faasen qualify as financial experts (as defined in Item 407 (d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act), have financial management expertise (pursuant to section 303A.07 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual) and are independent (as determined under Exchange Act Rule 10A-3).

 

PRE-APPROVAL OF AUDIT AND NON-AUDIT SERVICES PROVIDED BY
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

 

The Audit Committee Charter sets out responsibilities regarding the provision of non-audit services by the Company’s external auditors and requires the Audit Committee to pre-approve all permitted non-audit services to be provided by the Company’s external auditors, in accordance with applicable law.

 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES – INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

 

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees billed to the Company by MNP LLP, the Company’s independent auditor. MNP LLP was appointed as auditor of the Company on November 14, 2018.

 

    2018  
       
Audit Fees   $ 540,000  
Audit-Related Fees (1)     Nil  
Tax Fees (2)     Nil  
All Other Fees (3)     26,500  
Total   $ 566,500  

 

(1)          “Audit-Related Fees” refers to the aggregate audit related fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s financial statements and are not reported as “Audit Fees”

(2)          “Tax Fees” refers to the aggregate tax fees billed for tax compliance, advice, planning and assistance with the preparation of tax returns.

(3)          “All Other Fees” refers to the aggregate fees billed relating to the preparation of a certain prospectus, reverse takeover transaction implications, enterprise resource planning vendor request for information and other accounting advice.

 

  5  

 

 

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees billed (in Canadian dollars) to the Company by Applied Inventions Management Corp.’s independent auditor, RSM Canada LLP, in 2018 and 2017.

 

    2017     2018  
             
Audit Fees   $ 10,400     $ 6,300  
Audit-Related Fees (1)     Nil       4,200  
Tax Fees (2)     260       1,575  
All Other Fees (3)     Nil       Nil  
Total   $ 10,660     $ 12,075  

 

(1)          “Audit-Related Fees” refers to the aggregate audit related fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s financial statements and are not reported as “Audit Fees”

(2)          “Tax Fees” refers to the aggregate tax fees billed for tax compliance, advice, planning and assistance with the preparation of tax returns.

(3)          “All Other Fees” refers to the aggregate fees billed relating to the preparation of a certain prospectus, reverse takeover transaction implications, enterprise resource planning vendor request for information and other accounting advice.

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

As at the date of this filing, the Company does not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on the results of the operations or financial condition of the Company, including, and without limitation, such considerations as liquidity and capital resources.

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to directors, officers and employees of, and consultants and contractors to, the Company (the “Code”). The Company undertakes to provide copies of the Code without charge. Requests for copies of the Code should be sent to corporatesecrtary@acreageholdings.com. The Code meets the requirements for a “code of ethics” within the meaning of that term in General Instruction 9(b) of the Form 40-F.

 

All waivers of the Code with respect to any of the employees, officers or directors covered by it will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable securities rules and regulations. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, the Company did not waive or implicitly waive any provision of the Code with respect to any of the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions.

 

  6  

 

 

TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

The following table lists, as of December 31, 2018, information with respect to the Registrant’s known contractual obligations in thousands of dollars:

 

    Payments due by period  
Contractual Obligations   Total     Less than
1 year
    1-3 years     3-5 years     More than
5 years
 
Long-Term Debt Obligations   $ 15,635     $ 15,144     $ 491     $ 0     $ 0  
Capital (Finance) Lease Obligations   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Operating Lease Obligations   $ 12,075     $ 2,614     $ 4,107     $ 2,669     $ 2,685  
Purchase Obligations   $ 4,406     $ 3,743     $ 663     $ 0     $ 0  
Other Long-Term Liabilities Reflected on the Company’s Balance Sheet under “International Financial Reporting Standards” (1)   $ 1,129     $ 0     $ 1,129     $ 0     $ 0  
Total   $ 33,245     $ 21,501     $ 6,390     $ 2,669     $ 2,685  

 

(1)          Excludes $30,527 deferred tax liability.

 

NOTICES PURSUANT TO REGULATION BTR

 

There were no notices required by Rule 104 of Regulation BTR that the Company sent during the year ended December 31, 2018 concerning any equity security subject to a blackout period under Rule 101 of Regulation BTR.

 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

UNDERTAKING

 

The Company undertakes to make available, in person or by telephone, representatives to respond to inquiries made by the Commission staff, and to furnish promptly, when requested to do so by the Commission staff, information relating to: the securities registered pursuant to Form 40-F; the securities in relation to which the obligation to file an annual report on Form 40-F arises; or transactions in said securities.

 

CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

The Company has previously filed with the SEC a written consent to service of process on Form F-X. Any change to the name or address of the Company’s agent for service shall be communicated promptly to the SEC by amendment to the Form F-X referencing the file number of the Company.

 

  7  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 40-F and has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Glen Leibowitz
    Name: Glen Leibowitz
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Date: April 29, 2019

 

  8  

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

The following documents are being filed with the Commission as Exhibits to this Annual Report:

 

Exhibit   Description
     
99.1   Annual Information Form dated April 24, 2019
     
99.2   Audited Annual Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto as at and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, together with the report thereon of the independent auditor
     
99.3   Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the year ended December 31, 2018
     
99.4   Certificate of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act
     
99.5   Certificate of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act
     
99.6   Certificate of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     
99.7   Certificate of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     
99.8   Consent of MNP LLP
     
99.9   Sections 3.1 and 4.2 (which sections are entitled “General Development of the Business – Roll-Up Transactions”, “General Development of the Business – Acreage Acquisitions”, “General Development of the Business – Other Investments”, “Market Information, Trends, Commitments, Events and Uncertainties Usage of Cannabis – United States Regulation Environment” and “Market Information, Trends, Commitments, Events and Uncertainties Usage of Cannabis – The Regulatory Landscape on a U.S. State Level”) of the Company’s Listing Statement, dated November 14, 2018 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.40 of the Company’s Form 40-F Registration Statement filed with the SEC on January 29, 2019)
     
101.INS*   XBRL Instance
     
101.SCH*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
     
101.CAL*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
     
101.DEF*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
     
101.LAB*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
     
101.PRE*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

*To be filed by amendment

 

  9  

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

 

APRIL 24, 2019

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM 1
   
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 1
   
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 2
   
CORPORATE STRUCTURE 3
   
GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS 4
   
DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS 23
   
REGULATORY OVERVIEW 30
   
RISK FACTORS 33
   
DIVIDENDS 63
   
CAPITAL STRUCTURE 63
   
MARKET FOR SECURITIES 67
   
ESCROWED SECURITIES AND SECURITIES SUBJECT TO RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER 68
   
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 68
   
PROMOTERS 73
   
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS 73
   
INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS 74
   
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR 74
   
MATERIAL CONTRACTS 74
   
AUDIT COMMITTEE INFORMATION 74
   
INTERESTS OF EXPERTS 76
   
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 76

   

 

 

 

ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM

 

In this annual information form (“ Annual Information Form ” or “ AIF ”), unless otherwise noted or the context indicates otherwise, the “Company”, “we”, “us” and “our” refer to Acreage Holdings, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and references to “Applied Inventions” refer to the Company prior to completion of the Transaction (as defined herein).

 

This AIF applies to the business activities and operations of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2018. Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this AIF is given as of the date hereof.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “$” or “US$” in this AIF refer to United States dollars and all references to “C$” in this AIF refer to Canadian dollars.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Information Form contains “forward-looking information” and “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Canadian securities laws and United States securities laws (“ forward-looking statements ”). Forward-looking statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future performance. Instead, they are based on management’s current beliefs, expectations or assumptions regarding the future of the business, future plans and strategies, operational results and other future conditions of the Company. In addition, the Company may make or approve certain statements in future filings with Canadian securities regulatory authorities, in press releases, or in oral or written presentations by representatives of the Company that are not statements of historical fact and may also constitute forward-looking statements. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, made by the Company that address activities, events or developments that the Company expects or anticipates will or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, statements preceded by, followed by or that include words such as “may”, “will”, “would”, “could”, “should”, “believes”, “estimates”, “projects”, “potential”, “expects”, “plans”, “intends”, “anticipates”, “targeted”, “continues”, “forecasts”, “designed”, “goal”, or the negative of those words or other similar or comparable words and includes, among others, information regarding: expectations for the effects of the Transaction; expectations for the potential benefits of the Transaction; statements relating to the business and future activities of, and developments related to, the Company after the date of this Annual Information Form, including such things as future business strategy, competitive strengths, goals, expansion and growth of the Company’s business, operations and plans; expectations that planned acquisitions will be completed, and the expected financial results of such acquisitions; expectations that licenses applied for will be obtained; the Arrangement (as defined herein); the likelihood of the Arrangement being completed; shareholder and court approval of the Arrangement; potential future legalization of adult-use and/or medical cannabis under U.S. federal law; expectations of market size and growth in the U.S. and the states in which the Company operates; expectations for other economic, business, regulatory and/or competitive factors related to the Company or the cannabis industry generally; and other events or conditions that may occur in the future.

 

Forward-looking statements may relate to future financial conditions, results of operations, plans, objectives, performance or business developments. These statements speak only as at the date they are made and are based on information currently available and on the then current expectations. Holders of securities of the Company are cautioned that forward-looking statements are not based on historical facts but instead are based on reasonable assumptions and estimates of management of the Company at the time they were provided or made and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company, as applicable, to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, risks and uncertainties related to: the available funds of the Company and the anticipated use of such funds; the availability of financing opportunities; legal and regulatory risks inherent in the cannabis industry; risks associated with economic conditions, dependence on management and currency risk; risks relating to U.S. regulatory landscape and enforcement related to cannabis, including political risks; risks relating to anti-money laundering laws and regulation; other governmental and environmental regulation; public opinion and perception of the cannabis industry; risks related to contracts with third-party service providers; risks related to the enforceability of contracts; reliance on the expertise and judgment of senior management of the Company; risks related to proprietary intellectual property and potential infringement by third parties; the concentrated voting control of the Company’s founder and the unpredictability caused by the Company’s capital structure; risks relating to the management of growth; increasing competition in the industry; risks inherent in an agricultural business; risks relating to energy costs; risks associated to cannabis products manufactured for human consumption including potential product recalls; reliance on key inputs, suppliers and skilled labor; cybersecurity risks; ability and constraints on marketing products; fraudulent activity by employees, contractors and consultants; tax and insurance related risks; risks related to the economy generally; risk of litigation; conflicts of interest; risks relating to certain remedies being limited and the difficulty of enforcement of judgments and effect service outside of Canada; risks related to future acquisitions or dispositions; sales by existing shareholders; limited research and data relating to cannabis; as well as those risk factors discussed under “Risk Factors” in this AIF below and as described from time to time in documents filed by the Company with Canadian securities regulatory authorities.

 

1

 

 

The purpose of forward-looking statements is to provide the reader with a description of management’s expectations, and such forward-looking statements may not be appropriate for any other purpose. In particular, but without limiting the foregoing, disclosure in this Annual Information Form under “ Description of the Business ” as well as statements regarding the Company’s objectives, plans and goals, including future operating results and economic performance may make reference to or involve forward-looking statements. Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, it can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to have been correct.

 

Certain of the forward-looking statements and other information contained herein concerning the cannabis industry and its medical and adult-use markets and the general expectations of the Company concerning the industry and the Company’s business and operations are based on estimates prepared by the Company using data from publicly available governmental sources as well as from market research and industry analysis and on assumptions based on data and knowledge of this industry which the Company believes to be reasonable. However, although generally indicative of relative market positions, market shares and performance characteristics, such data is inherently imprecise. While the Company is not aware of any misstatement regarding any industry or government data presented herein, the cannabis industry involves risks and uncertainties that are subject to change based on various factors. Certain of the industry data presented herein has been derived from reports paid for by the Company and prepared by The Arcview Group, a cannabis industry investment and research company.

 

A number of factors could cause actual events, performance or results to differ materially from what is projected in the forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Information Form. Such forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this Annual Information Form. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law. The Company’s forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

This Annual Information Form should be read together with the following sections of the Company’s listing statement dated November 14, 2018 (the “ Listing Statement ”), which are incorporated by reference and form part of this Annual Information Form. The Listing Statement may be accessed using the System for Electronic Documents Analysis and Retrieval (“ SEDAR ”) at www.sedar.com.

 

· Section 3.1 – General Development of the Business - Roll-Up Transactions

 

· Section 3.1 – General Development of the Business – Acreage Acquisitions

 

· Section 3.1 – General Development of the Business – Other Investments

 

2

 

 

· Section 4.2 – Market Information, Trends, Commitments, Events and Uncertainties Usage of Cannabis – United States Regulation Environment

 

· Section 4.2 – Market Information, Trends, Commitments, Events and Uncertainties Usage of Cannabis - The Regulatory Landscape on a U.S. State Level

 

CORPORATE STRUCTURE

 

Name, Address and Incorporation

 

The Company was incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) (the “ OBCA ”) on July 12, 1989 as “Applied Inventions Management Inc.”. On June 13, 1990, Applied Inventions completed its initial public offering pursuant to a prospectus and became a reporting issuer in the Province of Ontario. On August 29, 2014, Applied Inventions changed its name to “Applied Inventions Management Corp.”.

 

On November 9, 2018, in connection with the Transaction, Applied Inventions continued into British Columbia, changed its name to “Acreage Holdings, Inc.” and adopted Articles under the British Columbia Business Corporations Act (the “ BCBCA ”) which effected the amendment of its Articles of Incorporation under the OBCA to change the terms of its authorized share capital. See “ General Development of the Business – The Transaction - Reorganization of Applied Inventions .

 

On November 14, 2018, the Company completed the Transaction and received approval from the Canadian Securities Exchange (the “ CSE ”) to list the Subordinate Voting Shares (as defined herein) on the CSE. The Subordinate Voting Shares commenced trading on the CSE under the symbol “ACRG.U” on November 15, 2018. See “ General Development of the Business – The Transaction .

 

The Company’s registered office is located at Suite 2800, Park Place, 666 Burrard Street, Vancouver, British Columbia and the head office is located at 366 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017. The Company’s telephone number is (646) 600-9181. The Company’s business website is www.acreageholdings.com and its investor relations website is http://investors.acreageholdings.com.

 

Intercorporate Relationships

 

The following chart illustrates the Company’s corporate structure including details of the jurisdiction of formation of each subsidiary as of the date of the AIF, reflecting the completion of the Transaction and the Roll-Up (as defined herein). High Street Capital Partners, LLC (“ High Street ”) owns or provides management services to state-licensed medical and adult-use cannabis businesses in California, Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Iowa, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon and Pennsylvania (excluding pending acquisitions).

 

Unless otherwise noted, all lines represent 100% ownership of outstanding securities of the applicable subsidiary.

 

3

 

 

Note:

(1) The Listing Statement contained an erroneous statement which provided that High Street owned all of the issued and outstanding equity interests in NYCI Holdings, LLC. For clarity, neither High Street nor the Company own, or have at any time ever owned, directly or indirectly, any of the issued or outstanding equity interests in NYCI Holdings, LLC.

 

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS

 

Business of Applied Inventions

 

Applied Inventions was initially formed in order to identify, develop and market innovative products and inventions, including the SAVE swimming pool intrusion alarm, a swimming pool alarm device. Since 2011, Applied Inventions was focused on identifying a business or asset acquisition and had no active business operations leading up to completion of the Transaction.

 

Following the completion of the Transaction, the Company has continued the business of High Street.

 

General Development of High Street

 

Kevin Murphy, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, began investing in the cannabis space in 2011 with minority investments in dispensaries located in medical-use states on the east coast of the United States. High Street was founded by Mr. Murphy in April 2014 to invest in the burgeoning U.S. regulated cannabis market and, until April 2018, was an investment holding company and engaged in the business of investing in cannabis companies. As part of the formation of High Street in 2014, Mr. Murphy contributed his cannabis related investment portfolio valued at approximately $14 million to High Street in exchange for 20 million Class B membership units of High Street.

 

4

 

 

Since its formation, High Street has invested in geographically diverse licensed entities that operate in both the adult-use and medical-use authorized U.S. states. The companies in which High Street has a direct or indirect ownership interest (collectively, the “ Subsidiaries ”) focus on all aspects of the state-regulated cannabis industry. As a result of its experience investing in the industry, and, in many cases, active involvement with the Subsidiaries, High Street’s management gained significant experience in cultivation, processing and dispensing of cannabis and cannabis infused products.

 

From inception until High Street began the Roll-Up, the principal business activity of High Street was to provide debt and equity capital to existing cannabis license holders, cannabis license applicants and related management companies which are party to financing and consulting services agreements with High Street-owned entities in states throughout the U.S. where medical and/or adult-use of cannabis is legal. Such investments included straight debt securities (secured or unsecured), convertible debt instruments and/or common or preferred equity securities issued by the Subsidiaries. As an investor in these Subsidiaries, High Street was generally entitled to hold board seats and played an advisory role in the management and operations of such Subsidiaries, which afforded High Street the opportunity to build its institutional knowledge in the cannabis space. Additionally, being an investor in the Subsidiaries provided High Street with the ability to develop a vertically-integrated U.S. cannabis market participant with one of the largest footprints in the industry.

 

High Street is a Delaware limited liability company, or LLC, rather than a corporation. Unlike a corporation, generally all profits and losses of the business carried on by an LLC “pass through” to each member of the LLC. LLC members report their respective shares of such profits and losses on their U.S. federal tax returns. Membership equity interest in High Street are represented by units (“ Units ”).

 

Roll-Up Transactions

 

Beginning in April 2018, High Street focused its business strategy on acquiring control over the Subsidiaries in which it had an existing investment (collectively, the “ Roll-Up Transactions ” or the “ Roll-Up ”). In order to effect the Roll-Up Transactions, High Street entered into a membership interest purchase and contribution agreement (each, a “ MIPC Agreement ”) with the then-owners of equity interests of each of the applicable Subsidiaries (in each case, a “ Subsidiary Seller ”), pursuant to which High Street agreed to purchase, and each Subsidiary Seller agreed to sell, the equity interest in the applicable Subsidiary held by such Subsidiary Seller (in each case, the “ Interest ”).

 

In October 2018, the Company substantially completed the Roll-Up Transactions. As consideration for the purchase of the Interests of the Subsidiary Sellers, High Street paid an aggregate of $39,870,093, and issued an aggregate of $13,640,695 in seller’s notes and 13,778,810 Class D membership units of High Street, for total consideration of $138,939,410. Following the Roll-Up and the Company’s other acquisitions (including pending acquisitions), the Company, through its Subsidiaries and exclusively managed services agreements, holds licenses or have entered into management services agreements with license holders ‎ to operate or assist in the operation of 87 dispensaries and licenses to grow and process cannabis in 22 facilities, and owns or operates cannabis businesses in 20 states across the U.S., including California, Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Iowa, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Washington.

 

Each of the Subsidiaries are in various stages of development and operations, ranging from having only recently obtained a newly issued state cannabis license or to being fully operational. High Street plans to continue its expansion, with active efforts underway to acquire new and existing licenses in other U.S. states. In certain states, licenses are required to be held by non-profit entities. In those states, High Street has entered into management services agreements with such entities, under which High Street has the right to assist in the operations of such entities and earns fees in exchange for providing services.

 

5

 

 

The Transaction

 

On September 21, 2018, Applied Inventions, High Street, Acreage Finco B.C. Ltd. (“ Finco ”), HSCP Merger Corp. (“ MergerSub ”), Acreage Holdings America, Inc. (“ USCo ”) and Acreage Holdings WC, Inc. (“ USCo2 ”) entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “ Definitive Agreement ”) pursuant to which, among other things, High Street completed a reverse takeover of Applied Inventions (the “ Transaction ”). The Transaction was structured as a series of transactions, including a Canadian three-cornered amalgamation and a series of U.S. reorganization steps.

 

Reorganization of Applied Inventions

 

Under the Definitive Agreement, Applied Inventions agreed to take all necessary steps to complete a corporate reorganization. Pursuant to a resolution adopted by Applied Inventions’ shareholders at a meeting held on November 6, 2018, Applied Inventions: (i) continued from Ontario to British Columbia (the “ Continuance ”); (ii) changed its name to “Acreage Holdings, Inc.”, (iii) adopted Articles under the BCBCA which amended its Articles of Incorporation under the OBCA to: (A) subdivide its class B multiple voting shares on the basis of 1.5 post-subdivision class B multiple voting share for each one class B multiple voting share (the “ Subdivision ”); (B) consolidate its Class A subordinate voting shares and its post-Subdivision Class B multiple voting shares on the basis of one post-consolidation Class A subordinate voting share for each 350 Class A subordinate voting shares, and one post-consolidation Class B multiple voting share for each 350 post-Subdivision Class B multiple voting shares (the “ Consolidation ”); (C) amend the terms of the post-Consolidation Class A subordinate voting shares of the Company such that they now have the special rights and restrictions described under “ Capital Structure ” and were renamed “ Subordinate Voting Shares ”; (D) create a new class of shares consisting of an unlimited number of “Proportionate Voting Shares” (the “ Proportionate Voting Shares ”); having the special rights and restrictions described under “ Capital Structure ”; (E) create a new class of shares consisting of an unlimited number of “Multiple Voting Shares” (the “ Multiple Voting Shares ”) having the special rights and restrictions described under “ Capital Structure ”; and (F) amend the terms of the post-Consolidation, post-Subdivision Class B multiple voting shares of the Company such that they have the same special rights and restrictions as the Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

Finco Financing

 

On November 13, 2018, as part of the Transaction, Finco completed a private placement offering of 12,566,144 subscription receipts of Finco (“ Subscription Receipts ”) at a price of US$25.00 per Subscription Receipt for gross proceeds of US$314,153,600 (the “ Offering ”). The Offering was comprised of a brokered offering of 8,388,000 Subscription Receipts (the “ Brokered Offering ”) for gross proceeds of US$209,700,000, which was led by Canaccord Genuity Corp. (the “ Lead Agent ”), as lead agent and sole bookrunner, and included Beacon Securities Limited, Cormark Securities Inc., Eight Capital and Haywood Securities Inc. (collectively, the “ Agents ”), and a non-brokered offering of 4,178,144 Subscription Receipts (the “ Non-Brokered Offering ”) for gross proceeds of US$104,453,600. The Subscription Receipts were converted into common shares of Finco upon satisfaction of the escrow release conditions set out in the agency agreement entered into among the Agents, Finco, High Street and the Company (the “ Agency Agreement ”).

 

In connection with the Offering, High Street paid a cash fee to the Agents equal to 6.0% of the gross proceeds of the Brokered Offering in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agency Agreement (such cash fee was reduced to 2.5% in respect of sales to subscribers on the president’s list) and a financial advisory fee in the amount of US$3,000,000 in connection with the Non-Brokered Offering. As additional consideration, the Agents were granted compensation options (“ Compensation Options ”) entitling the Agents to subscribe for that number of common shares of Finco as was equal to 2.0% of the number of Subscription Receipts issued under the Brokered Offering (such number of Compensation Options was reduced to 1.5% in respect of sales to subscribers on the president’s list). Each Compensation Option is exercisable for one Subordinate Voting Share (subject to any necessary adjustments) at US$25.00 for a period of 24 months.

 

6

 

 

Contributions to USCo and USCo2

 

Pursuant to the Definitive Agreement, High Street used its reasonable commercial efforts to cause the following to take place:

 

1. all outstanding senior secured convertible notes of High Street were converted, pursuant to their terms, into Class A Units of High Street;

 

2. other than Mr. Murphy, certain executive employees, holders of profit interests and certain residents of California, all members of High Street (“ High Street Members ”) contributed their Units to USCo in exchange for voting common shares of USCo. High Street Members which reside outside the U.S. received Class A common shares of USCo, while High Street Members which reside within the U.S. received Class B common shares of USCo;

 

3. High Street Members who were residents of California for California state income tax purposes, contributed their Units to USCo2 in exchange for non-voting shares of USCo2; and

 

4. Mr. Murphy contributed a portion of his Units to USCo in exchange for Class C voting common shares of USCo, and otherwise continued to hold his remaining Units.

 

The Amalgamation

 

Pursuant to the Definitive Agreement, after completion of the Offering, Applied Inventions, MergerSub and Finco completed a three-cornered amalgamation pursuant to Section 269 of the BCBCA under which Finco shareholders (including former holders of Subscription Receipts) received one Subordinate Voting Share in exchange for each Subscription Receipt, and Finco and MergerSub amalgamated (the resulting company, “ Amalco ”). Amalco was then dissolved and liquidated, pursuant to which all of the assets of Amalco were distributed to the Company.

 

Reverse Takeover

 

On November 14, 2018 after completion of the Amalgamation, High Street completed a “reverse takeover” of the Company on the following basis:

 

1. holders of USCo common shares contributed their USCo common shares to the Company in exchange for Subordinate Voting Shares, Proportionate Voting Shares and, together with a subscription for cash by Mr. Murphy, Multiple Voting Shares. Holders of Class A common shares of USCo (being non-U.S. Holders) received Subordinate Voting Shares, holders of Class B common shares of USCo (being U.S. Holders) received Proportionate Voting Shares, and Mr. Murphy received Multiple Voting Shares;

 

2. through USCo and USCo2, the Company contributed the proceeds of the Offering to High Street upon completion of the Transaction; and

 

3. all outstanding warrants of High Street were converted, pursuant to their terms, to permit the holders thereof to acquire one Subordinate Voting Share upon exercise thereof.

 

Stock Exchange Listings

 

The Subordinate Voting Shares began trading on the CSE on November 15, 2018 under the symbol “ACRG.U”.

 

On January 7, 2019, the Subordinate Voting Share began trading on the OTCQX® Best Market by OTC Markets Group under the ticker ‎symbol “ACRGF” and on February 8, 2019 began trading on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the symbol ‎‎"0VZ."

 

7

 

 

Company’s Structure Following Completion of the Transaction

 

As a result of the Transaction, the Company acquired all the issued and outstanding shares of USCo and USCo2, and thereby acquired approximately 74% of the equity of High Street, with Mr. Murphy and certain executive employees and profit interests holders retaining a 24% equity interest. USCo has the sole right to manage High Street under the A&R LLC Agreement (as defined herein). The Company’s structure following completion the Transaction is commonly referred to as an “Up-C” structure. The Up-C structure allows the High Street Members to continue to realize tax benefits associated with owning interests in an entity, such as High Street, that is treated as a partnership, or “pass-through” entity, for U.S. income tax purposes following the Transaction. One of these benefits is that future taxable income of High Street that is allocated to the High Street Members will be taxed in the United States on a flow-through basis and therefore will not be subject to corporate taxes at the entity level. Additionally, because the High Street Members may redeem their Units for Subordinate Voting Shares or, at the Company’s option, for cash, the Up-C structure also provides the High Street Members with potential liquidity that holders of non-publicly-traded limited liability companies are not typically afforded.

 

Following completion of the Transaction, Units retained by Mr. Murphy, certain executive employees and profit interests holders, carry redemption and exchange rights allowing, subject to contractual restrictions, the holder thereof to exchange their Units for newly-issued Subordinate Voting Shares on a one-to-one basis. Instead of issuing Subordinate Voting Shares upon exchange of the Units, the Company may at its option make a cash payment equal to the volume weighted average market price of one Subordinate Voting Share for each Unit redeemed (subject to customary adjustments, including for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications) in accordance with the terms of the A&R LLC Agreement. The Company’s decision whether to make a cash payment or issue Subordinate Voting Shares upon a High Street Member’s exchange of Units will be made by the Company’s independent (within the meaning of applicable securities laws) directors who are disinterested. The Company, USCo and High Street entered into a support agreement related to the above redemption and exchange rights (the “ Acreage Support Agreement ”).

 

Description of Capital of USCo

 

The authorized share capital (together, the “ USCo Shares ”) of USCo consists of (i) 100,000,000 shares of Class A voting common stock, (ii) 100,000,000 shares of Class B voting common stock, and (iii) 100,000,000 shares of Class C voting common stock.

 

Holders of USCo Shares are entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at meetings of the securityholders of USCo, and vote together as a single class. Each USCo Share entitles the holder thereof to one vote on all matters upon which holders of USCo Shares are entitled to vote.

 

Following completion of the Transaction, Mr. Murphy and certain executive employees retained their interest in High Street and entered into a tax receivable agreement with USCo, High Street and certain of the High Street Members (the “ Tax Receivable Agreement” ). USCo is the sole manager of High Street and has the exclusive right, power and authority to manage, control, administer and operate the business and affairs, and to make decisions regarding the undertaking and business, of High Street in accordance with the third amended and restated limited liability company agreement of High Street dated November 14, 2018 (the “ A&R LLC Agreement ”), which became effective as of the completion of the Transaction. As a result of completion of the Transaction, all outstanding USCo Shares are held by the Company.

 

8

 

 

A&R LLC Agreement

 

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the A&R LLC Agreement, which governs High Street.

  

Establishment and Management

 

High Street will have perpetual existence and will continue as a limited liability company until and unless High Street is terminated or dissolved in accordance with the A&R LLC Agreement and the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ DLLCA ”).

 

The principal purpose and business of High Street is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a limited liability company may be organized under the DLLCA and to conduct such other activities as may be necessary, advisable, convenient or appropriate to promote or conduct the business of High Street, including operating in the legal cannabis sector, which includes making and holding investments in equity and debt securities of cannabis related businesses, and operating cultivation, processing and dispensing activities with respect to cannabis products.

 

USCo is the sole manager of High Street and will manage all of High Street’s operations and activities in accordance with the A&R LLC Agreement. Under the A&R LLC Agreement, USCo is to appoint High Street’s officers, to fix their salaries and compensation, and to delegate such authority and titles to them as it may consider advisable. The officers of High Street oversee the day to day business and operations of High Street, subject to the limitations imposed by USCo. USCo and USCo2 are to be reimbursed for all reasonable out of product expenses incurred on behalf of High Street. USCo does not receive any further compensation under the A&R LLC Agreement.

 

Subject to the terms of the A&R LLC Agreement and the DLLCA, USCo has the full and exclusive right, power and authority to manage, control, administer and operate the business and affairs and to make decisions regarding the undertaking and business of High Street. Among other things, USCo is empowered to negotiate, execute and perform all agreements, conveyances or other instruments on behalf of High Street, and to mortgage, charge or otherwise create a security interest over any or all of the property of High Street or its subsidiaries, and to sell property subject to such a security interest.

 

The A&R LLC Agreement provides that, where USCo is permitted or required to take any action or to make a decision in its “sole discretion”, “discretion”, with “complete discretion” or any other grant of similar authority and latitude under the A&R LLC Agreement in managing High Street’s operations and activities, USCo shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DLLCA, have no duty or obligation (fiduciary or otherwise) to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, High Street or the other High Street Members.

 

Despite the foregoing, USCo will only be able to take certain types of actions (as set forth in the A&R LLC Agreement) if the same are approved, consented to or directed by a majority of the High Street Members.

 

Distributions

 

Subject to the provisions set forth in the A&R LLC Agreement, USCo: (i) may cause distributions to be made by High Street to holders of Units out “distributable cash” or other funds or property legally available, to the extent permitted by the DLLCA and applicable law, pro rata to each High Street Member’s proportionate ownership interest in High Street in such amounts and terms as USCo determines; and (ii) must, to the extent distributable cash is available, distribute cash in an amount equal to the excess of each High Street Member’s “assumed tax liability” (as defined in the A&R LLC Agreement) over distributions previously made to such High Street Member with respect to each such taxable period, not less than five business days prior to the date a U.S. federal income tax return is due for an individual calendar year taxpayer.

 

“Distributable cash” is defined in the A&R LLC Agreement as the amount of cash and cash equivalents held by High Street, less such cash reserves which USCo as manager determines are necessary to pay High Street’s expenses, taking into account High Street’s anticipated revenues.

 

9

 

 

In no case will High Street be required to make a distribution if such distribution would render High Street insolvent or violate the DLLCA or any other applicable law.

 

Capital

 

After completion of the Transaction, the capital of High Street consists of two classes of Units: Common Units and Class C-1 Units. The interests of USCo and USCo2 is represented by Common Units with the number of issued and outstanding Common Units equal to the number of Subordinate Voting Shares, Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares issued and outstanding. The Common Units held by USCo and USCo2 do not entitle USCo or USCo2 to any exchange or redemption rights. The interests of other High Street Members are represented by Common Units, pursuant to which all such other members are entitled to certain exchange rights and redemption rights, as provided in the A&R LLC Agreement. The A&R LLC Agreement also authorizes the issuance of Class C-1 Units to persons who provide services for or on behalf of High Street or any of its Subsidiaries, and entitle the holder to certain rights and privileges, including the right to convert such Class C-1 Units to Common Units, subject to certain restrictions, qualifications and limitations provided in the A&R LLC Agreement.

 

When the Company issues Subordinate Voting Shares for cash, it may contribute all or a portion of the net proceeds to USCo in exchange for additional USCo Shares. Upon receipt of any such net proceeds from the Company, USCo will generally contribute such net proceeds to High Street as a capital contribution on account of its Common Units. In the event that a new class of shares in the capital of the Company is created, USCo may create a corresponding new class of Units that has distribution rights which correspond to such new class of shares and will cause High Street to issue new Units of such class to USCo. The Company may contribute all or a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of any such shares to USCo and USCo, upon receipt of such proceeds, will generally contribute such net proceeds to High Street in exchange for such Units.

 

If the Company proposes to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire any Subordinate Voting Shares for cash, the A&R LLC Agreement requires that USCo must cause High Street to redeem a corresponding number of Common Units held by USCo at an aggregate redemption price equal to the aggregate purchase or redemption price of the Subordinate Voting Shares being repurchased or redeemed by the Company (plus any expenses related thereto) and upon such other terms as are the same for the redemption by the Company, and immediately prior to such redemption, repurchase or acquisition by the Company, but immediately following the redemption by High Street, to redeem a corresponding number of USCo Shares held by the Company at an aggregate redemption price equal to the aggregate purchase or redemption price of the Subordinate Voting Shares being repurchased or redeemed by the Company (plus any expenses related thereto) and upon such other terms as are the same for the redemption by the Company.

 

In the event that any change is effected in the share capital of the Company, High Street shall undertake all actions requested by USCo, including a reclassification, distribution, division or recapitalization of the Common Units to maintain at all times the same ratios between the number of Subordinate Voting Shares, the number of USCo Shares and USCo2 shares, and the number of Common Units issued and outstanding immediately prior to any such reclassification, consolidation, split, dividend of securities or other recapitalization including, without limitation, also effecting a reclassification, consolidation, split, dividend of securities or other recapitalization with respect to, as applicable, the Subordinate Voting Shares and Common Units.

 

A holder of Common Units other than USCo and USCo2 has the right to cause High Street to redeem its Common Units. If such a holder of Common Units exercises its redemption right, High Street will repurchase for cancellation each such Common Unit submitted for redemption in consideration for either one Subordinate Voting Share or a cash amount equal to the cash settlement amount applicable to such Common Unit, as determined by USCo; provided that USCo shall have the right to complete such exchange directly with the redeeming holder or may assign to the Company its rights and obligations to effect an exchange directly with the redeeming holder.

 

10

 

 

Any holder that causes High Street to redeem its Common Units pursuant to the terms of the A&R LLC Agreement and otherwise fails to comply with the documentation requirements of Section 1446 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “ Code ”), including the requirement that such holder provide to High Street a properly completed IRS Form W-9 or satisfy another exception as permitted within Code Section 1446, prior to the effective time of any such redemption or exchange, will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax equal to ten percent (10%) of the fair market value of the Subordinate Voting Shares or the cash, as applicable, to be delivered to such holder pursuant to such redemption or exchange.

 

Except as described above, the A&R LLC Agreement authorizes USCo to cause High Street to issue additional Common Units and securities convertible or exchangeable into Common Units on any terms and conditions of offering and sale as USCo in its discretion may determine, including with respect to acquisitions by High Street of additional assets or equity interests in corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies and other entities and with respect to executive compensation. Unless otherwise determined by USCo, no person or entity shall have pre-emptive, preferential or any other similar right with respect to the issuances of any interest in High Street.

 

Except as permitted by the A&R LLC Agreement, no holder of Common Units may transfer any interest in such Common Units. The A&R LLC Agreement permits a transfer of Common Units pursuant to (i) the prior written approval of USCo, (ii) the exercise of exchange or redemption rights by any holder of Common Units, or (iii) certain other limited circumstances. Prior to transferring any Common Units, the transferring holder of Common Units must cause the transferee to execute a joinder to the A&R LLC Agreement and any other agreements required pursuant to the terms of the A&R LLC Agreement. Any transfer or attempted transfer of any Common Units in violation of any provision of the A&R LLC Agreement shall be void and High Street shall not record such transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee as the owner of such Common Units for any purpose.

 

Following the issuance of the Common Units to the High Street Members pursuant to the Transaction, High Street Members are not required to make further contributions to High Street.

 

Neither High Street nor USCo is liable for the return of any capital contribution made by a High Street Member to High Street.

 

Subject to the provisions of the DLLCA and of similar legislation in other jurisdictions of the United States and the A&R LLC Agreement: (i) the liability of each High Street Member for the debts, liabilities and obligations of High Street is limited to the High Street Member’s capital contribution, plus the High Street Member’s share of any undistributed income of High Street; and (ii) following payment of an High Street Member’s capital contribution, such High Street Member may be required to return amounts previously distributed to such High Street Member in accordance with the DLLCA and the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

The A&R LLC Agreement states that a High Street Member (in its capacity as a High Street Member) does not have the authority or power to do any of the following:

 

·

act for or on behalf of High Street;

 

·

to do any act that would be binding upon High Street;

 

· make any expenditure on behalf of High Street;

 

· seek or obtain partition by court decree or operation of law of any High Street property; or

 

· own or use particular or individual assets of High Street.

 

The A&R LLC Agreement provides that High Street will indemnify each High Street Member for all liabilities incurred by the High Street Member that arise solely by reason of such High Street Member being a member of High Street.

 

11

 

 

General

 

The A&R LLC Agreement may be amended or modified by USCo as determined to be necessary or advisable, in the sole discretion of USCo, in connection with the adoption, implementation, modification or termination of certain equity plans by the Company. Subject to such right, unless otherwise specified in the A&R LLC Agreement, the A&R LLC Agreement may only be amended with the consent of USCo and High Street Members holding a majority of the outstanding Common Units.

 

USCo has the power and authority to effectuate the sale, lease, transfer, exchange or other disposition of any, all or substantially all of the assets of High Street (including the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege or subscription right or any other right available in connection with any assets at any time held by High Street) or the merger, consolidation, reorganization or other combination of High Street with or into another entity.

 

The High Street Members intend that High Street be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and, if applicable, state or local income tax purposes. Each High Street Member and High Street will file all tax returns and will otherwise take all tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment.

 

High Street will dissolve, and its affairs will be wound up, upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

·

the decision of USCo together with the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Common Units entitled to vote to dissolve High Street;

 

· a dissolution of High Street under the DLLCA; or

 

· the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of High Street under the DLLCA.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the A&R LLC Agreement, High Street is intended to have perpetual existence. The withdrawal of a High Street Member shall not cause a dissolution of High Street and High Street shall continue in existence subject to the terms and conditions of the A&R LLC Agreement.

 

USCo may resign as the sole manager of High Street at any time by giving written notice to the High Street Members. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, the resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the High Street Members, and the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. The High Street Members have no right under the A&R LLC Agreement to remove or replace USCo as the sole manager of High Street. Vacancies in the position of manager occurring for any reason will be filled by USCo (or, if USCo has ceased to exist without any successor or assign, then by the holders of a majority in interest of the voting capital stock of USCo immediately prior to such cessation).

 

Under the A&R LLC Agreement, in most circumstances, High Street is to indemnify and hold harmless any person to the fullest extent permitted under the DLLCA against all expenses, liabilities and losses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person (or one or more of such person’s affiliates) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a High Street Member or is or was serving at the request of High Street as the manager, an officer, an employee or another agent of High Street or is or was serving at the request of High Street as a manager, member, employee or agent of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; provided, however, that no such person shall be indemnified for actions against High Street, the manager or managers or any other High Street Members, or which are not made in good faith and not or in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of High Street, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding other than by or in the right of High Street, had reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful, or for any present or future breaches of any representations, warranties or covenants by such person or its affiliates as provided in the A&R LLC Agreement or other agreements to which High Street is a party.

 

12

 

 

Expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by any such person in defending a proceeding, shall be paid by High Street as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by High Street.

 

High Street is to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, or make other financial arrangements, at its expense, to protect any person indemnified pursuant to the A&R LLC Agreement against certain expenses, liabilities or losses described in the A&R LLC Agreement whether or not High Street would otherwise have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses, liabilities or losses under the provisions of the A&R LLC Agreement. High Street is to use its commercially reasonable efforts to purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (including employment practices coverage) with a carrier and in an amount determined necessary or desirable as determined in good faith by USCo.

 

High Street must keep, or cause to be kept, appropriate books and records with respect to High Street’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided to each person who was a High Street Member during each fiscal year of High Street as is reasonably necessary for the preparation of such person’s U.S. federal and applicable state income tax returns.

 

All decisions to make or refrain from making any tax elections will be determined by USCo. USCo is authorized to represent High Street, at High Street’s expense, in connection with all examinations of High Street’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings. Each High Street Member agrees to cooperate with USCo and to do or refrain from doing any or all things with regard to all things reasonably required by USCo to conduct such proceedings. USCo is to keep all High Street Members fully advised on a current basis of any contacts by or discussions with the tax authorities, and the High Street Members have the right to observe and participate through representatives of their own choosing (at their sole expense) in any tax proceedings.

 

Tax Receivable Agreement

 

In connection with the Transaction, USCo entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement with High Street, Mr. Murphy, certain executive employees and profit interests holders of High Street (together, the “ Tax Receivable Recipients ”). USCo expects to obtain an increase in its share of the tax basis of the assets of High Street when a High Street Member receives cash or Subordinate Voting Shares in connection with a redemption or exchange of such High Street Member’s Common Units or Class C-1 Units in High Street for Subordinate Voting Shares or cash (such basis increase, the “ Basis Adjustments ”).

 

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides for the payment by USCo to the Tax Receivable Recipients of 65% of the amount of tax benefits, if any, that USCo actually realizes, or in some circumstances is deemed to realize, as a result of the redemption and exchange transactions described above, including increases in the tax basis of the assets of High Street arising from such transactions, tax basis increases attributable to payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement and deductions attributable to imputed interest and other payments of interest pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement. USCo expects to benefit from 15% of tax benefits, if any, that USCo may actually realize, with the remaining 20% paid pursuant to the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan (as defined herein), the material terms of which are summarized below.

 

The actual Basis Adjustments, as well as any amounts paid to the Tax Receivable Recipients under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending on a number of factors, including:

 

·

the timing of any subsequent redemptions or exchanges - for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of USCo at the time of each redemption or exchange;

 

13

 

 

·

the price of Subordinate Voting Shares at the time of redemptions or exchanges - the Basis Adjustments, as well as any related increase in any tax deductions, is directly related to the price of Subordinate Voting Shares at the time of each redemption or exchange;

 

·

the extent to which such redemptions or exchanges are taxable - if a redemption or exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased tax deductions will not be available; and

 

·

the amount and timing of USCo income - the Tax Receivable Agreement generally requires USCo to pay 65% of the tax benefits as and when those benefits are treated as realized under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement. If USCo does not have taxable income, it generally will not be required (absent a change of control or other circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for that taxable year because no tax benefits will have been actually realized. However, any tax benefits that do not result in realized tax benefits in a given taxable year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate tax benefits in previous or future taxable years. The utilization of any such tax attributes will result in payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that if: (i) USCo materially breaches any of its material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement; (ii) certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combination, or other changes of control were to occur; or (iii) USCo elects an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement; then USCo’s obligations, or its successor’s obligations, under the Tax Receivable Agreement would accelerate and become due and payable, based on certain assumptions, including an assumption that USCo would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize all potential future tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. As a result: (i) USCo could be required to make cash payments that are greater than the specified percentage of the actual benefits it ultimately realizes in respect of the tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement; and (ii) if USCo elects to terminate it will be required to make an immediate cash payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits that are the subject of the Tax Receivable Agreement, which payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization, if any, of such future tax benefits.

 

High Street intends to treat the acquisition of Units pursuant to such a redemption or exchange as a direct purchase by High Street of Units from an High Street Member for U.S. federal income and other applicable tax purposes, regardless of whether such Units are surrendered by an High Street Member to High Street, USCo or the Company upon the exercise by USCo of its election to acquire such Units directly or the exercise by USCo to assign its rights to acquire such Units directly to the Company. Basis Adjustments may have the effect of reducing the amounts that USCo may otherwise owe in the future to various tax authorities. In its capacity as the sole manager of High Street, USCo will ensure that High Street will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code (and under any similar provisions of applicable U.S. state or local law) for each taxable year in which a redemption or exchange of Units for Subordinate Voting Shares or cash occurs.

 

To the extent any Tax Receivable Recipient sells, exchanges, distributes, or otherwise transfers Units to any person, the Tax Receivable Recipient shall have the option to assign to the transferee of such Units its rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement with respect to such transferred Units. If a Tax Receivable Recipient transfers Units but does not assign to the transferee of such Units its rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, such Tax Receivable Recipient shall continue to be entitled to receive the tax benefit payments arising in respect of a subsequent exchange of such Units for Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

The payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement are obligations of USCo and not of the Company or High Street. The actual timing and amount of any payments that may be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement will vary. Any payments made by USCo to Tax Receivable Recipients under the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to USCo (or to the Company or High Street) and, to the extent that USCo is unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason, the unpaid amounts generally will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid by USCo.

 

14

 

 

Tax Receivable Bonus Plan

 

In connection with the Tax Receivable Agreement, USCo established a tax receivable bonus plan (the “ Tax Receivable Bonus Plan ”). The principal features of the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan are summarized below.

 

Eligibility and Participation

 

Participants in the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan may only include individuals who are classified as a member of the senior executive team of the Company and its affiliated entities, as identified therein (each, a “ Tax Receivable Bonus Plan Participant ”). A Tax Receivable Bonus Plan Participant who is terminated for cause from the Company or any of its affiliated entities shall be automatically precluded from any participation in the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan. Additional Tax Receivable Bonus Participants may not be added to the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan.

 

Participants must remain High Street Members on the date on which a payment is made in order to receive a payout from the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan, unless granted an exception. Payments may be recommended to and approved in the case of death, disability, retirement, or transfer during the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan year. Any such payment, if made, shall be made on the same date as all other payments of the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan.

 

Bonus Pool

 

The “Total Bonus Pool” available for distribution each year under the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan shall be equal to 20% of the realized tax benefit for that year to USCo under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

Prior to distribution, the Total Bonus Pool shall be divided between all eligible Tax Receivable Bonus Plan Participants for the relevant year. No individual Tax Receivable Bonus Plan Participant is guaranteed any payment under the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan, regardless of his classification as a Tax Receivable Bonus Plan Participant for any given year. Total payments to all Tax Receivable Bonus Plan Participants under the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan for any given year shall equal the Total Bonus Pool for that year.

 

Distribution

 

Payments to Tax Receivable Bonus Plan Participants under the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan shall be made in a single lump sum as soon as reasonably possible after USCo has determined the amount of the realized tax benefit for a given year but in all cases no later than December 1 st of the year in which USCo’s filing which results in the realized tax benefit is due without regard to extensions. A Tax Receivable Bonus Plan Participant must be an employee of USCo, an affiliate, or a subsidiary thereof as of the date on which the payment is actually made in order to receive a payment, subject to certain exemptions. In the event a Tax Receivable Bonus Plan Participant terminates employment after his or her bonus is determined, but prior to distribution, such payment shall be forfeited and retained by USCo or redistributed to eligible Tax Receivable Bonus Plan Participants.

 

Change in Control

 

Upon a Change of Control (as defined below), a final distribution (the “ Final Distribution ”) under the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan shall be made. The Final Distribution shall be in place of, not in addition to, any other distribution for such year. The Total Bonus Pool for distribution for the year in which the Change in Control occurs shall be equal to the realized tax benefit for such year. For purposes of this paragraph, a “ Change in Control ” will only occur upon: (i) a change in the ownership or effective control of USCo, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of USCo as described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5); and (ii) the termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement according to its terms within the same taxable year as the event described in subparagraph (i).

 

15

 

 

Tax Withholding

 

USCo shall have the authority to withhold amounts necessary for payment of any taxes.

 

Acreage Support Agreement

 

Following completion of the Transaction, holders of Class B Units, with respect to a portion of such Class B Units, and holders of Class C Units and Class C-1 Units, retained their interest in High Street and were granted redemption and exchange rights by the Company to permit the future redemption or exchange of the Units they hold for Subordinate Voting Shares or cash pursuant to the Acreage Support Agreement.

 

Under the Acreage Support Agreement, the Company agreed that, so long as any Units which are redeemable or exchangeable for Subordinate Voting Shares and not owned by USCo or USCo2 are outstanding, the Company shall:

 

·

take all such actions and do all such things as are reasonably necessary or desirable to enable and permit the Company, in accordance with applicable law, to pay and otherwise perform its obligations with respect to the satisfaction of a redemption or exchange of Units by a holder thereof upon a redemption or exchange of such Units by the Company and, to take all such actions and do all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit the Company to cause to be delivered Subordinate Voting Shares and/or amounts in cash, as applicable, to the holders of Units in accordance with the provisions of the A&R LLC Agreement, together with an amount in cash sufficient to pay any amount to be paid in respect of unpaid distributions with respect to such Units (if any); and

 

· take all such actions and do all such things as are reasonably necessary or desirable to enable and permit USCo, if it elects to effect a redemption or exchange of the Units directly with the holder thereof, in accordance with applicable law, to pay and otherwise perform its obligations with respect to the satisfaction of a redemption or exchange of the Units by a holder thereof.

 

The Acreage Support Agreement provides that in the event that a tender offer, share exchange offer, issuer bid, take-over bid or similar transaction with respect to Subordinate Voting Shares is proposed by the Company or is proposed to the Company or its shareholders and is recommended to the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), or is otherwise effected or to be effected with the consent or approval of the Board, and the Units are not redeemed by USCo or purchased by USCo or the Company pursuant to the terms of the A&R LLC Agreement, the Company will use its reasonable efforts in good faith to take all such actions and do all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit holders of Units (other than USCo or USCo2) to participate in such offer to the same extent and on an economically equivalent basis as the holders of Subordinate Voting Shares, without discrimination. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will use its reasonable efforts in good faith to ensure that holders of Units may participate in each such offer.

 

The Acreage Support Agreement provides that while any Units (or other rights pursuant to which Units may be acquired upon the exercise thereof) which are redeemable or exchangeable for Subordinate Voting Shares, other than Units held by USCo or USCo2 are outstanding, the Company will make available such number of Subordinate Voting Shares (or other shares or securities into which Subordinate Voting Shares may be reclassified or changed) without duplication sufficient to satisfy the issuance of Subordinate Voting Shares upon redemption of all currently outstanding Units or such Units which may be issuable upon the exercise of all rights to acquire such Units, in addition to any additional Subordinate Voting Shares as may be required to enable and permit the Company to meet its obligations under the A&R LLC Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement and under any other security or commitment pursuant to which the Company may be required to deliver Subordinate Voting Shares to any person.

 

16

 

 

Description of Capital of USCo2

 

The authorized share capital of USCo2 consists of 1,000,000,000 Class A Voting Common Shares and 1,000,000,000 Class B Non-Voting Common Shares.

 

Holders of Class A Voting Common Shares are entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at meetings of the securityholders of USCo2 (other than meetings at which only holders of another class or series of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class or series). Each Class A Voting Common Share entitles the holder thereof to one vote on all matters upon which holders of Class A Voting Common Shares are entitled to vote.

 

Class B Non-Voting Common Shares do not entitle the holders thereof to receive notice of, attend or vote at meetings of the securityholders. A holder of Class B Non-Voting Common Shares (other than High Street) has the right to cause USCo2 to redeem its Class B Non-Voting Common Shares. If a holder of Class B Non-Voting Common Shares (other than High Street) exercises its redemption or exchange right, USCo2 will repurchase for cancellation each such Class B Non-Voting Common Share submitted for redemption or exchange in consideration for either one Subordinate Voting Share or a cash amount equal to the cash settlement amount applicable to such Class B Non-Voting Common Shares, as determined by USCo2; provided that USCo2 may assign to High Street its rights and obligations to effect a redemption or exchange directly with the redeeming holder.

 

USCo2 Support Agreement

 

On completion of the Transaction, the Company and USCo2 entered into an agreement (the “ USCo2 Support Agreement ”) under which the Company agreed that, so long as any shares of USCo2 which are redeemable or exchangeable for Subordinate Voting Shares and not owned by the Company are outstanding, the Company shall:

 

·

take all such actions and do all such things as are reasonably necessary or desirable to enable and permit the Company, in accordance with applicable law, to pay and otherwise perform its obligations with respect to the satisfaction of a redemption or exchange of USCo2 shares by a holder thereof upon a redemption or exchange of such USCo2 shares by the Company and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, take all such actions and do all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit the Company to cause to be delivered Subordinate Voting Shares and/or amounts in cash, as applicable, to the holders of USCo2 shares in accordance with the provisions of USCo2’s Articles of Incorporation, together with an amount in cash sufficient to pay any amount to be paid in respect of unpaid distributions with respect to such USCo2 shares (if any); and

 

·

take all such actions and do all such things as are reasonably necessary or desirable to enable and permit USCo2, if it elects to effect a redemption or exchange of USCo2 shares directly with the holder thereof, in accordance with applicable law, to pay and otherwise perform its obligations with respect to the satisfaction of a redemption or exchange of USCo2 shares by a holder thereof.

 

The USCo2 Support Agreement provides that in the event that a share exchange offer, issuer bid, take-over bid or similar transaction with respect to Subordinate Voting Shares is proposed by the Company or is proposed to the Company or its shareholders and is recommended to the Board, or is otherwise effected or to be effected with the consent or approval of the Board, and the USCo2 shares are not redeemed by USCo2 or purchased by USCo2 or the Company pursuant to the terms of the USCo2 Articles of Incorporation, the Company will use its reasonable efforts in good faith to take all such actions and do all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit holders of USCo2 shares (other than the Company) to participate in such offer to the same extent and on an economically equivalent basis as the holders of Subordinate Voting Shares, without discrimination. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will use its reasonable efforts in good faith to ensure that holders of USCo2 shares may participate in each such offer.

 

17

 

 

The USCo2 Support Agreement provides that while any USCo2 shares (or other rights pursuant to which USCo2 shares may be acquired upon the exercise thereof) which are redeemable or exchangeable for Subordinate Voting Shares, other than USCo2 shares held by the Company, are outstanding, the Company will make available such number of Subordinate Voting Shares (or other shares or securities into which Subordinate Voting Shares may be reclassified or changed) without duplication sufficient to satisfy the issuance of Subordinate Voting Shares upon redemption of all currently outstanding USCo2 shares or such USCo2 shares which may be issuable upon the exercise of all rights to acquire such shares, in addition to any additional Subordinate Voting Shares as may be required to enable and permit the Company to meet its obligations under any security or commitment pursuant to which the Company may be required to deliver Subordinate Voting Shares to any person.

 

High Street Acquisitions

 

In addition to the Roll-Up Transactions, and as part of its overall business strategy, High Street has completed, or expects to complete, a number of strategic acquisitions or investments (the “ High Street Acquisitions ”).

 

Following completion of the High Street Acquisitions, the Company, through its Subsidiaries, will hold licenses or be party to management services agreements‎ to operate or assist in the operation of 75 dispensaries and licenses to grow and process cannabis in 21 facilities, and owns or operates cannabis businesses in 19 states across the U.S., including California, Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Iowa, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Washington.

 

The material terms of the High Street Acquisitions are described in the Listing Statement.

 

The following is an overview of each material High Street Acquisition completed, or expected to be completed, subsequent to the date of the Listing Statement.

 

Deep Roots Medical LLC

 

On April 17, 2019, High Street entered into an agreement among High Street and Deep Roots ‎Medical LLC (“ Deep Roots ”) pursuant to which High Street will acquire 100% of Deep Roots, a vertically integrated cannabis operator in Nevada, for aggregate consideration of ‎US$120 million payable as to US$100 million in Units and US$20 million in cash. Deep Roots marks the Company’s entry into Nevada. In connection with the acquisition of Deep Roots, High Street will issue up to ‎‎4,761,905 Units at a deemed value of US$21.00 per Unit. The transaction is subject to customary purchase price adjustments and other customary closing conditions. Certain Deep Roots employees will have a portion of ‎their Units be subject to a lock-up schedule. The acquisition of Deep Roots is expected to close in the second ‎quarter of 2019.‎

  

Kanna, Inc.‎

 

On March 12, 2019, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire 100% of California-based Kanna, Inc. ‎‎(“ Kanna ”), which holds a license to operate a cannabis dispensary in Oakland, California, marking the Company’s ‎first dispensary operating license in California. The dispensary is scheduled to open in the second quarter of 2019, ‎under the Company’s dispensary brand “The Botanist”. As consideration for the acquisition of Kanna, the ‎Company will issue up to 460,000 Subordinate Voting Shares at a deemed price of US$25.00 per share, valuing the ‎deal at $11.5 million. The transaction is subject to customary purchase price adjustments and other customary closing conditions. The acquisition of Kanna is expected to close in the second quarter of 2019.‎

 

Form Factory

 

Form Factory, LLC (“ Form Factory ”) is a limited liability company originally incorporated as a corporation on July 12, 2018 under the laws of the State of Delaware. Form Factory is a cannabis manufacturer, co-packer, and distributor with operations in Oregon and Washington, and plans to expand in California. On April 16, 2019, Form Factory converted into a Delaware limited liability company.

 

On December 5, 2018, the Company and Form Factory entered into a definitive agreement (the “ Form Factory ‎Agreement ”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to acquire all of the issued and outstanding shares of Form ‎Factory in an all-share transaction valued at US$160 million (the “ Form Factory Acquisition ”). As consideration ‎for the shares of Form Factory, the Company agreed to issue up to 6.4 million Subordinate Voting Shares valued at a ‎price of US$25.00 per share. ‎

 

The Form Factory Acquisition closed on April 16, 2019, and is expected to be revenue accretive in 2019, and ‎EBITDA accretive in 2020.

 

Acreage Florida, Inc.

 

Acreage Florida, Inc. (“ Acreage Florida ”) is a corporation formed on August 24, 1989 under the laws of the State of Florida, and on February 4, 2019, changed its name from “Nature’s Way Nursery of Miami, Inc.” to “Acreage Florida, Inc.”. On July 13, 2018, Acreage Florida and the State of Florida Department of Health entered into a settlement agreement pursuant to which the State of Florida Department of Health agreed to register Acreage Florida as a medical cannabis treatment center. Acreage Florida was granted a license to operate a medical cannabis treatment center from the Florida Department of Health on July 13, 2018.

 

18

 

 

On November 2, 2018, Acreage Florida, High Street and the shareholders of Acreage Florida entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement pursuant to which High Street acquired all of the outstanding equity interests in Acreage Florida on a cash-free, debt-free basis.

 

On January 4, 2019, High Street completed the acquisition of Acreage Florida. High Street paid the Acreage Florida shareholders $67 million, with $63 million paid in cash and $4 million paid by the issuance of 198,019 Units, and assumed certain transaction expenses of the sellers. The Units are exchangeable for Subordinate Voting Shares at the election of the holder and subject to the redemption and exchange rights set out in the A&R LLC Agreement (as defined herein).

 

Blue Tire Holdings, LLC

 

Blue Tire Holdings, LLC (“ BTH ”) is a limited liability company formed on August 30, 2018 under the laws of the State of Michigan that has the right to lease and/or purchase certain real estate assets throughout the state by the execution of a series of option and purchase agreements.

 

On November 26, 2018, BTH and High Street entered into a Real Estate Asset Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which High Street acquired the right to acquire real estate assets in Michigan from BTH. BTH has engaged in discussions with various municipalities in Michigan to secure municipal approval for operating regulated cannabis businesses using these real estate assets and currently holds municipal licenses for dispensary operations in key cities throughout the state including: Detroit, Bay City, Battle Creek, Lansing, and Ann Arbor. Real estate assets have been secured in strategic locations, including a 55,000 square foot facility in Flint that will serve as a large-scale, mixed-use indoor facility to cultivate high-end cannabis, provide manufacturing and packaging services and to serve as a flagship retail location.

 

BTH is not affiliated with any High Street entity, but BTH will assist High Street in establishing a Michigan based entity to operate regulated cannabis businesses within the state, and the real estate assets will be exclusively acquired for that purpose. At High Street’s sole direction, BTH will assign any of the real estate assets to High Street in support of such licensing. High Street intends to structure its Michigan operation as one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of High Street that will directly own and control all licenses granted by the State of Michigan. To the extent that High Street is unable to directly obtain such licenses, BTH has agreed to create a management agreement structure to permit High Street to assist in the operation of the businesses, subject to regulatory requirements, in exchange for fees for providing services. The management services agreement will contain such terms and conditions as may be agreed to by High Street and BTH.

  

Greenleaf Compassionate Care Center

 

Greenleaf Compassionate Care Center, Inc. (“ GCCC ”) is a non-profit corporation formed on February 17, 2010 under the laws of the State of Rhode Island and operates a cultivation and processing facility in Newport and a dispensary in Portsmouth. On May 25, 2017, the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation issued GCCC a license to operate its facilities. The license has been renewed without issue. 

 

19

 

 

On October 9, 2018, High Street entered into a securities purchase agreement among High Street, GCCC Management, LLC (“ GCCCM ”) and the holders of all of the outstanding equity in GCCCM, pursuant to which High Street will acquire all of the outstanding equity in GCCCM. GCCCM and GCCC are in negotiations to enter into a master services agreement and a comprehensive integration agreement upon terms and conditions satisfactory to High Street. Consummation of the transaction is subject to customary closing conditions, including satisfaction of diligence and approval by the State of Rhode Island. The transaction is expected to close in the first half of 2019.

 

Arrangement with Canopy Growth

 

On April 18, 2019, the Company entered into a definitive arrangement agreement ‎‎(the “ Arrangement Agreement ”) with Canopy Growth Corporation (“ Canopy Growth ” or “ Canopy ”) ‎pursuant to which the Company has agreed to complete an arrangement (the ‎‎“ Arrangement ”) under the provisions of the BCBCA, which will result in, among other things, the Articles of the Company ‎being amended to provide Canopy Growth with the right (the “ Right ”) to acquire all of the ‎issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Company (each, a “ Company ‎Share ”) in exchange for the payment of 0.5818 of a common share in the capital ‎of Canopy Growth (each whole share, a “ Canopy Share ”) (with the payment to holders ‎of Proportionate Voting Shares being adjusted as though each Proportionate Voting Share was converted into 40 Subordinate Voting Shares in ‎accordance with its terms) (the “ Exchange Ratio ”), which Exchange Ratio is subject to adjustment in accordance with the Arrangement Agreement. The completion ‎of the Arrangement is subject to the closing conditions set out in the Arrangement ‎Agreement, including obtaining the approval of the shareholders of each of the Company and Canopy Growth (the “ Shareholder Approval ”), and the approval of the ‎Supreme Court of British Columbia (the “ Court ”). Canopy Growth is required to exercise ‎the Right at such time as cannabis production, distribution and possession ‎becomes legal under United States federal law, or is removed from regulation ‎under United States federal law (the “ Triggering Event ”). The completion of the ‎acquisition of the Company Shares (the “ Acquisition ”) is subject to certain ‎conditions set out in the Arrangement Agreement. ‎

 

If an interim and final order approving the Arrangement are obtained from the ‎Court (the “ Court Approval ”), and Shareholder Approval is obtained at special ‎meetings of Canopy Growth and the Company expected to take place in June 2019, holders of ‎Subordinate Voting Shares, Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares as well as holders of Units (the “ Acreage Unit Holders ”) other than the Company and the holders of USCo2 shares ‎‎(the “ USCo2 Holders ” and, together with the Acreage Unit Holders, the “ Acreage Holders ”) will receive ‎an aggregate total payment of US$300 million (the “ Up-Front Cash Premium ”) ‎based on the number of outstanding securities of the Company as at April 18, 2019 and subject to ‎adjustment to account for any additional securities of the Company that may be issued ‎prior to the record date for such payment. If Shareholder ‎Approval and Court Approval are obtained, the terms of the Subordinate ‎Voting Shares, Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple ‎Voting Shares set forth in the Company’s Articles will be amended to provide Canopy Growth with the Right.‎

 

20

 

 

If Canopy Growth exercises the Right, and in any event following the Triggering Event, upon satisfaction of certain conditions set out in the Arrangement Agreement, ‎holders of Subordinate Voting Shares will receive 0.5818 of a Canopy Share (with Proportionate Voting ‎Shares being converted to Subordinate Voting Shares on a 1 for 40 basis prior to the receipt of Canopy Shares) upon ‎closing of the Acquisition. The Arrangement and the ‎Acquisition are each subject to conditions to closing set out in the Arrangement ‎Agreement.‎

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Arrangement Agreement, all Subordinate Voting ‎Shares which may be acquired by holders of Proportionate Voting Shares, holders of Multiple Voting Shares, Acreage Unit Holders other than the Company and USCo2 Holders on conversion or exchange thereof, will ‎also be acquired by Canopy Growth and are entitled to the Up-Front Cash Premium.‎

 

On completion of the Acquisition, Acreage Unit Holders will have the right to ‎convert their Units, and USCo2 Holders will have the right to convert their shares, ‎into Canopy Shares based on the Exchange Ratio. Commencing three years ‎following the closing of the Acquisition, Canopy Growth will have the option to acquire ‎all of the outstanding Units and shares of USCo2 not owned by the Company ‎based on the Exchange Ratio. If the Right is not exercised and the Triggering ‎Event does not occur or is not waived within 90 months from the effective date ‎of the Arrangement, the Right and the Arrangement Agreement will terminate. ‎The Acquisition is required to be closed within 90 days of the Triggering Event, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions of ‎closing thereof.‎

 

Upon closing of the Arrangement, Canopy Growth and the Company will also execute an ‎agreement under which Canopy Growth will license certain of its trademarks and other ‎intellectual property to the Company.‎

 

Additional Approvals

 

The Arrangement and the Acquisition are subject to, among other things, as ‎applicable, approval from the CSE, the ‎Toronto Stock Exchange (“ TSX ”), the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”) and the Court ‎and certain other regulatory approvals and closing conditions. ‎The Arrangement Agreement contains representations, warranties and covenants, ‎including a termination fee in the amount of US$150 million (the “ Termination Fee ”) payable by the Company ‎in the event that the Arrangement Agreement is terminated in certain ‎circumstances. The Arrangement Agreement also includes certain non-solicitation ‎covenants subject to the right of the Company to accept a superior proposal in certain ‎circumstances, with Canopy Growth having a five-business day right to match any such ‎superior proposal received by the Company.‎

 

Tax Receivable Agreement

 

The ‎Company expects to obtain an increase in its share of the tax basis of the assets of High Street ‎when an Acreage Unit Holder receives cash or Subordinate Voting Shares in ‎connection with a ‎redemption or exchange of such Acreage Unit Holder’s Units. The Tax Receivable Agreement generally ‎provides for the payment by USCo to such Acreage Unit Holders of ‎‎65% of the amount of net tax ‎benefits, if any, realized (or deemed realized) by ‎USCo attributable to such member under the terms of ‎the Tax Receivable Agreement. An additional ‎‎20% of such net tax benefits are available for payment to ‎the Tax Receivable Recipients under the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan. Kevin Murphy has waived his rights ‎to 30.77% of the aggregate tax benefit payments to which he ‎may otherwise be entitled to receive under ‎the Tax Receivable Agreement for the benefit of a second ‎tax receivable bonus plan. Participants of the ‎second tax receivable bonus plan ‎include, among others, Glen Leibowitz, Chief Financial Officer of the ‎Company, James Doherty, General Counsel of the Company, Robert Daino, Chief Operating ‎Officer of ‎the Company, Harris ‎Damashek‎, Chief Marketing Officer of the Company ‎ and Tyson Macdonald, ‎Executive Vice President of Corporate Development of the Company‎. The amount available ‎under the ‎second tax receivable bonus plan will be equal to Tax Receivable Agreement payments ‎waived by Kevin ‎Murphy. Kevin Murphy, as the administrator of each of the tax ‎receivable bonus plans, has the right to ‎determine the amount each participant ‎receives under the plans.‎

 

21

 

 

Under the Arrangement Agreement, as a condition to the effectiveness of the ‎Arrangement, the Company and ‎Canopy Growth have agreed the Tax Receivable Agreement and tax receivable ‎bonus plans, as ‎applicable, will be amended to provide, among other things, ‎consent rights to Canopy Growth over ‎payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and modifications to the ‎timing and amounts of Tax ‎Receivable Agreement and tax receivable bonus payments, including upon ‎the acquisition of all of the ‎Units by Canopy Growth, an acceleration and one-time ‎final payment, subject to certain conditions, to ‎the Tax Receivable Recipients and participants in the tax receivable bonus ‎plans in the aggregate amount ‎of no more than $121 million (the “ Lump Sum Amount ”). The Lump Sum Amount will be reduced by any ‎‎payments previously made under Tax Receivable Agreement and the tax receivable bonus plans. ‎‎Commencing on the third anniversary of the Acquisition, Canopy Growth will have the ‎right to acquire all ‎of the Units and shares of USCo2 not owned by ‎ the Company based on the Exchange Ratio.‎

 

Other Investments

 

In addition to High Street’s interest in state-licensed cannabis cultivation, processing and dispensary operations, through its Subsidiaries, High Street has also invested in non-core cannabis assets, including cannabis-related real estate, edibles, topicals and tinctures. While these investments are not part of the Company’s overarching business strategy, management believes that these investments are opportunistic and provide some additional diversification to its portfolio.

 

A summary of each additional investment is included in the Listing Statement.

 

Dispositions

 

Greenhouse Group

 

Compass Ventures, Inc. (“ Compass ”) was formed on April 10, 2014 under the laws of the State of Illinois and holds a cultivation center permit granted by the State of Illinois Department of Agriculture. On February 24, 2017, High Street entered into an operating agreement (the “ Compass Operating Agreement ”) with Compass pursuant to which High Street acquired 24.5% of the outstanding membership units in the capital of Compass and 47.5% of Compass’ ongoing net income, net losses and distributions. The Compass Operating Agreement further provides that Compass’ original members receive a 5% preferential claim on all future distributions.

 

Greenhouse Compass, LLC (“ Greenhouse Compass ”) was formed on January 25, 2017 in the State of Illinois and holds a Registered Medical Cannabis Dispensing Organization license granted by the State of Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation. On February 24, 2017, High Street entered into an operating agreement (the “ Greenhouse Compass Operating Agreement ”) with Greenhouse Compass pursuant to which High Street acquired 24.5% of the outstanding membership units in the capital of Greenhouse Compass and 47.5% of Greenhouse Compass’ ongoing net income, net losses and distributions. The Greenhouse Compass Operating Agreement further provides that Greenhouse Compass’ original members receive a 5% preferential claim on all future distributions.

 

On August 31, 2016, High Street and Greenhouse Group, LLC (“ Greenhouse Group ”) formed two joint venture operating companies, HSGH Properties, LLC and HSGH Properties Union, LLC (collectively, the “ HSGH Joint Ventures ”).

 

On March 6, 2018, High Street entered into an equity purchase agreement with Greenhouse Group to sell its equity interests in Compass, Greenhouse Compass and the HSGH Joint Ventures for total consideration of approximately $9.6 million. The transaction closed on May 14, 2018.

 

San Felasco Nurseries

 

High Street, through Florida Wellness, LLC (“ FLW ”), formerly held an investment in San Felasco Nurseries, Inc. ‎‎‎(“ SFN ”). SFN, which is doing business as the Green Solution, is the licensee. As Florida is a vertically integrated ‎‎system, SFN is permitted to cultivate, harvest, process and sell/dispense/deliver its own medical cannabis products. ‎‎

 

As of July 25, 2018, SFN is cultivating cannabis, however, does not have an operational dispensary. In October ‎‎‎2018, High Street withdrew as a member of FLW, and therefore is no longer a shareholder in SFN. ‎

  

22

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

 

Company Overview

 

Prior to the completion of the Transaction on November 14, 2018, Applied Inventions had no active business operations aside from seeking business opportunities. Upon effecting the Transaction, High Street’s business described below became that of the Company.

 

As a result of the Transaction, the Company became a U.S. vertically integrated, multi-state operator in the cannabis industry. Headquartered in New York, the operations of the business include cultivating, processing, distributing and cannabis. The Company markets to medical and adult-use customers through brand strategies intended to build trust and loyalty. Since 2011, High Street through the Subsidiaries has acquired and won cannabis licenses and become a trusted and capable operator in this space.

 

The Company’s Footprint

 

 

‎(1) Subject to pending acquisitions.‎

 

As at the date of this AIF, the Company’s footprint spans 17 states, a combination of medical and adult-use markets covering 176 million people. By including anticipated acquisitions, that footprint expands to 19 states covering 185 million people, over half of the U.S. population). With experience in both medical and adult-use markets, the Company has the experience and knowledge to capitalize on the transition from medical to adult-use in a way that satisfies consumers and policymakers alike.

 

The Company’s footprint can be categorized by three development stages: license procurement (via application or acquisition), buildout and operational deployment. Cannabis is a young industry and the Company currently has state-based operations in each of these development stages. The lead time to deploy a market can be substantial, especially on the cultivation and processing side of the business where structural build-outs are complex and generally involve compliance with complex and dynamic regulatory environments.

 

The Company has centralized operations and marketing teams that span across all markets in which it is involved with the objective of bringing economies of scale and operational consistency to the business. The team focuses on several important aspects of the business including construction, product development, retailing and marketing, in pursuit of a consistent and compelling experience within its stores and with its products. The Company believes that its professional management team, recruited from adjacent industries, will be a differentiator in terms of its operational agility and ability to deliver on its vision.

 

23

 

 

The Company organizes its operations as follows:

 

Components of the Company’s Cannabis Operations
 
Cultivation The growing of cannabis, typically conducted in controlled, indoor facilities or greenhouses. Outdoor cultivation occasionally occurs in certain markets in which regulations allow.
   
Processing The production of sellable cannabis products, most typically “derivative” products that require extraction of cannabinoids for use in vape pen oils, lotions, tinctures and extracts. Processing includes the formulations and packaging for all branded products.
   
Retail The dispensing of cannabis products to patients or adult-use customers via storefronts that are typically referred to as dispensaries.
   
Distribution The wholesaling of cultivated or processed cannabis products to third-party retailers.

 

The Company through the Subsidiaries holds licenses or is party to management services agreements‎ to operate or assist in the operation of cultivation, processing, retail and/or distribution facilities for legal cannabis in 17 states, of which 14 are currently in operation. Of the licenses held by the Company, it has licenses to operate cultivation/processing facilities in 14 states, of which nine are currently operating. In most states, the Company’s processing facilities are co-located with its cultivation facilities. The Company has licenses or is party to management services agreements to operate or assist in the operations of 75 retail dispensaries in 12 states, of which 24 of such dispensaries are currently operational in 11 states.

 

The following table provides a summary of the Company’s operations:

 

The Portfolio
 
    State   Operating   Vertical   Description
                 
1   California   Yes   No   Boutique grow and manufacturing as a hub for branded products and distribution
2   Connecticut   Yes   No   Two of nine dispensaries operating in the state
3   Florida   No   Yes   Acquired one of the 12 vertical licenses in the state
4   Illinois   Yes   Yes   One dispensary currently operating with plans to scale the cultivation and manufacturing footprint in 2019
5   Iowa   No   No   One of two cultivator/manufacturers in the state
6   Maine   Yes   Yes   Four of eight dispensaries in the market with a grow processor facility
7   Maryland   Yes   No   One of 102 retail licenses, dispensary located in Baltimore
8   Massachusetts   Yes   Yes   Licensed to open three owned 12 dispensaries and we have contractual ‎relationships with entities that hold licenses to open nine dispensaries, ‎along(nine via managed services relationship) with a 36,000 sq. ft cultivation and ‎processing facility
9   Michigan   No   Yes   Local commercial relationship with real estate approved for use in cannabis business. Commercial partner in the process of obtaining licenses for vertical operation with 3+ retailers
10   New Hampshire   Yes   Yes   One dispensary located in Merrimack, densest portion of state
11   New Jersey   Yes   Yes   High Street owns one of 12 vertical licenses in the state, adult-use bill expected in 2019
12   New York   Yes   Yes   One of 10 vertical licenses with two retailers open and two more opening in the first half of 2019
13   North Dakota   Yes   No   Won dispensary license to be located in Fargo opening in the first half of 2019
14   Pennsylvania   Yes   No   High end indoor grow and manufacturing facility
15   Ohio   Yes   No   Five of 60 authorized dispensaries. One of only three applicants to be granted the maximum five dispensaries. Processing and cultivation were also won. Two retailers have been opened with three more expected in the first half of 2019
16   Oregon   Yes   Yes   Five active dispensaries with a recently added cultivation facility
17   Oklahoma   No   No   Procured one grow/processor license and submitting applications for retail licenses.
18   Washington   Yes   No   One processor license through an agreement with Central Processing, LLC, which the Company has a right to acquire

 

24

 

 

In addition to the above, the Company has entered into agreements to expand its operations into Rhode Island and Nevada. There can be no assurance that such acquisitions will be completed within the Company’s timeframe or at all.

 

Pending Acquisitions
 
    State   Operating   Vertical   Description
                 
1   Rhode Island   Yes   Yes   Signed agreement for one of the three vertical licenses in the state. Dispensary located in Portsmouth
2   Nevada   Yes   Yes   Signed agreement to acquire Deep Roots, a vertically ‎integrated cannabis operator in Nevada
3  

California

  No   No  

Pending acquisition of Kanna which holds a license to operate a dispensary in Oakland, California

 

In certain states, state regulations limit the percentage of ownership of out-of-state residents or require ‎that licenses be held by non-profit entities which are also responsible for the conduct of business under ‎those licenses. In those states, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries have entered into management ‎services agreements to assist in the operations of those entities and earn fees in exchange for providing ‎services.‎

 

The Company plans to continue its expansion, with active efforts underway to acquire new and existing licenses in states where it does not currently have operations, as well as to acquire additional capabilities and facilities within its existing states.

 

Market Overview

 

The legal U.S. cannabis industry is projected to reach $31.3 billion in 2022 ( The Arcview Group and BDS Analytics – 2019 Update to the State of Legal Marijuana Markets, January 15, 2019 ). Currently, 33 states and the District of Columbia in the U.S. have legalized and implemented a medical cannabis program. 10 states and the District of Columbia have also legalized the adult-use of cannabis.

 

Because states are independently legalizing cannabis use, almost every state has a different approach to its program. Patient conditions, market structures, consumption methods, product testing and packaging requirements are just a few of the variables that differentiate each program. The variances in the implementation of cannabis regulations can account for differences in patient adoption rates and per capita cannabis consumption.

 

Operating a cannabis business almost always requires a license from a state regulatory board and usually local municipality approval. Nearly all operations require some license from a state and/or a municipal regulatory body. While licensing rules vary from state to state, the Company generally seeks to enter markets that have restrictions on the number of licenses available. Some markets (such as Ohio) have different licenses for each aspect of the business: cultivation, processing or retail dispensary establishment. Other states (such as New York) have issued combination licenses that incorporate two or more of these business activities into a single license. A core business strategy for the Company is to operate as a vertically integrated enterprise, licensed to cultivate, process, and sell legal cannabis products. The Company is vertically integrated in half of the states in which it is licensed to operate, and plans to transform virtually all of the others to vertically integrated markets as part of its strategic growth strategy.

 

Adult-use

 

Ten states, plus the District of Columbia, have legalized adult-use cannabis, giving access to over 70 million Americans. Except for Vermont, Maine and the District of Columbia, adult-use programs with regulations and taxation for cultivation, processing and dispensing have been implemented. Ballot initiatives or legislative actions are being widely discussed in numerous other states.

 

25

 

 

Medical Cannabis

 

Over half of the U.S. states have legalized medical cannabis for its citizens, however, as noted above, these programs vary greatly. Some programs are robust with healthy regulations to give access to patients with a wide range of qualifying conditions. Other states are more restrictive, with a more narrow set of qualifying conditions. The difference in qualifying conditions, among others, are the key factors influencing the adoption rate of a medical cannabis programs.

 

Not including the 10 markets that have legalized adult-use cannabis, there are 23 states that have medical cannabis utilizing THC and 13 others with restrictive low/no THC program.

 

Principal Products and Services

 

The Company focuses on the cultivating, processing, distributing and retailing of top quality cannabis, cannabis derivative products and branded products. Prior to the Roll-Up, the various Subsidiaries had different product portfolios. As the Company obtained full operational control as the result of the Roll-Up, it has pursued a hybrid branding approach, leveraging the loyalty and trust of The Botanist, the Company’s flagship retail brand, while acknowledging the power of a ‘House of Brands’ approach to target specific form factors and consumer demographics.

 

The Botanist retail concept was developed to bring a unique, consistent and scalable retail design and customer experience to cannabis, one that would appeal to a wide range of both adult-use and medical cannabis customers nationwide. Emphasizing the holistic and natural qualities of cannabis and delivered in an immersive retail experience that blends nature and science, The Botanist looks to deliver a level of education, sense of community, and welcoming experience the Company believes is lacking in most cannabis dispensaries. The staff is trained and knowledgeable to help provide insight and guidance to customers and patients as they explore the far-reaching benefits of cannabis.

 

The Botanist core set of products includes but is not limited to flower, pre-rolls, vape pens, tinctures and capsules. The Company aims to sell as many product forms in its dispensaries as individual state regulations allow. The Botanist portfolio will be rolled out across all of the Company’s assets, in conjunction with the implementation of strict standard operating procedures and robust quality control processes, allowing the Company to provide consumers with nearly identical products across markets. This portfolio branding and standardization emphasizes The Botanist’s promise of consistent, reliable and effective products, regardless of location.

 

On December 21, 2018 and January 17, 2019, The Botanist-branded cannabis dispensaries were opened in Worcester, Massachusetts and Canton, Ohio, respectively. On February 28, 2019, two additional The Botanist-branded dispensaries opened in Wickliffe, Ohio and Jamaica, Queens, New York.

 

The Company supplements these categories with a ‘House of Brands’ approach to target more specific consumer needs. Diverging consumption methods requires unique brands to fulfill differentiated value propositions in categories such as edibles, beverages, topicals and concentrates. A variety of extraction methods will be used ranging from CO2 to butane to ethanol depending on the product requirements. The Company boasts one of the top extraction teams in the cannabis industry, holding over 30 Cannabis Cup medals and led by Bill Fenger, the creator of ‘Live Resin’, a popular extraction technique which maintains the full spectrum of cannabinoids and terpenes to create superior products. With this deep technical cannabis experience supported with a robust in-house data analytics team, the Company will utilize an agile product development workflow to continuously produce, test and launch new products. Data-driven decision making will inform which products to scale in which markets across the Company’s footprint, acknowledging the diversity of markets in the United States. The Company’s brands all hold the same consumer promise, that across every price point, the Company delivers the absolute highest quality cannabis product.

 

26

 

 

The Subsidiaries are actively cultivating, manufacturing, distributing or retailing products in 13 states. The Company continues to standardize operating procedures of its Subsidiaries and full branded suites of products began to enter the market in the first quarter of 2019.

 

For each of the two most recently completed financial years, cannabis sales accounted for 100% of the Company’s total consolidated revenue.

 

Operational Integration

 

In anticipation of the Roll-Up, the Company built an operations team to be focused on integrating the properties acquired during and after the Roll-Up into a nationwide platform. The Company is intently focused on becoming the first nationwide cannabis company operating to exceptionally high standards of efficiency, quality-control and customer satisfaction.

 

Prior to the completion of the Roll-Up, many of the Subsidiaries were operating independently and now require integration into a single operating model. The primary points of integration will be as follows:

 

· Rebranding of Retail Dispensaries: Currently, all but six of the Subsidiaries’ open dispensaries are being operated under their original retail flags. Over the next 18 months, the Company plans to transition those brands to one consistent retail brand and customer experience model: “The Botanist.” This conversion will allow the Company to build a national, trusted brand, leveraging the Company’s growing voice to drive awareness and traffic.

 

· Product Standardization: In order to fully capitalize on its geographic breadth and scale, the Company needs to be able to consistently replicate branded products across its multiple markets. This requires the standardization of processes and equipment across the Subsidiaries’ cultivation and processing facilities. This exercise includes the conformity of equipment platforms as well as the adoption of universal standard operating procedures and formulations.

 

· Systems Integration: A key focus for the Company will be implementing consistent systems and technology across the businesses of the Subsidiaries. This integration exercise includes the unification of general ledger, enterprise resource planning and other software platforms. This initiative will allow for enhanced reporting capabilities, robust data collection and analysis.

 

Growth Strategy

 

The Company intends to expand into new markets as well as its existing markets with more retail dispensaries, operational capabilities and unique product offerings. The Company intends to pursue growth in the following ways:

 

· opening incremental dispensaries permitted under current licenses
· expansion of cultivation and processing capabilities
· expansion of vertically integrated capabilities
· broad distribution of the Company’s branded product portfolio
· entering new markets via application or M&A

 

Opening Incremental Dispensaries Permitted Under Current Licenses

 

In many states, the Subsidiaries still have the opportunity to open up incremental dispensaries that are permitted under the current licensing structures. The rapid build out of dispensary locations will be the largest driver of the Company’s revenue growth.

 

· Massachusetts: One dispensary is currently open in Massachusetts with licenses or management services agreements to open 11 more.

 

27

 

 

· Florida: Completed the acquisition of Acreage Florida which allows the Company to be vertically integrated and open 30 retailers. The Company plans to open 18 retailers in 2019.

 

· Michigan: Pursuant to the joint venture with BTH, the Company, under a managed services agreement, aims to open a cultivation and processing facility and operate at least three The Botanist dispensaries in 2019 focusing on top population centers in the state, including Detroit, Ann Arbor, Flint and Lansing. The Company anticipates it will be able to begin managed services operations quickly upon BTH’s receipt of the licenses. Separately, the Company is currently working through the local and state licensing approval process. Once approved, ownership of the assets under the managed services partnership will be transferred to the Company.

 

· New York: NYCANNA, LLC (“ NYCANNA ”) opened four The Botanist dispensaries in Buffalo, Middletown, Queens and Farmingdale, the maximum permitted under the terms of the license.

 

· North Dakota: After winning one of eight dispensary licenses, the Company located The Botanist in Fargo and opened in the first quarter of 2019.

 

·

Ohio: Through a management services arrangement, the Company will advise and assist in the operation of five dispensary licenses to be located in Cleveland, Akron, Columbus, Canton and Wickliffe in addition to a cultivation and processing facility in Middlefield, providing expertise, branding and design aesthetics, vendor relationships, and technical know-how while the licensed ‎operators, Greenleaf Gardens, LLC, Greenleaf Therapeutics, LLC and Greenleaf Apothecaries, LLC maintain operational control. ‎The Company does not currently hold an equity or ownership interest in the licensed operators and will not do so ‎without first receiving necessary approvals from Ohio state regulators, including the Ohio Department of Commerce ‎and Ohio Board of Pharmacy. With a new and rapidly growing market, speed to market will be vital and the Company believes all five stores will open by the end of the second quarter of 2019. The Canton dispensary opened in January 2019 and the Wickliffe dispensary opened in February 2019. The Company believes the cultivation and processing facility will be open in the fourth quarter of 2019.

 

· New Jersey: In addition to the one existing dispensary operating in New Jersey, the Company believes that it has the ability under the current license held by Compassionate Care Foundation, Inc. (“ CCF ”) to open two additional dispensaries in the southern part of the state. The Company is currently procuring locations for these two additional The Botanist dispensaries.

 

Expansion of Cultivation and Processing Capabilities

 

The Company aims to build scalable cultivation and processing capabilities, bringing additional capacity online as justified by demand. Nearly all of the Company’s facilities contain room for expansion on property either within an existing structure or in an adjacent structure. Usually the cost for expansion is substantially lower than the initial cost given scalability of the non-canopy space to accommodate additional throughput.

 

· Florida: The Company is seeking a development site for the location of a greenhouse and indoor cultivation facility. The Florida license has no restrictions on canopy (the area of a cultivation facility actually used to grow cannabis) and management’s expectation is to develop a property with the capacity for several hundred thousand square feet of cultivation space.

 

· Illinois: The Company intends to finish construction on the cultivation and processing facility in Freeport, Illinois. Construction on the 80,000 square foot facility was started by the prior owner in Freeport and has additional land to scale, if needed.

 

· Massachusetts: A 36,000 square foot facility in Sterling, Massachusetts, will be reserved for high quality indoor flower. In Rockland, a processing center is currently under construction which will create derivative products from wholesale cannabis.

 

· Maine: Currently in a 40,000 square foot building with nearly 12,000 square feet of canopy, Northeast Patient Group d/b/a Wellness Connection of Maine expects to expand capacity in 2019 to a total of nearly 24,000 square feet reflecting the estimated incremental demand.

 

28

 

 

· New Hampshire: Prime Alternative Treatment Center Consulting, LLC operates 8,000 square feet of canopy with significant room for expansion within the 30,000 square foot building.

 

· New Jersey: A small 3,600 square foot indoor grow was being utilized by the operator before the Company acquired CCF. To prepare for the increased demand throughout the state, the Company is retrofitting a 125,000 square foot commercial greenhouse to provide 96,000 square feet of canopy in addition to full processing capabilities. The full available canopy will not be utilized until demand ramps up in the state.

 

· New York: With a 70,000 square foot cultivation and processing building, NYCANNA is prepared to scale up operations through an option to purchase adjacent land and construct a greenhouse which could support 100,000 square feet of greenhouse canopy. NYCANNA will monitor policy changes to inform estimated demand and build accordingly.

 

· Oregon: Cannabliss & Co. will have 9,000 square feet of indoor canopy in a 30,000 square foot building. High-end, proprietary strains will be grown to service the five-dispensary footprint with the remaining space to be allocated to manufacturing once a processing license is secured. The Company is working to obtain regulatory approval to begin use of the full 9,000 square feet of indoor canopy and expects to receive it in the first half of 2019.

 

· Pennsylvania: With its first harvest in May 2018, Prime Wellness of Pennsylvania LLC (“ PWPA ”) has 15,000 square feet of indoor capacity with adjacent land ready to build a greenhouse when demand in the market supports expansion. The Pennsylvania facility can support up to 100,000 square feet of greenhouse canopy.

 

· California: An oversupply in raw cannabis is expected by management, thus the Company is not focused on scaling cultivation. CWG Botanicals, Inc. (“ CWG ”) has 2,500 square feet of indoor canopy, housed in a 20,000 square foot building. CWG uses the remaining space for extraction, manufacturing and end product packaging.

 

· Iowa: The Company is not expecting demand to ramp rapidly given the current constraints on demand in this market. The Company expects to complete 1,200 square feet of canopy attached to a manufacturing lab to create end products in the third quarter of 2019. This minimal implementation should allow the Company to cost-effectively await policy changes in that market that will allow more aggressive patient demand.

 

Expansion of Vertically Integrated Capabilities

 

In order to maximize efficiencies, control product quality and manage distribution, the Company aims to be vertically integrated in most of the states in which its Subsidiaries operate. The Company continues to pursue acquisition of additional assets and/or businesses within the states in which the Subsidiaries operate to maintain or improve its overall market share. Examples include:

 

· Maryland: The Company will continue to evaluate opportunities to potentially acquire cultivation and processing capabilities in Maryland; however, given the current state ownership limitation, with only one dispensary, the Company believes the benefit of being vertically integrated in Maryland is marginal.

 

· Oklahoma: To complement the Company’s grow license, applications have been submitted for dispensaries to complete vertical integration.

 

Broad Distribution of the Company’s Branded Product Portfolio

 

The Company’s product and marketing team is focused on developing branded cannabis products that will have substantial opportunity for wholesale market penetration. As U.S. markets mature, consumer choice will grow and buying patterns will be dictated more and more by brand affinity.

 

29

 

 

Entering New Markets via Application or M&A

 

The Company has a proven ability to win limited licenses in emerging medical states such as Iowa, North Dakota and Pennsylvania. The Company maintains a dedicated team focused on new license applications currently evaluating states such as Oklahoma, West Virginia and Virginia. In states where licenses have already been granted, the Company anticipates that it will seek to acquire accretive operations and subsequently integrate those operations using its integration process.

 

Competition

 

The Company and the Subsidiaries compete with a variety of different operators across the states in which they currently operate. In the majority of such states, there are specific license caps that create high barriers to entry. However, in some markets, such as California and Oregon, there are few caps on licenses creating a more open marketplace. The Company views multi-state operators that have vertical operations as the most direct competition, including Green Thumb Industries, iAnthus, Medmen, and Curaleaf. Like the Company, these companies can realize centralized synergies to produce higher margins when compared to single-state operators.

 

Additionally, the Company competes with the unregulated black and grey markets. As the regulatory environment continues to be formalized and enforced, management believes there will be a major reduction of these operators.

 

Investment Strategy

 

The Company intends to seek investment and acquisition opportunities in high-margin, fast-growth, cannabis-related businesses that are complementary to the Company’s footprint and/or range of products and services, operating in sectors with strong barriers to entry, or having a significant first-mover or other distinctive competitive advantages, servicing a large addressable revenue-generating market. The Company intends to invest in technology to optimize its core business in addition to technologies that have the potential to be disruptive to the current industry. The viability of cannabis-related business models may be impacted by enforcement of federal drug laws against cannabis companies operating under state law, as well as by accelerated liberalization of cannabis regulation and enforcement on the federal and state level. The Company intends to remain abreast of the latest regulatory and political developments impacting the space and seek to adjust its investment criteria accordingly.

 

Employees

 

As of April 24, 2019, the Company had approximately 508 employees on a consolidated basis with ‎High Street and the Subsidiaries.‎

 

Foreign Operations

 

Because the operations of High Street and the Subsidiaries are all in the United States, the Company is entirely dependent on foreign operations.

 

REGULATORY OVERVIEW

 

United States Federal Overview

 

The United States federal government regulates drugs through the Controlled Substances Act (the “ CSA ”) which places controlled substances, including cannabis, in a schedule. Cannabis is classified as a Schedule I controlled substance. The U.S. Department of Justice (the “ DOJ ”) defines Schedule I drugs, substances or chemicals as “drugs with no currently accepted medical use and a high potential for abuse.” The United States Food and Drug Administration (the “ FDA ”) has not approved cannabis as a safe and effective drug for any condition.

 

30

 

 

State laws that permit and regulate the production, distribution and use of cannabis for adult-use or medical purposes are in direct conflict with the CSA, which makes cannabis use and possession federally illegal. Although certain states and territories of the U.S. authorize medical or adult-use cannabis production and distribution by licensed or registered entities, under U.S. federal law, the possession, use, cultivation, and transfer of cannabis and any related drug paraphernalia is illegal and any such acts are criminal acts under federal law under any and all circumstances under the CSA. Although the Company’s activities are compliant with applicable United States state and local law, strict compliance with state and local laws with respect to cannabis may neither absolve the Company of liability under United States federal law, nor may it provide a defense to any federal proceeding which may be brought against the Company.

 

As of the date of this AIF, 33 U.S. states and the District of Columbia have now legalized the cultivation and sale of full-strength cannabis for medical purposes. In 10 U.S. states, the sale and possession of cannabis is legal for both medical and adult-use, the District of Columbia has legalized adult-use but not commercial sale. Thirteen states have also enacted low-THC / high-CBD only laws for medical cannabis patients. All considered, approximately 95% of Americans now live in states where some form of medical cannabis is legal.

 

The prior U.S. administration attempted to address the inconsistencies between federal and state regulation of cannabis in a memorandum which then-Deputy Attorney General James Cole sent to all United States Attorneys in August 2013 (the “ Cole Memorandum ”) outlining certain priorities for the DOJ relating to the prosecution of cannabis offenses. The Cole Memorandum noted that in jurisdictions that have enacted laws legalizing cannabis in some form and that have also implemented strong and effective regulatory and enforcement systems to control the cultivation, processing, distribution, sale and possession of cannabis, conduct in compliance with those laws and regulations is less likely to be a priority at the federal level. The DOJ did not provide (and has not provided since) specific guidelines for what regulatory and enforcement systems would be deemed sufficient under the Cole Memorandum.

 

On January 4, 2018, U.S. Attorney General Jeff Sessions formally issued a new memorandum (the “ Sessions Memorandum ”), which rescinded the Cole Memorandum. The Sessions Memorandum stated, in part, that current law reflects “Congress’ determination that cannabis is a dangerous drug and cannabis activity is a serious crime”, and Mr. Sessions directed all U.S. Attorneys to enforce the laws enacted by Congress by following well-established principles when pursuing prosecutions related to cannabis activities. There can be no assurance that the federal government will not enforce federal laws relating to cannabis in the future.

 

The Company believes it is too soon to determine what prosecutorial effects will be created by the rescission of the ‎Cole Memorandum. The sheer size of the cannabis industry, in addition to participation by state and local ‎governments and investors, suggests that a large-scale enforcement operation would more than likely create ‎unwanted political backlash for the DOJ and the Trump administration. It is also ‎possible that the revocation of the Cole Memorandum could motivate Congress to reconcile federal and state laws. ‎Regardless, cannabis remains a Schedule I controlled substance at the federal level, and neither the Cole ‎Memorandum nor its rescission has altered that fact. The federal government of the United States has always ‎reserved the right to enforce federal law in regard to the sale and disbursement of medical or adult-use cannabis, ‎even if state law sanctioned such sale and disbursement. The Company believes, from a purely legal perspective, ‎that the criminal risk today remains identical to the risk on January 3, 2018. It remains unclear whether the risk of ‎enforcement has been altered. Additionally, under United States federal law, it may potentially be a violation of ‎federal money laundering statutes for financial institutions to take any proceeds from the sale of cannabis or any ‎other Schedule I controlled substance. Canadian banks are likewise hesitant to deal with cannabis companies, due ‎to the uncertain legal and regulatory framework of the industry. Banks and other financial institutions, particularly ‎those that are federally chartered in the United States, could be prosecuted and possibly convicted of money ‎laundering for providing services to cannabis businesses. While Congress is considering legislation that may address ‎these issues, there can be no assurance that such legislation passes.‎

 

Despite these laws, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“ FinCEN ”) ‎issued a memorandum on February 14, 2014 (the “ FinCEN Memorandum ”) outlining the pathways for financial ‎institutions to bank state-sanctioned cannabis businesses in compliance with federal enforcement priorities. The ‎FinCEN Memorandum echoed the enforcement priorities of the Cole Memo. Under these guidelines, financial ‎institutions must submit a Suspicious Activity Report (“ SAR ”) in connection with all cannabis-related banking ‎activities by any client of such financial institution, in accordance with federal money laundering laws. These ‎cannabis-related SARs are divided into three categories – cannabis limited, cannabis priority, and cannabis ‎terminated – based on the financial institution’s belief that the business in question follows state law, is operating ‎outside of compliance with state law, or where the banking relationship has been terminated, respectively. On the ‎same day as the FinCEN Memorandum was published, the DOJ issued a memorandum (the “ 2014 Cole ‎Memorandum ”) directing prosecutors to apply the enforcement priorities of the Cole Memorandum in determining ‎whether to charge individuals or institutions with crimes related to financial transactions involving the proceeds of ‎cannabis-related conduct. The 2014 Cole Memorandum has been rescinded as of January 4, 2018, along with the ‎Cole Memorandum, removing guidance that enforcement of applicable financial crimes against state-compliant ‎actors was not a United States Department of Justice priority.‎

 

However, former Attorney General Sessions’ revocation of the Cole Memorandum and the 2014 Cole ‎Memorandum has not affected the status of the FinCEN Memorandum, nor has the Department of the Treasury ‎given any indication that it intends to rescind the FinCEN Memorandum itself. Though it was originally intended for ‎the 2014 Cole Memorandum and the FinCEN Memorandum to work in tandem, the FinCEN Memorandum is a ‎standalone document which explicitly lists the eight enforcement priorities originally cited in the Cole ‎Memorandum. As such, the FinCEN Memorandum remains intact, indicating that the Department of the Treasury ‎and FinCEN intend to continue abiding by its guidance. However, in the United States, it is difficult for cannabis-‎based businesses to open and maintain a bank account with any bank or other financial institution.‎

 

Although the Cole Memorandum has been rescinded, one legislative safeguard for the medical cannabis industry remains in place: Congress adopted amendments to the fiscal years 2015, 2016 and 2017 Consolidated Appropriations Acts (currently referred to as the “ Rohrabacher/Blumenauer Amendment ”) to prevent the federal government from using congressionally appropriated funds to enforce federal cannabis laws against regulated medical cannabis actors operating in compliance with state and local law. The Rohrabacher/Blumenauer Amendment was included in the fiscal year 2018 budget passed on March 23, 2018. The Rohrabacher/Blumenauer Amendment was included in the consolidated appropriations bill signed into legislation by President Trump in February 2019 and will remain in effect until September 30, 2019. At such time, it may or may not be included in the omnibus appropriations package or a continuing budget resolution once the current continuing resolution expires.

 

Despite the legal, regulatory, and political obstacles the cannabis industry currently faces, the industry has ‎continued to grow. It was anticipated that the federal government would eventually repeal the federal prohibition ‎on cannabis and thereby leave the states to decide for themselves whether to permit regulated cannabis cultivation, ‎production and sale, just as states are free today to decide policies governing the distribution of alcohol or tobacco.

 

Given current political trends, however, these developments are considered unlikely in the near-term. As an industry ‎best practice, despite the recent rescission of the Cole Memorandum, the Company abides by the following to ‎ensure compliance with the guidance provided by the Cole Memorandum:‎

 

· ensure that its operations are compliant with all licensing requirements as established by the applicable state, ‎county, municipality, town, township, borough, and other political/administrative divisions;‎
· ensure that its cannabis related activities adhere to the scope of the licensing obtained (for example: in the ‎states where cannabis is permitted only for adult-use, the products are only sold to individuals who meet ‎the requisite age requirements);‎
· implement policies and procedures to ensure that cannabis products are not distributed to minors;‎
· implement policies and procedures in place to ensure that funds are not distributed to criminal enterprises, ‎gangs or cartels; ‎
· implement an inventory tracking system and necessary procedures to ensure that such compliance system is ‎effective in tracking inventory and preventing diversion of cannabis or cannabis products into those states ‎where cannabis is not permitted by state law, or cross any state lines in general; ‎
· ensure that its state-authorized cannabis business activity is not used as a cover or pretence for trafficking of ‎other illegal drugs, is engaged in any other illegal activity or any activities that are contrary to any ‎applicable anti-money laundering statutes; and
· ensure that its products comply with applicable regulations and contain necessary disclaimers about the ‎contents of the products to prevent adverse public health consequences from cannabis use and prevent ‎impaired driving.‎

 

31

 

 

In addition, the Company may (and frequently does) conduct background checks to ensure that the principals and ‎management of its operating Subsidiaries are of good character, and have not been involved with other illegal ‎drugs, engaged in illegal activity or activities involving violence, or use of firearms in cultivation, manufacturing or ‎distribution of cannabis. The Company will also conduct ongoing reviews of the activities of its cannabis ‎businesses, the premises on which they operate and the policies and procedures that are related to possession of ‎cannabis or cannabis products outside of the licensed premises, including the cases where such possession is ‎permitted by regulation. See “ Risk Factors ”.‎

 

The Cole Memorandum and the Rohrabacher/Blumenauer Amendment gave medical cannabis operators and investors in states with legal regimes greater certainty regarding federal enforcement as to establish cannabis businesses in those states. While the Sessions Memorandum has introduced some uncertainty regarding federal enforcement, the cannabis industry continues to experience growth in legal medical and adult-use markets across the U.S. U.S. Attorney General Jeff Sessions resigned on November 7, 2018. On February 14, 2019, William Barr was confirmed as U.S. Attorney General. It is unclear what impact this development will have on U.S. federal government enforcement policy.

 

Despite the expanding market for legal cannabis, traditional sources of financing, including bank lending or private equity capital, is lacking which is can be attributable to the fact that cannabis remains a Schedule I substance under the CSA. These traditional sources of financing are expected to remain scarce unless and until the federal government legalizes cannabis cultivation and sales.

 

On February 8, 2018, the Canadian Securities Administrators issued Staff Notice 51-352 (Revised) - Issuers with U.S. Marijuana-Related Activities (“ Staff Notice 51-352 ”) which provides specific disclosure expectations for issuers that have U.S. cannabis-related activities. All issuers with U.S. cannabis-related activities are expected to clearly and prominently disclose certain prescribed information in prospectus filings and other required disclosure documents, such as this AIF. In accordance with the Staff Notice 51-352, below is a table of concordance that is intended to assist readers in identifying those parts of this AIF that address the disclosure expectations outlined in Staff Notice 51-352.

 

Industry Involvement   Specific Disclosure Necessary to Fairly Present all Material Facts, Risks and Uncertainties   AIF Cross Reference
All Issuers with U.S. Marijuana-Related Activities  

Describe the nature of the Company’s involvement in the U.S. marijuana industry and include the disclosures indicated for at least one of the direct, indirect and ancillary industry involvement types noted in this table.

 

 

“General Development of the Business”

“Description of the Business”

 

Prominently state that marijuana is illegal under U.S. federal law and that enforcement of relevant laws is a significant risk.

 

 

“Regulatory Overview”

“Risk Factors”

 

Discuss any statements and other available guidance made by federal authorities or prosecutors regarding the risk of enforcement action in any jurisdiction where the Company conducts U.S. marijuana-related activities.

 

  “Risk Factors”
 

Outline related risks including, among others, the risk that third-party service providers could suspend or withdraw services and the risk that regulatory bodies could impose certain restrictions on the Company’s ability to operate in the U.S.

 

  “Risk Factors”
 

Given the illegality of marijuana under U.S. federal law, discuss the Company’s ability to access both public and private capital and indicate what financing options are / are not available in order to support continuing operations.

 

  “Risk Factors”
  Quantify the Company’s balance sheet and operating statement exposure to U.S. marijuana-related activities.  

At the time of this AIF, 100% of the Company’s operations are in the United States.

 

  Disclose if legal advice has not been obtained, either in the form of a legal opinion or otherwise, regarding (a) compliance with applicable state regulatory frameworks and (b) potential exposure and implications arising from U.S. federal law.   Legal advice has been obtained.

 

32

 

 

Industry Involvement

  Specific Disclosure Necessary to Fairly Present all Material Facts, Risks and Uncertainties   AIF Cross Reference
U.S. Marijuana Issuers with direct involvement in cultivation or distribution  

Outline the regulations for U.S. states in which the Company operates and confirm how the Company complies with applicable licensing requirements and the regulatory framework enacted by the applicable U.S. state.

 

 

“General Development of the Business”

“Description of the Business”

 

Discuss the Company’s program for monitoring compliance with U.S. state law on an ongoing basis, outline internal compliance procedures and provide a positive statement indicating that the Company is in compliance with U.S. state law and the related licensing framework. Promptly disclose any non-compliance, citations or notices of violation which may have an impact on the Company’s license, business activities or operations.

 

 

“General Development of the Business”

“Description of the Business”

“Risk Factors”

U.S. Marijuana Issuers with indirect involvement in cultivation or distribution  

Outline the regulations for U.S. states in which the Company’s investee(s) operate.

 

  See Listing Statement
 

Provide reasonable assurance, through either positive or negative statements, that the investee’s business is in compliance with applicable licensing requirements and the regulatory framework enacted by the applicable U.S. state. Promptly disclose any non-compliance, citations or notices of violation, of which the Company is aware, that may have an impact on the investee’s license, business activities or operations.

 

  “Regulatory Overview”
U.S. Marijuana Issuers with material ancillary involvement   Provide reasonable assurance, through either positive or negative statements, that the applicable customer’s or investee’s business is in compliance with applicable licensing requirements and the regulatory framework enacted by the applicable U.S. state.   N/A

 

In accordance with Staff Notice 51-352, a discussion of the federal and state-level U.S. regulatory regimes in those jurisdictions where the Company is currently directly involved through its Subsidiaries can be found in the Company’s Listing Statement. The Subsidiaries are directly engaged in the manufacture, possession, use, sale or distribution of cannabis in the recreational and/or medical cannabis marketplace in the following U.S. states: California, Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Iowa, Maryland, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon and Pennsylvania. In addition, High Street has pending transactions which, if consummated, would result in it being engaged, through its Subsidiaries, in the manufacture, possession, use, sale or distribution of cannabis in the recreational and/or medical cannabis marketplace in the following additional U.S. states: Rhode Island and Washington. In accordance with Staff Notice 51-352, the Company will evaluate, monitor and reassess this disclosure, and any related risks, on an ongoing basis and any supplements or amendments hereto will be reflected in, and provided to, investors in public filings of the Company, including in the event of government policy changes or the introduction of new or amended guidance, laws or regulations regarding cannabis regulation. Any non-compliance, citations or notices of violation which may have an impact on any Subsidiary’s licenses, business activities or operations will be promptly disclosed by the Company.

 

RISK FACTORS

 

There are a number of risk factors affecting the Company and its business. The risks and uncertainties described herein are not the only ones the Company faces. Additional risks and uncertainties, including those that the Company does not know about now or that it currently deems immaterial, may also adversely affect the Company’s business. If any of the following risks actually occur, the Company’s business may be harmed and its financial condition and results of operations may suffer significantly.

 

33

 

 

Risks Specifically Related to the United States Regulatory System

 

The Company’s business activities, while believed to be compliant with applicable state and local U.S. law, are illegal under U.S. federal law

 

Cannabis is illegal under U.S. federal law. In those states in which the use of cannabis has been legalized, its use remains a violation of federal law pursuant to the CSA . The CSA classifies cannabis as a Schedule I controlled substance, and as such, medical and recreational cannabis use is illegal under U.S. federal law. Unless and until Congress amends the CSA with respect to cannabis (and the President approves such amendment), there is a risk that federal authorities may enforce current federal law. If that occurs, the Subsidiaries or other entities in which the Company may have an interest from time to time may be deemed to be producing, cultivating or dispensing cannabis and drug paraphernalia in violation of federal law, or the Company may be deemed to be facilitating the selling or distribution of cannabis and drug paraphernalia in violation of federal law with respect to the Company’s investment in the Subsidiaries. Since federal law criminalizing the use of cannabis pre-empts state laws that legalize its use, strict enforcement of federal law regarding cannabis would harm the Company’s business, prospects, results of operation, and financial condition.

 

The activities of the Subsidiaries are, and will continue to be, subject to evolving regulation by governmental authorities. The Subsidiaries are directly or indirectly engaged in the medical and recreational cannabis industry in the U.S. where local state law permits such activities. The legality of the production, cultivation, extraction, distribution, retail sales, transportation and use of cannabis differs among North American jurisdictions, as well as between states in the U.S. Due to the current regulatory environment in the U.S., new risks may emerge, and management may not be able to predict all such risks.

 

There are 33 states of the U.S., in addition to Washington D.C., Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam, that have laws and/or regulations that recognize, in one form or another, legitimate medical uses for cannabis and consumer use of cannabis in connection with medical treatment. In addition, as of the date of this AIF, Alaska, California, Colorado, Maine, Massachusetts, Michigan, Nevada, Oregon, Vermont, Washington and Washington D.C. have legalized cannabis for recreational use.

 

The funding by the Company of the activities of the Subsidiaries involved in the medical and recreational cannabis industry through equity investments, loans or other forms of investment, may be illegal under the applicable federal laws of the U.S. and other applicable laws. There can be no assurances that the federal government of the U.S. or other jurisdictions will not seek to enforce the applicable laws against the Company. The consequences of such enforcement would be materially adverse to the Company and the Company’s business, including its reputation, profitability, the market price of its publicly traded shares, and could result in the forfeiture or seizure of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

The prior U.S. administration attempted to address the inconsistent treatment of cannabis under state and federal law in the Cole Memorandum which Deputy Attorney General James Cole sent to all U.S. Attorneys in August 2013 that outlined certain priorities for the DOJ relating to the prosecution of cannabis offenses. The Cole Memorandum held that enforcing federal cannabis laws and regulations in jurisdictions that have enacted laws legalizing cannabis in some form and that have also implemented strong and effective regulatory and enforcement systems to control the cultivation, processing, distribution, sale and possession of cannabis, conduct in compliance with those laws and regulations was not a priority for the DOJ. The DOJ did not provide (and has not provided since) specific guidelines for what regulatory and enforcement systems would be deemed sufficient under the Cole Memorandum.

 

34

 

 

On January 4, 2018, U.S. Attorney General Jeff Sessions formally issued the Sessions Memorandum, which rescinded the Cole Memorandum effective upon its issuance. The Sessions Memorandum stated, in part, that current law reflects “Congress’ determination that cannabis is a dangerous drug and cannabis activity is a serious crime”, and Mr. Sessions directed all U.S. Attorneys to enforce the laws enacted by Congress and to follow well-established principles when pursuing prosecutions related to cannabis activities. There can be no assurance that the federal government will not enforce federal laws relating to cannabis in the future. Jeff Sessions resigned as U.S. Attorney General on November 7, 2018. On February 14, 2019, William Barr was confirmed as U.S. Attorney General. It is unclear what impact this development will have on U.S. federal government enforcement policy.

 

The uncertainty of U.S. federal enforcement practices going forward and the inconsistency between U.S. federal and state laws and regulations presents major risks for the business and operations of the Company, High Street and the Subsidiaries.

 

Nature of the Business Model

 

Since the cultivation, processing, production, distribution, and sale of cannabis for any purpose, medical, adult-use (i.e., recreational), or otherwise, remain illegal under United States federal law, it is possible that any of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries may be forced to cease activities. The United States federal government, through, among others, the DOJ, its sub agency the Drug Enforcement Agency (“ DEA ”), and the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”), have the right to actively investigate, audit and shut-down cannabis growing facilities, processors and retailers. The U.S. federal government may also attempt to seize the property of the Company, High Street or any Subsidiary. Any action taken by the DOJ, the DEA and/or the IRS to interfere with, seize, or shut down the operations of the Company, High Street or any Subsidiary will have an adverse effect on their businesses, operating results and financial condition.

 

U.S. State Regulatory Uncertainty

 

There is no assurance that state laws legalizing and regulating the sale and use of cannabis will not be repealed or overturned, or that local governmental authorities will not limit the applicability of state laws within their respective jurisdictions. If the U.S. federal government begins to enforce U.S. federal laws relating to cannabis in states where the sale and use of cannabis is currently legal, or if existing state laws are repealed or curtailed, the Company’s business or operations in those states or under those laws would be materially and adversely affected. Federal actions against any individual or entity engaged in the cannabis industry or a substantial repeal of cannabis related legislation could adversely affect the Company, its business and its assets or investments.

 

U.S. states where medical and/or recreational cannabis is legal have or are considering special taxes or fees in the cannabis industry. It is uncertain at this time whether other states are in the process of reviewing such additional taxes and fees. The implementation of special taxes or fees could have a material adverse effect upon the businesses, results of operations and financial condition of the Company, High Street and the Subsidiaries.

 

The Company, High Street and the Subsidiaries are Subject to Applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Regulations

 

The Company, High Street and the Subsidiaries are subject to a variety of laws and regulations domestically and in the U.S. that involve money laundering, financial record-keeping and proceeds of crime, including the U.S. Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970 (commonly known as the “ Bank Secrecy Act ”), as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “ USA Patriot Act ”), the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing A ct (Canada), as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by governmental authorities in the U.S. and Canada. Further, under U.S. federal law, banks or other financial institutions that provide a cannabis business with a checking account, debit or credit card, small business loan, or any other service could be found guilty of money laundering, aiding and abetting, or conspiracy.

 

35

 

 

The FinCEN Memorandum states that in some circumstances, it is permissible for banks to provide services to cannabis-related businesses without risking prosecution for violation of federal money laundering laws. It refers to supplementary guidance included in the Cole Memorandum.

 

The revocation of the Cole Memorandum has not yet affected the status of the FinCEN Memorandum, nor has the Department of the Treasury given any indication that it intends to rescind the FinCEN Memorandum itself.

 

Although the FinCEN Memorandum remains intact, it is unclear whether the current administration will continue to follow the guidelines of the FinCEN Memorandum. The DOJ continues to have the right and power to prosecute crimes committed by banks and financial institutions, such as money laundering and violations of the Bank Secrecy Act, that occur in any state including states that have in some form legalized the sale of cannabis. Further, the conduct of the DOJ’s enforcement priorities could change for any number of reasons. A change in the DOJ’s priorities could result in the DOJ’s prosecuting banks and financial institutions for crimes that were not previously prosecuted.

 

If any of the operations of High Street or any of the Subsidiaries, or any proceeds thereof, any dividend distributions or any profits or revenues derived from these operations were found to be in violation of money laundering legislation or otherwise, such transactions may be viewed as proceeds from a crime under one or more of the statutes noted above. This may restrict the ability of the Company, High Street or any of the Subsidiaries to declare or pay dividends, effect other distributions or subsequently repatriate such funds back to Canada.

 

Lack of Access to U.S. Bankruptcy Protections; Other Bankruptcy Risks

 

Because the use of cannabis is illegal under federal law, many courts have denied cannabis businesses bankruptcy protections, thus making it very difficult for lenders to recoup their investments in the cannabis industry in the event of a bankruptcy. If the Company, High Street or any of the Subsidiaries were to experience a bankruptcy, there is no guarantee that U.S. federal bankruptcy protections would be available, which would have a material adverse effect.

 

Additionally, there is no guarantee that the Company will be able to effectively enforce any interests it may have in High Street or its underlying Subsidiaries. A bankruptcy or other similar event related to an investment of the Company that precludes a party from performing its obligations under an agreement may have a material adverse effect on the Company. Further, High Street is primarily an equity investor, and should an investee entity have insufficient assets to pay its liabilities, it is likely that other liabilities of such entity will be satisfied prior to repayment of High Street’s equity. In addition, bankruptcy or other similar proceedings are often a complex and lengthy process, the outcome of which may be uncertain and could result in a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

Heightened Scrutiny by Canadian Authorities

 

For the reasons set forth above, the business, operations and investments of the Company, High Street and the Subsidiaries in the U.S., and any future businesses, operations and investments, may become the subject of heightened scrutiny by regulators, stock exchanges and other authorities in Canada. As a result, the Company may be subject to significant direct and indirect interaction with public officials. There can be no assurance that this heightened scrutiny will not in turn lead to the imposition of certain restrictions on the Company’s ability to invest or hold interests in other entities in the U.S. or any other jurisdiction, in addition to those described herein.

 

36

 

 

On February 8, 2018, the Canadian Securities Administrators published Staff Notice 51-352 describing the Canadian Securities Administrators’ disclosure expectations for specific risks facing issuers with cannabis-related activities in the U.S. Staff Notice 51-352 confirms that a disclosure-based approach remains appropriate for issuers with U.S. cannabis-related activities. Staff Notice 51-352 includes additional disclosure expectations that apply to all issuers with U.S. cannabis-related activities, including those with direct and indirect involvement in the cultivation and distribution of cannabis, as well as issuers that provide goods and services to third parties involved in the U.S. cannabis industry.

 

CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc. (“ CDS ”) is Canada’s central securities depository, clearing and settling trades in the Canadian equity, fixed income and money markets. On February 8, 2018, following discussions with the Canadian Securities Administrators and recognized Canadian securities exchanges, the TMX Group, which is the owner and operator of CDS, announced the signing of a Memorandum of Understanding (“ MOU ”) with Aequitas NEO Exchange Inc., the CSE and the Toronto Stock Exchange confirming that it relies on such exchanges to review the conduct of listed issuers. The MOU notes that securities regulation requires that the rules of each of the exchanges must not be contrary to the public interest and that the rules of each of the exchanges have been approved by the securities regulators. Pursuant to the MOU, CDS will not ban accepting deposits of or transactions for clearing and settlement of securities of issuers with cannabis-related activities in the U.S.

 

Even though the MOU indicated that there are no plans of banning the settlement of securities through CDS, there can be no guarantee that the settlement of securities will continue in the future. If such a ban were to be implemented, it would have a material adverse effect on the ability of holders of Subordinate Voting Shares to make and settle trades. In particular, the Subordinate Voting Shares would become highly illiquid until an alternative (if available) was implemented, and investors would have no ability to effect a trade of the Subordinate Voting Shares through the facilities of a stock exchange.

 

Constraints on Marketing Products

 

The development of the Company’s business and operating results may be hindered by applicable restrictions on sales and marketing activities imposed by government regulatory bodies. The regulatory environment in the United States limits the Company’s ability to compete for market share in a manner similar to other industries. If the Company is unable to effectively market its products and compete for market share, or if the costs of compliance with government legislation and regulation cannot be absorbed through increased selling prices for its products, the Company’s sales and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

European Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Regulation

 

European laws, regulations and their enforcement, particularly those pertaining to anti-money laundering, relating to making and/or holding investments in cannabis-related practices or activities are in flux and vary dramatically from jurisdiction to jurisdiction across Europe (including without limitation, the United Kingdom). The enforcement of these laws and regulations and their effect on shareholders are uncertain and involve considerable risk. In the event that any of the Company’s operations, or any proceeds thereof, any dividends or distributions therefrom, or any profits or revenues accruing from such operations are found to be in violation of such laws or regulation, such transactions (including holding of shares in the Company) could expose any shareholder(s) in that jurisdiction to potential prosecution and/or criminal and civil sanction.

 

Tax Risks Related to Controlled Substances

 

Section 280E of the Code (“ Section 280E ”) prohibits businesses from deducting certain expenses associated with trafficking controlled substances (within the meaning of Schedule I and II of the CSA). The IRS has invoked Section 280E in tax audits against various cannabis businesses in the U.S. that are permitted under applicable state laws. Although the IRS issued a clarification allowing the deduction of certain expenses, the scope of such items is interpreted very narrowly, and the bulk of operating costs and general administrative costs are not permitted to be deducted. While there are currently several pending cases before various administrative and federal courts challenging these restrictions, there is no guarantee that these courts will issue an interpretation of Section 280E favorable to cannabis businesses.

 

37

 

 

Loss of Foreign Private Issuer Status

 

The Company is a Foreign Private Issuer as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act. If, as of the last business day of the Company’s second fiscal quarter for any year, more than 50% of the Company’s outstanding voting securities (as determined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act) are directly or indirectly held of record by residents of the United States, the Company will no longer meet the definition of a Foreign Private Issuer, which may have adverse consequences on the Company’s ability to raise capital in private placements or Canadian prospectus offerings. In addition the loss of the Company’s Foreign Private Issuer status may likely result in increased reporting requirements and increased audit, legal and administration costs. These increased costs may significantly affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The term ‘‘Foreign Private Issuer’’ is defined as any non-U.S. corporation, other than a foreign government, except any issuer meeting the following conditions:

 

(a) more than 50 percent of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer are, directly or indirectly, held of record by residents of the United States; and

 

(b) any one of the following:

 

(i) the majority of the executive officers or directors are United States citizens or residents, or

 

(ii) more than 50 percent of the assets of the issuer are located in the United States, or

 

(iii) the business of the issuer is administered principally in the United States.

 

A ‘‘holder of record’’ is defined by Rule 12g5-1 under the Exchange Act. Generally speaking, the holder identified on the record of security holders is considered as the record holder.

 

In December 2016, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) issued a Compliance and Disclosure Interpretation to clarify that issuers with multiple classes of voting stock carrying different voting rights may, for the purposes of calculating compliance with this threshold, examine either (i) the combined voting power of its share classes, or (ii) the number of voting securities, in each case held of record by U.S. residents. Based on this interpretation, each issued and outstanding Proportionate Voting Share and each issued and outstanding Multiple Voting Share is counted as one voting security and each issued and outstanding Subordinate Voting Shares is counted as one voting security for the purposes of determining the 50 percent U.S. resident threshold and the Company is a ‘‘Foreign Private Issuer’.

 

Should the SEC’s guidance and interpretation change, it is likely the Company will lose its Foreign Private Issuer status.

 

Limited Trademark Protection

 

The Subsidiaries will not be able to register any U.S. federal trademarks for their cannabis products. Because producing, manufacturing, processing, possessing, distributing, selling, and using cannabis is illegal under the CSA, the United States Patent and Trademark Office will not permit the registration of any trademark that identifies cannabis products. As a result, the Subsidiaries likely will be unable to protect their cannabis product trademarks beyond the geographic areas in which they conduct business. The use of its trademarks outside the states in which they operate by one or more other persons could have a material adverse effect on the value of such trademarks.

 

38

 

 

Civil Asset Forfeiture

 

Because the cannabis industry remains illegal under U.S. federal law, any property owned by participants in the cannabis industry, such as the Company, High Street and the Subsidiaries which are either used in the course of conducting such business, or are the proceeds of such business, could be subject to seizure by law enforcement and subsequent civil asset forfeiture.

 

FDA Regulation

 

Cannabis remains a Schedule I controlled substance under U.S. federal law. If the federal government reclassifies cannabis to a Schedule II controlled substance, it is possible that the FDA would regulate it under the Food, Drug and Cosmetics Act of 1938 . Additionally, the FDA may issue rules and regulations including good manufacturing practices, related to the growth, cultivation, harvesting and processing of medical cannabis. Clinical trials may be needed to verify efficacy and safety. It is also possible that the FDA would require that facilities where medical-use cannabis is grown register with the FDA and comply with certain federally prescribed regulations. In the event that some or all of these regulations are imposed, the impact would be on the cannabis industry is unknown, including what costs, requirements and possible prohibitions may be enforced. If the Subsidiaries are unable to comply with the regulations or registration as prescribed by the FDA, it may have an adverse effect on the business, operating results and financial condition of the Company and/or High Street.

 

Laws and Regulations Affecting the Industry in which the Company Operates are Constantly Changing

 

The constant evolution of laws and regulations affecting the cannabis industry could detrimentally affect the Company. The current and proposed operations of the Subsidiaries are subject to a variety of local, state and federal medical cannabis laws and regulations relating to the manufacture, management, transportation, storage and disposal of cannabis, as well as laws and regulations relating to consumable products health and safety, the conduct of operations and the protection of the environment. These laws and regulations are broad in scope and subject to evolving interpretations, which could require the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries to incur substantial costs associated with compliance or alter certain aspects of their business plans. In addition, violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt certain aspects of the business plans of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries and result in a material adverse effect on certain aspects of their planned operations. These laws and regulations are rapidly evolving and subject to change with minimal notice. Regulatory ‎changes may adversely affect the Company's profitability or cause it to cease operations entirely. The ‎cannabis industry may come under the scrutiny or further scrutiny by the FDA, Securities and Exchange ‎Commission, the DOJ, the Financial Industry Regulatory Advisory or other federal or ‎applicable state or nongovernmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise ‎or regulate the production, distribution, sale or use of cannabis for medical or adult use purposes in ‎the United States. It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact of any new laws, regulations or ‎initiatives that may be proposed, or whether any proposals will become law. The regulatory uncertainty ‎surrounding the industry may adversely affect the business and operations of the Company, including ‎without limitation, the costs to remain compliant with applicable laws and the impairment of its business ‎or the ability to raise additional capital. In addition, the Company will not be able to predict the nature of ‎any future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications, and it is possible that regulations may be ‎enacted in the future that will be directly applicable to its business. For example, see the “ Risk Factors - ‎Heightened Scrutiny by Canadian Authorities ” related to CDS above.‎

 

Limitation on Ownership of Licenses ‎

 

In certain states, the cannabis laws and regulations limit, not only the number of cannabis licenses issued, ‎but also the number of cannabis licenses that one person may own. For example, in Massachusetts, no ‎person may have an ownership interest, or control over, more than three license holders in any category ‎‎– cultivation, processing or dispensing. In Maryland, the Department of Health has taken the position that ‎the law prevents having a material ownership interest in more than one license holder in any one of these ‎three categories. In New Jersey, there are restrictions on overlapping ownership of license holders. In ‎Florida, there are also limitations on owning more than one of the vertically-integrated medical cannabis ‎licenses offered in that state. The Company believes that, where such restrictions apply, it may still ‎capture significant share of revenue in the market through wholesale sales, exclusive marketing relations, ‎provision of management or support services, franchising and similar arrangement with other operators. ‎Nevertheless, such limitations on the acquisition of ownership of additional licenses within certain states ‎may limit the Company’s ability to grow organically or to increase its market share in such states.‎

 

39

 

 

Risks Generally Related to the Company

 

Unfavorable Publicity or Consumer Perception

 

The legal cannabis industry in the U.S. is at an early stage of its development. Cannabis has been, and is expected to continue to be, a controlled substance for the foreseeable future. Consumer perceptions regarding legality, morality, consumption, safety, efficacy and quality of cannabis are mixed and evolving. Consumer perception can be significantly influenced by scientific research or findings, regulatory investigations, litigation, media attention and other publicity regarding the consumption of cannabis products. There can be no assurance that future scientific research, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other research findings or publicity will be favorable to the cannabis market or any particular product, or consistent with earlier publicity. Future research reports, findings, regulatory proceedings, litigation, media attention or other publicity that are perceived as less favorable than, or that question, earlier research reports, findings or publicity could have a material adverse effect on the demand for cannabis and on the business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows of the Subsidiaries and accordingly High Street and the Company. Further, adverse publicity reports or other media attention regarding cannabis in general, or associating the consumption of cannabis with illness or other negative effects or events, could have such a material adverse effect.

 

Public opinion and support for medical and recreational cannabis use has traditionally been inconsistent and varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. While public opinion and support appears to be rising for legalizing medical and recreational cannabis, it remains a controversial issue subject to differing opinions surrounding the level of legalization (for example, medical cannabis as opposed to legalization in general).

 

The ability to gain and increase market acceptance of the Subsidiaries’ products may require the Company, High Street and/or the Subsidiaries to establish and maintain its brand name and reputation. In order to do so, substantial expenditures on product development, strategic relationships and marketing initiatives may be required. There can be no assurance that these initiatives will be successful and their failure may have an adverse effect on the Company, High Street and/or the Subsidiaries.

 

Further, a shift in public opinion may also result in a significant influence over the regulation of the cannabis industry in Canada, the U.S. or elsewhere. A negative shift in the perception of the public with respect to medical cannabis in the U.S. or any other applicable jurisdiction could affect future legislation or regulation. Among other things, such a shift could cause state jurisdictions to abandon initiatives or proposals to legalize medical cannabis, thereby limiting the number of new state jurisdictions into which the Company could expand. Any inability to fully implement the Company’s expansion strategy may have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Limited Operating History

 

Many of the Subsidiaries presently generate losses, and will only start generating revenues in future periods if at all, and accordingly, the Company is therefore expected to remain subject to many of the risks common to early-stage enterprises for the foreseeable future, including challenges related to laws, regulations, licensing, integrating and retaining qualified employees; making effective use of limited resources; achieving market acceptance of existing and future solutions; competing against companies with greater financial and technical resources; acquiring and retaining customers; and developing new solutions. There can be no assurance that the Subsidiaries will be successful in addressing these risks, and the failure to do so in any one area could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

40

 

 

Competition with the Company

 

There is potential that the Company will face intense competition from other companies, some of which can be expected to have longer operating histories and more financial resources and experience than the Company. Increased competition by larger and better financed competitors could materially and adversely affect the business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company.

 

Because of the early stage of the industry in which the Company operates, the Company expects to face additional competition from new entrants. To become and remain competitive, the Company will require research and development, marketing, sales and support. Pressure from the Company’s competitors may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

 

Competition with the Subsidiaries

 

There is potential that the Subsidiaries will face intense competition from other companies, some of which can be expected to have longer operating histories and more financial resources and experience than the Subsidiaries. Currently, the cannabis industry is generally comprised of individuals and small to medium-sized entities; however, the risk remains that large conglomerates and companies who also recognize the potential for financial success through investment in this industry could strategically purchase or assume control of larger dispensaries, processing plants and cultivation facilities. In doing so, these larger competitors could establish price setting and cost controls which would effectively “price out” many of the individuals and small to medium-sized entities who currently make up the bulk of the participants in the varied businesses operating within and in support of the medical and adult-use cannabis industry. Competition between companies in the cannabis industry also relies heavily on the ability to attract community support.

 

Because of the early stage of the industry in which the Subsidiaries operate, the Company expects the Subsidiaries to face additional competition from new entrants. To become and remain competitive, the Subsidiaries will require research and development, marketing, sales and support. The Company may not have sufficient resources to maintain research and development, marketing, sales and support efforts on a competitive basis which could materially and adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Subsidiaries and, in turn, the Company.

 

In addition, medical cannabis products compete against other healthcare drugs and a high volume of cannabis continues to be sold illegally on the black-market.

 

Dependence on Performance of Subsidiaries

 

The Company is dependent on the operations, assets and financial health of the Subsidiaries. Accordingly, if the financial performance of any Subsidiary declines this will adversely affect the Company’s investment in such Subsidiary, the ability to realize a return on such investment and the financial results of the Company. The Company will conduct due diligence on each new entity prior to making any investment. Nonetheless, there is a risk that there may be some liabilities or other matters that are not identified through the due diligence or ongoing monitoring that may have an adverse effect on the business, and this could have a material adverse impact on the business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company.

 

Competition from Synthetic Production and Technological Advances

 

The pharmaceutical industry may attempt to dominate the cannabis industry, and in particularly, legal cannabis, through the development and distribution of synthetic products which emulate the effects and treatment of organic cannabis. If they are successful, the widespread popularity of such synthetic products could change the demand, volume and profitability of the cannabis industry. This could materially adversely affect the ability of the Company to secure long-term profitability and success through the sustainable and profitable operation of its business. There may be unknown additional regulatory fees and taxes that may be assessed in the future.

 

41

 

 

Ability to Identify Investments

 

A key element of the Company’s growth strategy will in part involve identifying and making acquisitions of interests in, or the businesses of, entities involved in the legal cannabis industry. The Company’s ability to identify such potential acquisition opportunities and make debt and/or equity investments is not guaranteed. Achieving the benefits of future acquisitions will depend in part on successfully identifying and capturing such opportunities in a timely and efficient manner and in structuring such arrangements to ensure a stable and growing stream of revenues.

 

Risks Associated with Failure to Manage Growth Effectively

 

The growth of High Street and the Company has placed and may continue to place significant demands on management and their operational and financial infrastructures. As the operations of the Company, High Street and its Subsidiaries grow in size, scope and complexity and as new opportunities are identified and pursued, the Company and High Street may need to increase in scale its infrastructure (financial, management, informational, personnel and otherwise). In addition, the Company will need to effectively execute on business opportunities and continue to build on and deploy its corporate development and marketing assets as well as access sufficient new capital, as may be required. The ability of the Company and High Street to successfully complete the proposed acquisitions and to capitalize on other growth opportunities may redirect the limited resources of the Company and/or High Street and require expansion of its infrastructure. This will require the commitment of financial, operational and technical resources in advance of an increase in the volume of business, with no assurance that the volume of business will increase. There can be no assurance that the Company or High Street will be able to respond adequately or quickly enough to the changing demands that its proposed acquisition plans will impose on management, team members and existing infrastructure, and changes to the operating structure of the Company and High Street may result in increased costs or inefficiencies that cannot be anticipated. Changes as the Company and High Street grow may have a negative impact on their operations, and cost increases resulting from the inability to effectively manage its growth could adversely impact its profitability. In addition, continued growth could also strain the ability to maintain reliable service levels for its clients, develop and approve its operational, financial and management controls, enhance its reporting systems and procedures and recruit, train and retain highly-skilled personnel. Failure to effectively manage growth could result in difficulty or delays in servicing clients, declines in quality or client satisfaction, increases in costs, difficulties in introducing new products or applications or other operational difficulties, and any of these difficulties could adversely impact the business performance and results of operations of the Company and High Street.

 

Future Material Acquisitions or Dispositions of Strategic Transactions

 

Material acquisitions, dispositions and other strategic transactions involve a number of risks, including: (i) potential disruption of the Company’s ongoing business, (ii) distraction of management, (iii) the Company may become more financially leveraged, (iv) the anticipated benefits and cost savings of those transactions may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected, (v) increasing the scope and complexity of the Company’s operations, and (vi) loss or reduction of control over certain of the Company’s assets. Additionally, the Company may issue additional equity interests in connection with such transactions, which would dilute a shareholder’s holdings in the Company.

 

42

 

 

Risks Associated with Acquisitions

 

As part of the Company’s overall business strategy, the Company intends to pursue select strategic acquisitions which would provide additional product offerings, vertical integrations, additional industry expertise and a stronger industry presence in both existing and new jurisdictions. Future acquisitions may expose the Company to potential risks, including risks associated with: (i) the integration of new operations, services and personnel; (ii) unforeseen or hidden liabilities; (iii) the diversion of resources from the Company’s existing interests and business; (iv) potential inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset new costs; (v) the expenses of acquisitions; or (vi) the potential loss of or harm to relationships with both employees and existing users resulting from its integration of new businesses. In addition, any proposed acquisitions may be subject to regulatory approval.

 

Ability to Manage Future Growth

 

The ability to achieve desired growth will depend on the Company’s ability to identify, evaluate and successfully negotiate investment opportunities with target companies. Achieving this objective in a cost-effective manner will be a product of the Company’s sourcing capabilities, the management of the investment process, the ability to provide capital on terms that are attractive to target companies and the Company’s access to financing on acceptable terms. Failure to effectively manage any future growth and successfully negotiate suitable investments could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Proposed Acquisitions and Dispositions

 

The proposed acquisitions and dispositions are subject to certain conditions, many of which are outside of the control of the Company and there can be no assurance that they will be completed, on a timely basis or at all. As a consequence, there is a risk that one or more of the proposed acquisitions or dispositions will not close in a timely fashion or at all. If one or more of the proposed acquisitions or dispositions is not completed for any reason, the ongoing business of the Company may be adversely affected and, without realizing any of the benefits of having completed such transactions, the Company will be subject to a number of risks, including, without limitation, the Company may experience negative reactions from the financial markets, including negative impacts on the Company’s stock price, in the case of a proposed acquisition, the Company will need to find an alternative use of any proceeds earmarked for such proposed acquisitions, in the case of a proposed disposition, the Company will not receive the anticipated proceeds of such disposition and accordingly may not be able to execute on other business opportunities for which such proceeds have been earmarked, and matters relating to the proposed acquisitions and dispositions will require substantial commitments of time and resources by management of the Company which would otherwise have been devoted to day-to-day operations and other opportunities that may have been beneficial to the Company.

 

If one or more of the proposed acquisitions or dispositions are not completed, the risks described above may materialize and they may adversely affect the business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects and stock price of the Company.

 

Additional Financing

 

The Company may require equity and/or debt financing to undertake capital expenditures or to undertake acquisitions or other business combination transactions. If the Company is required to access capital markets to carry out its development objectives, the state of domestic and international capital markets and other financial systems could affect the Company’s access to, and cost of, capital. There can be no assurance that additional financing will be available to the Company when needed or on terms that are commercially viable. The Company’s inability to raise financing to fund capital expenditures or acquisitions could limit its growth and may have a material adverse effect upon future profitability.

 

If additional funds are raised through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, existing shareholders could suffer significant dilution. Any debt financing secured in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for the Company to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions.

 

43

 

 

Currency Fluctuations

 

The Company’s revenues and expenses are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore may be exposed to significant currency exchange fluctuations. The Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar or other foreign currencies is subject to fluctuations. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the Canadian dollar may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and operating results. The Company may, in the future, establish a program to hedge a portion of its foreign currency exposure with the objective of minimizing the impact of adverse foreign currency exchange movements. However, even if the Company develops a hedging program, there can be no assurance that it will effectively mitigate currency risks. Failure to adequately manage foreign exchange risk could therefore adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Investments May be Pre-Revenue

 

The Company may make investments in companies with no significant sources of operating cash flow and no revenue from operations. The Company’s investment in such companies are subject to risks and uncertainties that new companies with no operating history may face. In particular, there is a risk that the Company’s investment in these pre-revenue companies will not be able to meet anticipated revenue targets or generate no revenue at all. The risk is that underperforming pre-revenue companies may lead to these businesses failing which could have a materially adverse impact on the business, financial condition and operating results of the Company.

 

Enforceability of Judgments Against Foreign Subsidiaries

 

High Street and the Subsidiaries are organized under the laws of various U.S. states. All of the assets of these entities are located outside of Canada and certain of the experts retained by the Company or its affiliates are residents of countries other than Canada. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for shareholders of the Company to effect service within Canada upon such persons, or to realize against them in Canada upon judgments of courts of Canada predicated upon the civil liability provisions of applicable Canadian provincial securities laws or otherwise. There is some doubt as to the enforceability in the U.S. by a court in original actions, or in actions to enforce judgments of Canadian courts, of civil liabilities predicated upon such applicable Canadian provincial securities laws or otherwise. A court in the U.S. may refuse to hear a claim based on a violation of Canadian provincial securities laws or otherwise on the grounds that such jurisdiction is not the most appropriate forum to bring such a claim. Even if a court in the U.S. agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that the local law in the U.S., and not Canadian law, is applicable to the claim. If Canadian law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable Canadian law must be proven as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process. Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by U.S. law in such circumstances.

 

Research and Market Development

 

Although the Company, itself and through High Street and the Subsidiaries, will be committed to researching and developing new markets and products and improving existing products, there can be no assurances that such research and market development activities will prove profitable or that the resulting markets and/or products, if any, will be commercially viable or successfully produced and marketed.

 

Due to the early stage of the legal cannabis industry, forecasts regarding the size of the industry and the sales of products by the Subsidiaries is inherently subject to significant unreliability. A failure in the demand for products to materialize as a result of competition, technological change or other factors could have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations and financial condition of High Street and the Subsidiaries, and consequently, the Company.

 

44

 

 

Results of Future Clinical Research

 

Research in Canada, the U.S. and internationally regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy, dosing and social acceptance of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids (such as CBD and THC) remains in early stages. There have been relatively few clinical trials on the benefits of cannabis or isolated cannabinoids (such as CBD and THC). Although the Company believes that the articles, reports and studies support its beliefs regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy, dosing and social acceptance of cannabis, future research and clinical trials may prove such statements to be incorrect, or could raise concerns regarding, and perceptions relating to, cannabis. Future research studies and clinical trials may reach negative conclusions regarding the medical benefits, viability, safety, efficacy, dosing, social acceptance or other facts and perceptions related to cannabis, which could have a material adverse effect on the demand for the Company’s products with the potential to lead to a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

 

Environmental Risk and Regulation

 

The operations of the Company, High Street and the Subsidiaries are subject to environmental regulation in the various jurisdictions in which they operate. These regulations mandate, among other things, the maintenance of air and water quality standards and land reclamation. They also set forth limitations on the generation, transportation, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous waste. Environmental legislation is evolving in a manner which will require stricter standards and enforcement, increased fines and penalties for non-compliance, more stringent environmental assessments of proposed projects and a heightened degree of responsibility for companies and their officers, directors (or the equivalent thereof) and employees. There is no assurance that future changes in environmental regulation, if any, will not adversely affect the operations of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries.

 

Governmental Approvals and Permits and Laws

 

Government approvals and permits are currently, and may in the future be, required in connection with the operations of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries. To the extent such approvals are required and not obtained, the Company, High Street or any of the Subsidiaries may be curtailed or prohibited from their proposed production of medical and adult-use cannabis or from proceeding with the development of their operations as currently proposed.

 

Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and permitting requirements may result in enforcement actions thereunder, including orders issued by regulatory or judicial authorities causing operations to cease or be curtailed, and may include corrective measures requiring capital expenditures, installation of additional equipment, or remedial actions. The Subsidiaries may be required to compensate those suffering loss or damage by reason of their operations and may have civil or criminal fines or penalties imposed for violations of applicable laws or regulations.

 

The Subsidiaries may not be able to obtain or maintain the necessary licenses, permits, certificates, authorizations or accreditations to operate their respective businesses, or may only be able to do so at great cost. In addition, the Subsidiaries may not be able to comply fully with the wide variety of laws and regulations applicable to the cannabis industry. Failure to comply with or to obtain the necessary licenses, permits, certificates, authorizations or accreditations could result in restrictions on a Subsidiary’s ability to operate in the cannabis industry, which could have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations and financial condition of the Company, High Street and/or the Subsidiaries.

 

Amendments to current laws, regulations and permits governing the production of medical and adult-use cannabis, or more stringent implementation thereof, could have a material adverse impact on the Company, High Street or any of the Subsidiaries and cause increases in expenses, capital expenditures or production costs or reduction in levels of production or require abandonment or delays in development.

 

45

 

 

Enforceability of Contracts

 

Since cannabis is illegal at a federal level, judges in multiple U.S. states have on several occasions refused to enforce contracts for the repayment of money when the loan was used in connection with activities that violate federal law, even if there is no violation of state law. Therefore, there is uncertainty that the Company, High Street or any of the Subsidiaries will be able to legally enforce its material agreements.

 

Service Providers

 

As a result of any adverse change to the approach in enforcement of the U.S. cannabis laws, adverse regulatory or political changes, additional scrutiny by regulatory authorities, adverse changes in the public perception in respect to the consumption of cannabis or otherwise, third-party service providers to the Company, High Street or any of the Subsidiaries could suspend or withdraw their services, which may have a material adverse effect on the business, revenues, operating results, financial condition or prospects of the Company, High Street or any of the Subsidiaries.

 

Liability, Enforcement Complaints, etc.

 

The participation of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries in the cannabis industry may lead to litigation, formal or informal complaints, enforcement actions, and inquiries by various federal, state, or local governmental authorities against the Company, High Street or any of the Subsidiaries. Litigation, complaints, and enforcement actions could consume considerable amounts of financial and other corporate resources, which could have an adverse effect on the future cash flows, earnings, results of operations and financial condition of the Company, High Street or any of the Subsidiaries.

 

Reliance on Management Services Agreements with Subsidiaries and Affiliates ‎

 

The Subsidiaries and other affiliates engage in the medicinal cannabis business in certain ‎cases through management services agreements entered into with state-licensed entities. Under such ‎agreements, the Subsidiaries and affiliates perform certain management and operational services. In ‎exchange for providing these services, the Subsidiaries and affiliates receive management ‎fees which are a key source of revenue. Payment of such fees is dependent on the continuing validity ‎and enforceability of the relevant management services agreements. If such agreements are found to be ‎invalid or unenforceable, or are terminated by the counter-party, this could have a material adverse effect ‎on the business, prospects, financial condition, and operating results.‎

 

Product Liability

 

Certain of the Subsidiaries manufacture, process and/or distribute products designed to be ingested by humans, and therefore face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims, regulatory action and litigation if products are alleged to have caused significant loss or injury. In addition, the manufacture and sale of cannabis products involve the risk of injury to consumers due to tampering by unauthorized third parties or product contamination. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of cannabis products alone or in combination with other medications or substances could occur. The Company, High Street and/or the Subsidiaries may be subject to various product liability claims, including, among others, that the products produced by them caused injury or illness, include inadequate instructions for use or include inadequate warnings concerning possible side effects or interactions with other substances. A product liability claim or regulatory action could result in increased costs, could adversely affect the reputation of the Company, High Street or any of the Subsidiaries, and could have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations and financial condition of the Company, High Street or any of the Subsidiaries. There can be no assurances that product liability insurance will be obtained or maintained on acceptable terms or with adequate coverage against potential liabilities.

 

46

 

 

Product Recalls

 

Cultivators, manufacturers and distributors of products are sometimes subject to the recall or return of their products for a variety of reasons, including product defects, such as contamination, unintended harmful side effects or interactions with other substances, packaging safety and inadequate or inaccurate labeling disclosure. If any of the products produced by the Subsidiaries are recalled due to an alleged product defect or for any other reason, the Subsidiaries could be required to incur the unexpected expense of the recall and any legal proceedings that might arise in connection with the recall and may lose a significant amount of sales and may not be able to replace those sales at an acceptable margin or at all. Additionally, if one of the products produced by a Subsidiary were subject to recall, the image of that product and the Subsidiary and potentially the Company could be harmed. A recall for any of the foregoing reasons could lead to decreased demand for products produced by the Subsidiaries and could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations and financial condition as well as that of the Company.

 

Risks Inherent in an Agricultural Business

 

Medical and adult-use cannabis is an agricultural product. There are risks inherent in the cultivation business, such as insects, plant diseases and similar agricultural risks. Although the products are usually grown indoors or green houses under climate-controlled conditions, with conditions monitored, there can be no assurance that natural elements will not have a material adverse effect on the production of the Subsidiaries’ products and, consequentially, on the business, financial condition and operating results of the Company.

 

Reliance on Key Inputs

 

The cultivation, extraction and processing of cannabis and derivative products is dependent on a number of key inputs and their related costs including raw materials, electricity, water and other local utilities. Any significant interruption or negative change in the availability or economics of the supply chain for key inputs could materially impact the business, financial condition and operating results of the Subsidiaries, and consequently, the Company. Some of these inputs may only be available from a single supplier or a limited group of suppliers. If a sole source supplier was to go out of business, the relevant Subsidiary might be unable to find a replacement for such source in a timely manner or at all. Any inability to secure required supplies and services or to do so on appropriate terms could have a materially adverse impact on the business, financial condition and operating results of a Subsidiary, and consequently, the Company.

 

In addition, medical cannabis growing operations consume considerable energy, making the Subsidiaries vulnerable to rising energy costs. Rising or volatile energy costs may adversely impact the business of the Subsidiaries and their ability to operate profitably which may, in turn, adversely impact the Company.

 

Key Personnel

 

The success of the Company will depend on the abilities, experience, efforts and industry knowledge of senior management and other key employees of the Company and High Street. While employment agreements or management agreements are customarily used as a primary method of retaining the services of key employees, these agreements cannot assure the continued services of such employees. If one or more of its executive officers or key personnel of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries were unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, the Company, High Street or the relevant Subsidiary, as applicable, might not be able to replace them easily or at all. The long-term loss of the services of any key personnel for any reason could have a material adverse effect on business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. In addition, if any of the executive officers or key employees of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries joins a competitor or forms a competing company, the Company, High Street or the relevant Subsidiary may lose know-how, key professionals and staff members.

 

47

 

 

Talent Pool

 

As the Company, High Street and the Subsidiaries grow, they will need to hire additional human resources to continue to develop their businesses. However, experienced talent in the areas of medical cannabis research and development, growing cannabis and extraction is difficult to source, and there can be no assurance that the appropriate individuals will be available or affordable. Without adequate personnel and expertise, the growth of the business of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries may suffer. There can be no assurance that any of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries will be able to effectively manage growth, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries.

 

Management of Growth

 

As the Company grows, the Company will also be required to hire, train, supervise and manage new employees. The Company may experience a period of significant growth in the number of personnel that will place a strain upon its management systems and resources. Its future will depend in part on the ability of its officers and other key employees to implement and improve financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures on a timely basis and to expand, train, motivate and manage the workforce. The Company’s current and planned personnel, systems, procedures and controls may be inadequate to support its future operations. Failure to effectively manage any future growth could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Fraudulent or Illegal Activity by Employees, Contractors and Consultants

 

The Company, High Street and the Subsidiaries are exposed to the risk that any of their employees, independent contractors and consultants may engage in fraudulent or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to the Company, High Street or any Subsidiary that violates, (i) government regulations, (ii) manufacturing standards, (iii) federal, state and provincial healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations, or (iv) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. It may not always be possible for the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries to identify and deter misconduct by its employees and other third parties, and the precautions taken by the Company to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against the Company, High Street or any of the Subsidiaries, and it is not successful in defending itself or asserting its rights, those actions could have a significant impact on the business of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of the operations of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company, High Street or any of the Subsidiaries.

 

Intellectual Property

 

The success of the Company will depend, in part, on the ability of the Subsidiaries to maintain and enhance trade secret protection over their existing and potential proprietary techniques and processes. The Subsidiaries may be vulnerable to competitors who develop competing technology, whether independently or as a result of acquiring access to the proprietary products and trade secrets of the Subsidiaries. In addition, effective future patent, copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries and may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions. Failure of the Subsidiaries to adequately maintain and enhance protection over their proprietary techniques and processes could have a materially adverse impact on the business, financial condition and operating results of the Company.

 

48

 

 

The Company May be Exposed to Infringement or Misappropriation Claims by Third Parties

 

The Company’s success may likely depend on the ability of the Subsidiaries to use and develop new extraction technologies, recipes, know-how and new strains of cannabis without infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties. The Company cannot ensure that third parties will not assert intellectual property claims against it. The Company is subject to additional risks if entities licensing intellectual property to the Company do not have adequate rights in any such licensed materials. If third parties assert copyright or patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property rights against the Company, it will be required to defend itself in litigation or administrative proceedings, which can be both costly and time consuming and may significantly divert the efforts and resources of management personnel. An adverse determination in any such litigation or proceedings to which the Company may become a party could subject it to significant liability to third parties, require it to seek licenses from third parties, to pay ongoing royalties or subject the Company to injunctions prohibiting the development and operation of its applications.

 

Insurance Coverage

 

There is a risk that a greater number of state regulatory agencies will begin requiring entities engaged in certain aspects of the business or industry of legal cannabis to post a bond or significant fees when applying for example for a dispensary license or renewal as a guarantee of payment of sales and franchise tax. The Company is not able to quantify at this time the potential scope for such bonds or fees in the states in which it currently or may in the future have operations. Any bonds or fees of material amounts could have a negative impact on the ultimate success of the business of the Subsidiaries and High Street, and consequently, the Company.

 

The Company’s business is subject to numerous risks and hazards generally, including adverse environmental conditions, accidents, labor disputes and changes in the regulatory environment. Such occurrences could result in damage to assets, personal injury or death, environmental damage, delays in operations, monetary losses and possible legal liability.

 

Although High Street maintains insurance to protect against certain risks in such amounts as it considers to be reasonable, its insurance does not cover all the potential risks associated with its operations. The Company may also be unable to maintain insurance to cover these risks at economically feasible premiums. Insurance coverage may not continue to be available or may not be adequate to cover any resulting liability. Moreover, insurance against risks such as environmental pollution or other hazards encountered in the operations of High Street is not generally available on acceptable terms. The Company might also become subject to liability for pollution or other hazards which may not be insured against or which the Company may elect not to insure against because of premium costs or other reasons. Losses from these events may cause the Company to incur significant costs that could have a material adverse effect upon its business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.

 

Litigation

 

Any of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries may become party to litigation from time to time in the ordinary course of business which could adversely affect their businesses. Should any litigation in which any of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries becomes involved be determined against them, such a decision could materially adversely affect the ability of the Company, High Street or any Subsidiary to continue operating and the market price for Subordinate Voting Shares and could use significant resources. Even if any of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries are involved in litigation and wins, litigation can redirect significant resources, which can adversely affect the business, operations or financial condition of the Company, High Street and/or the Subsidiaries, as applicable.

 

Internal Controls

 

Effective internal controls are necessary for the Company to provide reliable financial reports and to help prevent fraud. Although the Company will undertake a number of procedures and will implement a number of safeguards, in each case, in order to help ensure the reliability of its financial reports, including those imposed on the Company under Canadian securities law, the Company cannot be certain that such measures will ensure that the Company will maintain adequate control over financial processes and reporting. Failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm the Company’s results of operations or cause it to fail to meet its reporting obligations. If the Company or its auditors discover a material weakness, the disclosure of that fact, even if quickly remedied, could reduce the market’s confidence in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and materially adversely affect the trading price of the Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

49

 

 

Operational Risks

 

The Company, High Street and the Subsidiaries may be affected by a number of operational risks and may not be adequately insured for certain risks, including: labor disputes; catastrophic accidents; fires; blockades or other acts of social activism; changes in the regulatory environment; impact of non-compliance with laws and regulations; natural phenomena, such as inclement weather conditions, floods, earthquakes and ground movements. There is no assurance that the foregoing risks and hazards will not result in damage to, or destruction of, the Subsidiaries’ properties, dispensary facilities, grow facilities and extraction facilities, personal injury or death, environmental damage, or have an adverse impact on the Subsidiaries’ operations, costs, monetary losses, potential legal liability and adverse governmental action, any of which could have an adverse impact on the future cash flows, earnings and financial condition of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries. Also, the Subsidiaries may be subject to or affected by liability or sustain loss for certain risks and hazards against which they may elect not to insure because of the cost. This lack of insurance coverage could have an adverse impact on future cash flows, earnings, results of operations and financial condition of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries.

 

Difficulty Implementing Business Strategy

 

The growth and expansion of the Company is heavily dependent upon the successful implementation of its business strategy. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in the implementation of its business strategy.

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

Certain of the Company’s directors and officers are, and may continue to be, involved in other business ventures through their direct and indirect participation in corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, etc. that may become potential competitors of the technologies, products and services the Company intends to provide. Situations may arise in connection with potential acquisitions or investment opportunities where the other interests of these directors and officers conflict with or diverge from the Company’s interests. In accordance with applicable corporate law, directors who have a material interest in or who are a party to a material contract or a proposed material contract with the Company are required, subject to certain exceptions, to disclose that interest and generally abstain from voting on any resolution to approve the contract. In addition, the directors and officers are required to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company. However, in conflict of interest situations, the Company’s directors and officers may owe the same duty to another company and will need to balance their competing interests with their duties to the Company. Circumstances (including with respect to future corporate opportunities) may arise that may be resolved in a manner that is unfavorable to the Company.

 

Effect of General Economic and Political Conditions

 

The business of each of the Company, High Street and the Subsidiaries, is subject to the impact of changes in national or North American economic conditions including, but not limited to, recessionary or inflationary trends, equity market conditions, consumer credit availability, interest rates, consumers’ disposable income and spending levels, job security and unemployment, and overall consumer confidence. These economic conditions may be further affected by political events throughout the world that cause disruptions in the financial markets, either directly or indirectly. Adverse economic and political developments could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company, High Street and the Subsidiaries.

 

50

 

 

Lack of Control Over Operations of Investments

 

Although it is the intent of the Company to maintain control or superior rights, as at the date of this AIF, High Street holds a non-controlling interest in certain Subsidiaries and may co-invest in the future with certain strategic investors or third parties. In these circumstances, where High Street does not have control over the operations of a Subsidiary, certain risks can arise. In these cases, High Street relies on its investment partners to execute on their business plans and produce medical and/or recreational cannabis products. The operators of such Subsidiaries in which High Street does not have a controlling interest may have a significant influence over the results of operations of High Street’s investments. Further, the interests of High Street and the operators of such Subsidiaries in which High Street does not have a controlling interest may not always be aligned. As a result, the cash flows of High Street are dependent upon the activities of third parties which creates the risk that at any time those third parties may, (i) have business interests or targets that are inconsistent with those of High Street, (ii) take action contrary to High Street policies or objectives, (iii) be unable or unwilling to fulfill their obligations under their agreements with High Street, or (iv) experience financial, operational or other difficulties, including insolvency, which could limit or suspend a third party’s ability to perform its obligations.

 

In addition, payments may flow through such Subsidiaries over which High Street does not exercise control and there is a risk of delay and additional expense in receiving such revenues. Failure to receive payments in a timely fashion, or at all, under the agreements to which High Street is entitled may have a material adverse effect on High Street and, consequently, the Company. In addition, High Street must rely, in part, on the accuracy and timeliness of the information it receives from such Subsidiaries, and uses such information in its analyses, forecasts and assessments relating to its own business. If the information provided by such Subsidiaries over which High Street does not exercise control to High Street contains material inaccuracies or omissions, the Company’s ability to accurately forecast or achieve its stated objectives, or satisfy its reporting obligations, may be materially impaired.

 

Information Technology Systems and Cyber Security Risk

 

The Subsidiaries’ use of technology is critical in their respective continued operations. The Subsidiaries are susceptible to operational, financial and information security risks resulting from cyber-attacks and/or technological malfunctions. Successful cyber-attacks and/or technological malfunctions affecting the Subsidiaries or their service providers can result in, among other things, financial losses, the inability to process transactions, the unauthorized release of customer information or confidential information and reputational risk.

 

The Subsidiaries have not experienced any material losses to date relating to cybersecurity attacks or other information breaches. However, there can be no assurance that the Subsidiaries will not incur such losses in the future. As cybersecurity threats continue to evolve, the Subsidiaries may be required to use additional resources to continue to modify or enhance protective measures or to investigate security vulnerabilities.

 

Security Risks

 

The business premises of the Company’s operating locations may be targets for theft. While the Subsidiaries have implemented security measures at each location and continue to monitor and improve their security measures, their cultivation, processing and dispensary facilities could be subject to break-ins, robberies and other breaches in security. If there was a breach in security and a Subsidiary fell victim to a robbery or theft, the loss of cannabis plants, cannabis oils, cannabis flowers and cultivation and processing equipment could have a material adverse impact on the business, financial condition and results of operation of such Subsidiary and, consequentially, the Company and High Street.

 

As the Subsidiaries’ businesses involve the movement and transfer of cash which is collected from dispensaries or patients/customers and deposited into its bank, there is a risk of theft or robbery during the transport of cash. The Subsidiaries have engaged security firms to provide security in the transport and movement of large amounts of cash. Employees occasionally transport cash and/or products and each employee has a panic button in their vehicle and, if requested, may be escorted by armed guards. While the Subsidiaries have taken robust steps to prevent theft or robbery of cash during transport, there can be no assurance that there will not be a security breach during the transport and the movement of cash involving the theft of product or cash.

 

51

 

 

Past Performance Not Indicative of Future Results

 

The prior investment and operational performance of High Street is not indicative of the future operating results of the Company. There can be no assurance that the historical operating results achieved by High Street or its affiliates will be achieved by the Company, and the Company’s performance may be materially different.

 

Going Concern Risk

 

The Company will continually monitor its capital requirements based on its capital and operational needs and the economic environment and may raise new capital as necessary. The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern will depend on its ability to realize profits from High Street and or the ability to raise additional equity or debt in the private or public markets. While the Company and High Street have been successful in raising equity and debt to date, there can be no assurances that the Company will be successful in completing an equity or debt financing or in achieving profitability in the future.

 

In the event that the Company is not able to successfully complete future financings, uncertainty would exist as to whether the Company, High Street and the Subsidiaries can continue as a going concern.

 

Restricted Access to Banking

 

In February 2014, the FinCEN bureau of the U.S. Treasury Department issued guidance (which is not law) with respect to financial institutions providing banking services to cannabis business, including burdensome due diligence expectations and reporting requirements. This guidance does not provide any safe harbors or legal defenses from examination or regulatory or criminal enforcement actions by the DOJ, FinCEN or other federal regulators. Thus, most banks and other financial institutions in the United States do not appear to be comfortable providing banking services to cannabis-related businesses, or relying on this guidance, which can be amended or revoked at any time by the Trump Administration. In addition to the foregoing, banks may refuse to process debit card payments and credit card companies generally refuse to process credit card payments for cannabis-related businesses. As a result, the Company may have limited or no access to banking or other financial services in the United States. In addition, federal money laundering statutes and Bank Secrecy Act regulations discourage financial institutions from working with any organization that sells a controlled substance, regardless of whether the state it resides in permits cannabis sales. While the United States Congress is contemplating the SAFE Act, the passage of which would permit ‎commercial banks to offer services to cannabis companies that are in compliance with state law, if ‎Congress fails to pass the SAFE Act, the Company’s inability, or limitations on the Company’s ability, to open or maintain bank accounts, obtain other banking services and/or accept credit card and debit card payments may make it difficult for the Company to operate and conduct its business as planned or to operate efficiently.

 

Indemnification

 

The Company’s Articles provide that the Company will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify directors and officers for certain liabilities incurred by them by virtue of having been a director or officer of the Company.

 

The Company may also have contractual indemnification obligations under any future employment agreements with its officers or agreements entered into with its directors. The foregoing indemnification obligations could result in it incurring substantial expenditures to cover the cost of settlement or damage awards against directors and officers, which the Company may be unable to recoup. These provisions and the resulting costs may also discourage it from bringing a lawsuit against directors and officers for breaches of their fiduciary duties, and may similarly discourage the filing of derivative litigation by its shareholders against its directors and officers even though such actions, if successful, might otherwise benefit it and its shareholder.

 

52

 

 

Difficulty in Enforcing Judgments and Effecting Service of Process on Directors and Officers

 

Certain directors and officers of the Company reside outside of Canada and some or all of the assets of such persons are located outside of Canada. Therefore, it may not be possible for shareholders to collect or to enforce judgments obtained in Canadian courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of applicable Canadian securities laws against such persons. Moreover, it may not be possible for shareholders to effect service of process within Canada upon such persons.

 

Risks Related to Ownership

 

Voting Control

 

As a result of the Multiple Voting Shares held by Mr. Murphy, he exercises a significant majority of the voting power in respect of the Company Shares. The Subordinate Voting Shares are entitled to one vote per share, the Proportionate Voting Shares are entitled to 40 votes per share, and the Multiple Voting Shares are entitled to 3,000 votes per share. As a result, Mr. Murphy has the ability to control the outcome of all matters submitted to the Company’s shareholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors and any arrangement or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. This concentrated control could delay, defer, or prevent a change of control of the Company, arrangement or amalgamation involving the Company or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company that its other shareholders support. Conversely, this concentrated control could allow Mr. Murphy, as the holder of the Multiple Voting Shares, to consummate such a transaction that the Company’s other shareholders do not support. In addition, the holder of the Multiple Voting Shares may make long-term strategic investment decisions and take risks that may not be successful and may seriously harm the Company’s business.

 

Unpredictability Caused by Voting Control

 

Although other companies have dual class or multiple voting share structures, given the unique capital structure of the Company and the concentration of voting control held by the Mr. Murphy, as the sole holder of the Multiple Voting Shares, this structure and control could result in a lower trading price for, or greater fluctuations in the trading price of, the Subordinate Voting Shares, or may result in adverse publicity to the Company or other adverse consequences.

 

The Company is a Holding Company

 

The Company is a holding company and essentially all of its assets are the capital stock of the Subsidiaries in each of the markets they operate in. As a result, investors in the Company will be subject to the risks attributable to the Subsidiaries. As a holding company, the Company conducts substantially all of its business through the Subsidiaries, which generate substantially all of its revenues. Consequently, the Company’s cash flows and ability to complete current or desirable future enhancement opportunities are dependent on the earnings of the Subsidiaries and the distribution of those earnings to the Company. The ability of these entities to pay dividends and other distributions will depend on their operating results and will be subject to applicable laws and regulations which require that solvency and capital standards be maintained by such companies and contractual restrictions contained in the instruments governing their debt. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of the Subsidiaries, holders of indebtedness and trade creditors will likely be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those Subsidiaries before the Company, which may have an adverse effect on the business, prospects, result of operation and financial condition of the Company.

 

53

 

 

Price Volatility of Publicly Traded Securities

 

In recent years, the securities markets in the U.S. and Canada have experienced a high level of price and volume volatility, and the market prices of securities of many companies have experienced wide fluctuations in price which have not necessarily been related to the operating performance, underlying asset values or prospects of such companies. There can be no assurance that fluctuations in price of the Subordinate Voting Shares will not occur. The market price of the Subordinate Voting Shares could be subject to significant fluctuations in response to variations in quarterly and annual operating results, the results of any public announcements the Company makes, general economic conditions, and other factors. Increased levels of volatility and resulting market turmoil may adversely impact the price of the Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

Dividends

 

Holders of the Company Shares will not have a right to dividends on such shares unless declared by the Board. It is not anticipated that the Company will pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Dividends paid by the Company would be subject to tax and, potentially, withholdings. The declaration of dividends is at the discretion of the Board, even if the Company has sufficient funds, net of its liabilities, to pay such dividends, and the declaration of any dividend will depend on the Company’s financial results, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by the Board.

 

Dilution

 

The Company may issue additional securities in the future, which may dilute a shareholder’s holdings in the Company and the Company’s revenue per share. The Board has discretion to determine the price and the terms of further issuances. Moreover, additional Subordinate Voting Shares will be issued by the Company on the exercise of options under the Company’s Omnibus Incentive Plan, upon the exercise of the outstanding warrants and upon the redemption of outstanding Units. Moreover, additional Subordinate Voting Shares will be issued by the Company on the exercise, conversion or redemption of certain outstanding securities of the Company, USCo, USCo2 and High Street in accordance with their terms. The Company may also issue Subordinate Voting Shares to finance future acquisitions. The Company cannot predict the size of future issuances of Subordinate Voting Shares or the effect that future issuances and sales of Subordinate Voting Shares will have on the market price of the Subordinate Voting Shares. Issuances of a substantial number of additional Subordinate Voting Shares, or the perception that such issuances could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

Costs of Maintaining a Public Listing

 

As a public company, there are costs associated with legal, accounting and other expenses related to regulatory compliance. Securities legislation and the rules and policies of the CSE require listed companies to, among other things, adopt corporate governance and related practices, and to continuously prepare and disclose material information, all of which add to a company’s legal and financial compliance costs. The Company may also elect to devote greater resources than it otherwise would have on communication and other activities typically considered important by publicly traded companies.

 

United States Tax Classification of the Company

 

Although the Company is and will continue to be a British Columbia company, the Company intends to be treated as a United States corporation for United States federal income tax purposes under section 7874 of the Code and is expected to be subject to United States federal income tax on its worldwide income. However, for Canadian tax purposes, the Company is expected, regardless of any application of section 7874 of the Code, to be treated as being resident of Canada under the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “ Tax Act ”). As a result, the Company will be subject to taxation both in Canada and the United States which could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

 

54

 

 

It is unlikely that the Company will pay any dividends on the Subordinate Voting Shares in the foreseeable future. However, dividends received by shareholders who are residents of Canada for purpose of the Tax Act will be subject to U.S. withholding tax. Any such dividends may not qualify for a reduced rate of withholding tax under the Canada-United States tax treaty. In addition, a foreign tax credit or a deduction in respect of foreign taxes may not be available.

 

Dividends received by U.S. shareholders will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax but will be subject to Canadian withholding tax. Dividends paid by the Company will be characterized as U.S. source income for purposes of the foreign tax credit rules under the Code. Accordingly, U.S. shareholders generally will not be able to claim a credit for any Canadian tax withheld unless, depending on the circumstances, they have an excess foreign tax credit limitation due to other foreign source income that is subject to a low or zero rate of foreign tax.

 

Dividends received by shareholders that are neither Canadian nor U.S. shareholders will be subject to U.S. withholding tax and will also be subject to Canadian withholding tax. These dividends may not qualify for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under any income tax treaty otherwise applicable to a shareholder of the Company, subject to examination of the relevant treaty. These dividends may however qualify for a reduced rate of Canadian withholding tax under any income tax treaty otherwise applicable to a shareholder of the Company, subject to examination of the relevant treaty.

 

Because the Subordinate Voting Shares will be treated as shares of a U.S. domestic corporation, the U.S. gift, estate and generation-skipping transfer tax rules generally apply to a non-U.S. shareholder of Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

The Company is treated as a U.S. domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes under section 7874 of the Code. As a U.S. domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the taxation of the Company’s non-U.S. holders of Subordinate Voting Shares upon a disposition of Subordinate Voting Shares generally depends on whether the Company is classified as a United States real property holding corporation (a “ USRPHC ”) under the Code. The Company believes that it is not currently, and has never been, a USRPHC. However, the Company has not sought and does not intend to seek formal confirmation of its status as a non-USRPHC from the IRS. If the Company ultimately is determined by the IRS to constitute a USRPHC, its non-U.S. holders of the Subordinate Voting Shares may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain associated with the disposition of the Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

Risks Related to the Company’s Organizational Structure

 

The Company’s principal asset is its indirect interest in High Street and, accordingly, the Company will depend on distributions from High Street to pay its taxes and expenses. High Street’s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions.

 

The Company is a holding company and has no material assets other than its indirect ownership of Units. As such, the Company has no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow. The Company has determined that High Street will be a variable interest entity (a “ VIE ”) and that it will be the primary beneficiary of High Street. Accordingly, pursuant to the VIE accounting model, the Company will consolidate High Street in its consolidated financial statements. In the event of a change in accounting guidance or amendments to the A&R LLC Agreement resulting in the Company no longer having a controlling interest in High Street, the Company may not be able to consolidate High Street’s results of operations with its own, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations. Moreover, the Company’s ability to pay its taxes and operating expenses or declare and pay dividends in the future, if any, will be dependent upon the financial results and cash flows of High Street and the Subsidiaries and distributions it receives indirectly from High Street. There can be no assurance that any of High Street or the Subsidiaries will generate sufficient cash flow to distribute funds to the Company or that applicable state law and contractual restrictions will permit such distributions.

 

55

 

 

High Street will continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, will not be subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to the holders of Units. Accordingly, holders of Units will incur income taxes on their allocable share of any net taxable income of High Street. Under the terms of the A&R LLC Agreement, High Street will be obligated to make tax distributions to holders of Units. USCo intends, as its manager, to cause High Street to make cash distributions to the owners of Units in an amount sufficient to (i) fund their tax obligations in respect of taxable income allocated to them, and (ii) cover the operating expenses of USCo, USCo2 and the Company, including payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. However, High Street’s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions, such as restrictions on distributions that would either violate any contract or agreement to which High Street is then a party, including debt agreements, or any applicable law, or that would have the effect of rendering High Street insolvent. If the Company does not have sufficient funds to pay tax or other liabilities or to fund its operations, it may have to borrow funds, which could materially adversely affect its liquidity and financial condition and subject it to various restrictions imposed by any such lenders. In addition, if High Street does not have sufficient funds to make distributions, the Company’s ability to declare and pay cash dividends will also be restricted or impaired.

 

The Tax Receivable Agreement requires USCo to make cash payments to the Tax Receivable Recipients in respect of certain tax benefits to which USCo may become entitled, and USCo expects that the payments USCo will be required to make will be substantial.

 

USCo is a party to the Tax Receivable Agreement. Under the Tax Receivable Agreement, USCo is required to make cash payments to the Tax Receivable Recipients equal to 65% of the tax benefits, if any, that USCo actually realizes, or in certain circumstances is deemed to realize, as a result of (i) the increases in its share of the tax basis of assets of High Street resulting from any redemptions or exchanges of Units from the High Street Members, and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to USCo making payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Although the actual timing and amount of any payments that USCo makes to the Tax Receivable Recipients under the Tax Receivable Agreement will vary, it expects those payments will be significant. Any payments made by USCo to the Tax Receivable Recipients under the Tax Receivable Agreement may generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to it. Furthermore, USCo’s future obligation to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement could make the Company a less attractive target for an acquisition. Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned on any Tax Receivable Recipient’s continued ownership of Units or the Company Shares after the Transaction.

 

The actual amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of redemptions or exchanges by the holders of Units, the amount of gain recognized by such holders of Units, the amount and timing of the taxable income USCo generates in the future, and the federal tax rates then applicable.

 

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Murphy, has control over all shareholder decisions because he controls a substantial majority of the combined voting power of the Company Shares. This will limit or preclude others’ ability to influence corporate matters, including the election of directors, amendments of the Company’s organizational documents and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, or other major corporate transaction requiring shareholder approval.

 

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Murphy, owns 100% of the Multiple Voting Shares, which provide voting control to Mr. Murphy. As a result, Mr. Murphy has the ability to substantially control the Company, including the ability to control any action requiring the general approval of its shareholders, including the election of the Board, the adoption of amendments to its Articles and the approval of any merger or sale of substantially all of its assets. This concentration of ownership and voting power may also delay, defer or even prevent an acquisition by a third party or other change of control of the Company and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible without his support, even if such events are in the best interests of minority shareholders. This concentration of voting power with Mr. Murphy may have a negative impact on the price of the Company Shares.

 

56

 

 

As the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Murphy has control over the day-to-day management and the implementation of major strategic investments, subject to authorization and oversight by the Board. As a member of the Board, Mr. Murphy owes fiduciary duties to the Company, including those of care and loyalty, and must act in good faith and with a view to the interests of the Company. As a shareholder, even a controlling shareholder, Mr. Murphy will be entitled to vote his Company Shares, and Company Shares over which he has voting control, in his own interests, which may not always be in the interests of the Company’s shareholders generally. Because Mr. Murphy holds most of his economic interest in the Company’s business through High Street, rather than through the Company, he may have conflicting interests with holders of the Company Shares. For example, Mr. Murphy may have different tax positions from the Company, which could influence his decisions regarding whether and when the Company should dispose of assets or incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the Tax Receivable Agreement, and whether and when the Company should undergo certain changes of control within the meaning of the Tax Receivable Agreement or terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to the Company. In addition, the significant ownership of Mr. Murphy in the Company and his resulting ability to effectively control the Company may discourage someone from making a significant equity investment in the Company, or could discourage transactions involving a change in control, including transactions in which holders of the Company Shares might otherwise receive a premium for their shares over the then-current market price.

 

The Company’s organizational structure, including the Tax Receivable Agreement, confers certain benefits upon the Tax Receivable Recipients that will not benefit the holders of the Company Shares to the same extent as they will benefit the Tax Receivable Recipients.

 

The Company’s organizational structure, including the Tax Receivable Agreement, confers certain benefits upon the Tax Receivable Recipients that will not benefit the holders of the Company Shares to the same extent as it will benefit the Tax Receivable Recipients. High Street is a party to the Tax Receivable Agreement, which provides for the payment by USCo to the Tax Receivable Recipients of 65% of the amount of tax benefits, if any, that High Street actually realizes, or in some circumstances is deemed to realize, as a result of (i) the increases in the tax basis of assets of High Street resulting from any redemptions or exchanges of Units from the High Street Members, and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to USCo making payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. An additional 20% of such tax benefits will be paid to certain executives of High Street upon the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan. Although USCo will retain 15% of the amount of such tax benefits, this and other aspects of the Company’s organizational structure may adversely impact the Company’s financial results.

 

In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to the Tax Receivable Recipients may be accelerated or significantly exceed the actual benefits USCo realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control or if, at any time, USCo elects an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement, then its obligations, or its successor’s obligations, under the Tax Receivable Agreement to make payments thereunder would be based on certain assumptions, including an assumption that USCo would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize all potential future tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

As a result of the foregoing, (i) USCo could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are greater than the specified percentage of the actual benefits it ultimately realizes in respect of the tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, and (ii) if it elects to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early, it would be required to make an immediate cash payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits that are the subject of the Tax Receivable Agreement, which payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization, if any, of such future tax benefits. In these situations, USCo’s obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control of the Company. There can be no assurance that USCo will be able to fund or finance its obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

57

 

 

USCo will not be reimbursed for any payments made to the Tax Receivable Recipients in the event that any tax benefits are disallowed.

 

Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that USCo determines, and the IRS or another tax authority may challenge all or part of the tax basis increases, as well as other related tax positions USCo takes, and a court could sustain such challenge. If the outcome of any such challenge would reasonably be expected to materially affect a recipient’s payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, then USCo will not be permitted to settle or fail to contest such challenge without the consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of each Tax Receivable Recipient that directly or indirectly owns at least 10% of the outstanding Units. USCo will not be reimbursed for any cash payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the event that any tax benefits initially claimed by USCo and for which payment has been made are subsequently challenged by a taxing authority and are ultimately disallowed. Instead, any excess cash payments made by USCo to a Tax Receivable Recipient will be netted against any future cash payments that USCo might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement. However, USCo might not determine that USCo has effectively made an excess cash payment to a Tax Receivable Recipient for a number of years following the initial time of such payment and, if any of USCo tax reporting positions are challenged by a taxing authority, USCo will not be permitted to reduce any future cash payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement until any such challenge is finally settled or determined. As a result, payments could be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement in excess of the tax savings that USCo realizes in respect of the tax attributes with respect to a Tax Receivable Recipient that are the subject of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

Fluctuations in the Company’s tax obligations and effective tax rate and realization of the Company’s deferred tax assets may result in volatility of the Company’s operating results.

 

The Company will be subject to taxes by the Canadian federal, state, local and foreign tax authorities, and the Company’s tax liabilities will be affected by the allocation of expenses to differing jurisdictions. The Company records tax expenses based on estimates of future earnings, which may include reserves for uncertain tax positions in multiple tax jurisdictions, and valuation allowances related to certain net deferred tax assets. At any one time, many tax years may be subject to audit by various taxing jurisdictions. The results of these audits and negotiations with taxing authorities may affect the ultimate settlement of these matters. The Company expects that throughout the year there could be ongoing variability in the quarterly tax rates as events occur and exposures are evaluated. The Company’s future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

·

changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

· expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

 

·

tax effects of share-based compensation;

 

·

changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or

 

·

future earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where the Company has lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated earnings in countries where the Company has higher statutory tax rates.

 

58

 

 

In addition, the Company’s effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be materially impacted by a variety of factors including but not limited to changes in the mix and level of earnings, varying tax rates in the different jurisdictions in which the Company, High Street and the Subsidiaries operate, fluctuations in valuation allowances, deductibility of certain items, or by changes to existing accounting rules or regulations. Further, tax legislation may be enacted in the future which could negatively impact the Company’s current or future tax structure and effective tax rates. The Company, High Street or any Subsidiary may be subject to audits of income, sales, and other transaction taxes by federal, state, local, and foreign taxing authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on the Company’s operating results and financial condition of the Company, High Street or the Subsidiaries.

 

If the Company were deemed to be an investment company under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”), as a result of its ownership of High Street, applicable restrictions could make it impractical for the Company to continue its business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on its business.

 

Under Sections 3(a)(1)(A) and (C) of the 1940 Act, a company generally will be deemed to be an “investment company” for purposes of the 1940 Act if (i) it is, or holds itself out as being, engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities or (ii) it engages, or proposes to engage, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities and it owns or proposes to acquire investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. The Company does not believe it is an “investment company,” as such term is defined in either of those sections of the 1940 Act.

 

The Company indirectly controls and operates High Street. On that basis, the Company believes that its interest in High Street is not an “investment security” as that term is used in the 1940 Act. However, if the Company were to cease participation in the management of High Street, its interest in the Company could be deemed an “investment security” for purposes of the 1940 Act.

 

The Company and High Street intend to conduct their operations so that the Company will not be deemed an investment company. However, if the Company were to be deemed an investment company, restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act, including limitations on the Company’s capital structure and the Company’s ability to transact with affiliates, could make it impractical for the Company to continue its business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.

 

Risks Related to the Arrangement

 

The Company could fail to receive the necessary court and/or regulatory approval

 

The Arrangement is not required to be completed unless the Arrangement receives the necessary Shareholder Approval, Court ‎Approval, approval under the United States Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 , as ‎amended, and approvals of each of the TSX, NYSE and CSE, including the approval of the listing of the Canopy Shares to be ‎issued pursuant to the Acquisition on the TSX and NYSE.‎

 

The Company could fail to complete the Arrangement or the Arrangement may be completed on different ‎terms

 

There can be no assurance that the Arrangement will be completed, or if completed, that it will be ‎completed on the same or similar terms to those set out in the Arrangement Agreement. The completion ‎of the Arrangement is subject to the satisfaction of a number of conditions which include, among others, ‎‎(i) obtaining necessary approvals, and (ii) performance by the Company and Canopy of their respective ‎obligations and covenants in the Arrangement Agreement. If these conditions are not met or the ‎Arrangement is not completed for any other reason, shareholders will not receive the Up-Front Cash ‎Premium.‎

 

In addition, if the Arrangement is not completed the ongoing business of the Company may be adversely ‎affected as a result of the costs (including opportunity costs) incurred in respect of pursuing the ‎Arrangement, and the Company could experience negative reactions from the financial markets, which ‎could cause a decrease in the market price of the Company’s securities, particularly if the market price ‎reflects market assumptions that the Arrangement will be completed or completed on certain terms. The ‎Company may also experience negative reactions from its customers and employees and there could be ‎negative impact on the Company’s ability to attract future acquisition opportunities. Failure to complete ‎the Arrangement or a change in the terms of the Arrangement could each have a material adverse effect ‎on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.‎

 

59

 

 

The Company will incur substantial transaction-related costs in connection with the Arrangement

 

The Company expects to incur a number of non-recurring transaction-related costs associated with ‎completing the Arrangement which will be incurred whether or not the Arrangement is completed. Such ‎costs may offset any expected cost savings and other synergies from the Arrangement.‎

 

While the Right is in force, the Company is restricted from taking certain actions

 

The Arrangement Agreement restricts the Company from taking specified actions until the Arrangement is ‎completed without the consent of Canopy which may adversely affect the ability of the Company to ‎execute certain business strategies. These restrictions may prevent the Company from pursuing ‎attractive business opportunities that may arise prior to the completion of the Arrangement or the exercise of the Right.‎

 

The pending Arrangement may divert the attention of the Company’s management‎

 

The pending Arrangement could cause the attention of the Company’s management to be diverted from ‎the day-to-day operations. These disruptions could be exacerbated by a delay in the completion of the ‎Arrangement and could have an adverse effect on the business, operating results or prospects of the ‎Company regardless of whether the Arrangement is ultimately completed.‎

 

Potential payments to shareholders who exercise dissent rights could have an adverse effect on the ‎Company’s financial condition or prevent the completion of the Arrangement ‎

 

The shareholders have the right to exercise dissent rights with respect to the Arrangement and demand payment equal to the fair value of ‎their Company Shares in cash. If dissent rights are exercised in respect of a significant number of ‎Company Shares, a substantial cash payment may be required to be made to such shareholders, which ‎could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and cash resources. ‎Further, the Company’s and Canopy’s obligation to complete the Arrangement is conditional upon ‎shareholders holding no more than 5% of the outstanding Company Shares having exercised dissent ‎rights. Accordingly, the Arrangement may not be completed if the shareholders exercise dissent rights ‎in respect of more than 5% of the outstanding Company Shares.‎‎

 

Risks Related to the Acquisition

 

Canopy could fail to complete the Acquisition or the Acquisition may be completed on different ‎terms

 

There can be no assurance that the Acquisition will be completed, or if completed, that it will be ‎completed on the same or similar terms to those set out in the Arrangement Agreement. The completion ‎of the Acquisition is subject to the satisfaction of a number of conditions which include, among others, ‎‎(i) obtaining necessary approvals, (ii) performance by the Company and Canopy of their respective ‎obligations and covenants in the Arrangement Agreement; and (iii) cannabis production, distribution and sale becoming legal under United States federal law, or being removed from regulation under such law. If these conditions are not fulfilled or waived, or the ‎Acquisition is not completed for any other reason, shareholders will not receive the Canopy Shares. There can be no assurance the Triggering Event will occur or be waived.‎

 

In addition, if the Acquisition is not completed the ongoing business of the Company may be adversely ‎affected as a result of the costs (including opportunity costs) incurred in respect of pursuing the ‎Acquisition, and the Company could experience negative reactions from the financial markets, which ‎could cause a decrease in the market price of the Company’s securities, particularly if the market price ‎reflects market assumptions that the Acquisition will be completed or completed on certain terms. The ‎Company may also experience negative reactions from its customers and employees and there could be ‎negative impact on the Company’s ability to attract future acquisition opportunities. Failure to complete ‎the Acquisition or a change in the terms of the Acquisition could each have a material adverse effect ‎on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.‎

 

60

 

 

Risks Associated with a Fixed Exchange Ratio

 

Shareholders will receive a fixed number of Canopy Shares under the Arrangement, rather than Canopy ‎Shares with a fixed market value. Because the number of Canopy Shares to be received in respect of ‎each Company Share under the Arrangement will not be adjusted to reflect any change in the market ‎value of the Canopy Shares, the market value of Canopy Shares received under the Arrangement may ‎vary significantly from the market value at the date of announcement of the Arrangement Agreement was ‎executed. If the market price of the Canopy Shares increases or decreases, the value of the ‎Canopy Shares that shareholders of the Company will receive pursuant to the Acquisition will ‎correspondingly increase or decrease. There can be no assurance that the market price of the Canopy ‎Shares at the closing of the Acquisition will not be lower than the market price of such shares on the ‎date of announcement of the Arrangement.‎

 

In addition, the number of Canopy Shares being issued in connection with the Arrangement will not ‎change despite decreases or increases in the market price of the Company Shares. Many of the factors ‎that affect the market price of the Canopy Shares and the Company Shares are beyond the control of ‎Canopy and the Company, respectively. These factors include changes in market perceptions of the ‎cannabis industry, changes in the regulatory environment, adverse political developments and prevailing ‎conditions in the capital markets.‎

 

The Termination Fee and the terms of the Voting Support Agreements may discourage other ‎parties from attempting to acquire the Company

 

Under the Arrangement Agreement, the Company is required to pay the Termination Fee in the event the Arrangement Agreement is terminated in certain circumstances. The Company’s obligation to pay the ‎Termination Fee may discourage other parties from attempting to acquire the Company Shares, even if ‎those parties would otherwise be willing to offer greater value than that offered under the Arrangement.‎

 

Furthermore, certain shareholders have entered into voting support agreements with Canopy (the “ Voting ‎Support Agreements ”) which commits them to, among other things: (i) vote their Company ‎Shares in favour of the Arrangement and not in favour of any Acquisition Proposal (as defined in the ‎Voting Support Agreements); and (ii) ‎support an Alternative Transaction (as defined in the Voting Support Agreements). As a result, the Voting Support ‎Agreements may discourage other parties from attempting to acquire the Company Shares, even if those ‎parties would otherwise be willing to offer greater value than that offered under the Arrangement.‎

 

The Company will incur substantial transaction-related costs in connection with the Acquisition

 

The Company expects to incur a number of non-recurring transaction-related costs associated with ‎completing the Acquisition which will be incurred whether or not the Acquisition is completed. Such ‎costs may offset any expected cost savings and other synergies from the Acquisition.‎

 

While the Acquisition is pending, the Company is restricted from taking certain actions

 

The Arrangement Agreement restricts the Company from taking specified actions until the Acquisition is ‎completed without the consent of Canopy which may adversely affect the ability of the Company to ‎execute certain business strategies. These restrictions may prevent the Company from pursuing ‎attractive business opportunities that may arise prior to the completion of the Acquisition.‎

 

61

 

 

The Canopy Shares to be received by shareholders as a result of the Acquisition will have different rights ‎from the Company Shares

 

Following completion of the Acquisition, shareholders will no longer be shareholders of the Company, a ‎corporation governed by the BCBCA, but will instead be shareholders of Canopy, a corporation ‎governed by the Canada Business Corporations Act (Canada) (“ CBCA ”). There may be important ‎differences between the current rights of shareholders and the rights to which such shareholders will be ‎entitled as shareholders of Canopy under the CBCA and Canopy’s constating documents. ‎

 

The Company and Canopy may not integrate successfully

 

The Acquisition will involve the integration of companies that previously operated ‎independently. As a result, the Acquisition will present challenges to Canopy’s management, including ‎the integration of the operations, systems and personnel of the two companies, and special risks, ‎including possible unanticipated liabilities, unanticipated costs, diversion of management’s attention and ‎the loss of key employees. The difficulties management encounters in the transition and integration ‎process could have an adverse effect on the revenues, level of expenses and operating results of ‎Canopy following completion of the Acquisition. If actual results are less favourable than the Company ‎and Canopy currently estimate, the combined company’s business, results of operations, financial ‎condition and liquidity could be materially adversely impacted.‎

 

The ability to realize the benefits of the Acquisition will depend in part on successfully consolidating ‎functions and integrating operations, procedures and personnel in a timely and efficient manner, as well ‎as on the combined company’s ability to realize the anticipated growth opportunities and synergies, ‎efficiencies and cost savings from integrating the Company’s and Canopy’s businesses following ‎completion of the Acquisition.‎

 

Most operational and strategic decisions and certain staffing decisions with respect to the combined ‎company have not yet been made. These decisions and the integration of the two companies will present ‎challenges to management, including the integration of systems and personnel of the two companies ‎and special risks, including possible unanticipated liabilities, unanticipated costs, and the loss of key ‎employees. The performance of the combined company’s operations after completion of the ‎Acquisition could be adversely affected if the combined company cannot retain key employees to ‎assist in the integration and operation of the combined company. As a result of these factors, it is ‎possible that the cost reductions and synergies expected from the combination of the Company and ‎Canopy will not be realized.‎

 

This integration will require the dedication of substantial management effort, time and resources, which ‎may divert management’s focus and resources from other strategic opportunities following completion ‎of the Acquisition and from operational matters during this process. The amount and timing of the ‎synergies the parties hope to realize may not occur as planned. In addition, the integration process may ‎result in the disruption of ongoing business that may adversely affect the ability of the combined ‎company to achieve anticipated benefits of the Acquisition. ‎

 

Following the completion of the Acquisition, the combined company may issue additional equity securities

 

Following the completion of the Acquisition, the combined company may issue equity securities to ‎finance its activities, including in order to finance acquisitions. If the combined company were to issue ‎additional equity securities, the ownership interest of existing shareholders may be diluted and some or ‎all of the combined company’s financial measures on a per share basis could be reduced. Moreover, as ‎the combined company’s intention to issue additional equity securities becomes publicly known, the ‎combined company’s share price may be materially adversely affected.‎

 

62

 

 

The Acquisition will affect the rights of the Company’s shareholders

 

Following the completion of the Acquisition, shareholders will no longer have an interest in the ‎Company, its assets, revenues or profits. In the event that the actual value of Company’s assets or business as at the effective date of the Acquisition, exceeds the implied value of the Company under ‎the Arrangement, shareholders will not be entitled to additional consideration for their Company ‎Shares. 

 

DIVIDENDS

 

The Company is not required to pay dividends and does not intend to pay dividends on the Company Shares for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of the Board and will depend, among other things, on the Company’s financial condition, earnings, business environment, operating results, capital requirements, any contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and any other factors that the Board considers relevant. The Company’s ability to pay dividends may be affected by U.S. state and federal regulations. See “ Risk Factors ”.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement and the Tax Receivable Bonus Plan, certain High Street Members are entitled to payments of certain tax benefits. See “ General Development of the Business – Company’s Structure Following Completion of the Transaction ”.

 

CAPITAL STRUCTURE

 

The Company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Subordinate Voting Shares, an unlimited number of Proportionate Voting Shares and an unlimited number of Multiple Voting Shares. The outstanding share capital of the Corporation as at April 24 , 2019 consists of: (i) 53,819,260 Subordinate Voting Shares; (ii) 831,845.7351 Proportionate Voting Shares, and (iii) 168,000 Multiple Voting Shares. The issued and outstanding Subordinate Voting Shares, Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares represent approximately 9.11%, 5.63% and 85.27% respectively of the aggregate voting rights attached to the Company Shares.

 

63

 

 

Subordinate Voting Shares

 

Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares are entitled to notice of and to attend at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, except a meeting of which only holders of another particular class or series of shares of the Company shall have the right to vote. At each such meeting, holders of Subordinate Voting Shares are entitled to one vote in respect of each Subordinate Voting Share held.

 

As long as any Subordinate Voting Shares remain outstanding, the Company may not, without the consent of the holders of the Subordinate Voting Shares by separate special resolution, alter or amend its Articles if the result would prejudice or interfere with any right or special right attached to the Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares are entitled to receive as and when declared by the Board, dividends in cash or property of the Company. No dividend may be declared on the Subordinate Voting Shares unless the Company simultaneously declares dividends on the Proportionate Voting Shares in an amount equal to the dividend declared on the Subordinate Voting Shares, multiplied by 40, and on the Multiple Voting Shares in the amount of the dividend declared on the Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of Subordinate Voting Shares are entitled to participate pari passu with the holders of Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares, with the amount of such distribution per Subordinate Voting Share equal to each of: (i) the amount of such distribution per Proportionate Voting Share, divided by 40; and (ii) the amount of such distribution per Multiple Voting Share.

 

Holders of Subordinate Voting Shares are not entitled to a right of first refusal to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any issue of shares, or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company, now or in the future.

 

There may no subdivision or consolidation of the Subordinate Voting Shares unless, simultaneously, the Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares are subdivided or consolidated utilising the same divisor or multiplier.

 

Proportionate Voting Shares

 

Holders of Proportionate Voting Shares are entitled to notice of and to attend at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, except a meeting of which only holders of another particular class or series of shares of the Company shall have the right to vote. At each such meeting, holders of Proportionate Voting Shares are entitled to 40 votes in respect of each Proportionate Voting Share held.

 

As long as any Proportionate Voting Shares remain outstanding, the Company may not, without the consent of the holders of the Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares by separate special resolution, alter or amend its Articles if the result would be to prejudice or interfere with any right or special right attached to the Proportionate Voting Shares. Consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares is required for any action that authorizes or creates shares of any class having preferences superior to or on a parity with the Proportionate Voting Shares. In connection with the exercise of the voting rights in respect of any such approvals, each holder of Proportionate Voting Shares has one vote in respect of each Proportionate Voting Share held.

 

64

 

 

Holders of Proportionate Voting Shares are entitled to receive, as and when declared by the Board, dividends in cash or property of the Company. No dividend may be declared on the Proportionate Voting Shares unless the Company simultaneously declares dividends on the Subordinate Voting Shares in an amount equal to the dividend declared per Proportionate Voting Shares divided by 40, and on the Multiple Voting Shares in an amount equal to the dividend declared per Proportionate Voting Share divided by 40.

 

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of Proportionate Voting Shares are entitled to participate pari passu with the holders of Subordinate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares in an amount equal to the amount of such distribution per Subordinate Voting Share and Multiple Voting Share, multiplied by 40.

 

Holders of Proportionate Voting Shares are not entitled to a right of first refusal to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any issue of shares, or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company, now or in the future.

 

There may be no subdivision or consolidation of the Proportionate Voting Shares unless, simultaneously, the Subordinate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares are subdivided or consolidated using the same divisor or multiplier.

 

Each Proportionate Voting Share is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, into 40 Subordinate Voting Shares. The ability to convert the Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares is subject to a restriction that, unless the Board determines otherwise, the aggregate number of Subordinate Voting Shares, Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares held of record, directly or indirectly, by residents of the United States (as determined in accordance with Rules 3b-4 and 12g3-2(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ U.S. Exchange Act ”), may not exceed forty percent (40%) of the aggregate number of Subordinate Voting Shares, Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares issued and outstanding after giving effect to such conversions.

 

Multiple Voting Shares

 

Holders of Multiple Voting Shares are entitled to notice of and to attend at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company, except a meeting of which only holders of another particular class or series of shares of the Company will have the right to vote.

 

Multiple Voting Shares provide voting control to Mr. Murphy. As long as any Multiple Voting Shares remain outstanding, the Company will not, without the consent of the holders of the Multiple Voting Shares by separate special resolution, alter or amend its Articles if the result would be to prejudice or interfere with any right or special right attached to the Multiple Voting Shares, or affect the rights or special rights of the holders of Subordinate Voting Shares, Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares on a per share basis as provided in the Articles. Consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Multiple Voting Shares is required for any action that authorizes or creates shares of any class or series having preferences superior to or on a parity with the Multiple Voting Shares. In connection with the exercise of the voting rights in respect of any such approvals, each holder of Multiple Voting Shares has one vote in respect of each Multiple Voting Share held.

 

Holders of Multiple Voting Shares are entitled to receive, as and when declared by the Board, dividends in cash or property of the Company. No dividend may be declared on the Multiple Voting Shares unless the Company simultaneously declares dividends: (i) on the Subordinate Voting Shares, in an amount equal to the dividend declared per Multiple Voting Share; and (ii) on the Proportionate Voting Shares, in an amount equal to the dividend declared per Subordinate Voting Share, multiplied by 40.

 

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, the holders of Multiple Voting Shares are entitled to participate pari passu with the holders of Proportionate Voting Shares and Subordinate Voting Shares, in an amount equal to: (i) the amount of such distribution per Proportionate Voting Share, divided by 40; and (ii) the amount of such distribution per Subordinate Voting Share.

 

65

 

 

Holders of Multiple Voting Shares are not entitled to a right of first refusal to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any issue of shares, bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company now or in the future.

 

No Multiple Voting Share are permitted to be transferred by the holder thereof without the prior written consent of the Board.

 

There may be no subdivision or consolidation of the Multiple Voting Shares unless, simultaneously, the Subordinate Voting Shares and Proportionate Voting Shares are subdivided or consolidated utilizing the same divisor or multiplier.

 

Each Multiple Voting Share is convertible, at the option of the holder, into one Subordinate Voting Share. Each Multiple Voting Share will automatically convert, without any action on the part of the holder thereof, into Subordinate Voting Shares on the basis of one Subordinate Voting Share for one Multiple Voting Share upon the earliest of the date that (i) the aggregate number of Multiple Voting Shares held by the holder of Multiple Voting Shares together with its affiliates are reduced to a number which is less than fifty per cent (50%) of the aggregate number of Multiple Voting Shares held by such holder together with its affiliates on the date of completion of the Transaction, (ii) the aggregate number of Units held by the holder of Multiple Voting Shares together with its affiliates are reduced to a number which is less than fifty per cent (50%) of the aggregate number of Units held by such holder together with its affiliates on the date of completion of the Transaction, and (iii) is five (5) years following completion of the Transaction.

 

Coattail Provisions

 

In the event that an offer is made to purchase Proportionate Voting Shares, and such offer is:

 

(a) required, pursuant to applicable securities legislation or the rules of, any stock exchange on which: (i) the Proportionate Voting Shares; or (ii) the Subordinate Voting Shares which may be obtained upon conversion of the Proportionate Voting Shares; may then be listed, to be made to all or substantially all of the holders of Proportionate Voting Shares in a province or territory of Canada to which the requirement applies (an “ Offer ”); and

 

(b) not made to the holders of Subordinate Voting Shares for consideration per Subordinate Voting Share equal to 0.025 of the consideration offered per Proportionate Voting Share;

 

each Subordinate Voting Share shall become convertible at the option of the holder into Proportionate Voting Shares on the basis of 40 Subordinate Voting Shares for one Proportionate Voting Share, at any time while the Offer is in effect until one day after the time prescribed by applicable securities legislation or stock exchange rules for the offeror to take up and pay for such shares as are to be acquired pursuant to the Offer (the “ Subordinate Voting Share Conversion Right ”). Fractions of Proportionate Voting Shares may be issued in respect of any amount of Subordinate Voting Shares in respect of which the Subordinate Voting Share Conversion Right is exercised which is less than 40.

 

The Subordinate Voting Share Conversion Right may only be exercised for the purpose of depositing the Proportionate Voting Shares acquired upon conversion under such Offer. If the Subordinate Voting Share Conversion Right is exercised, the Company will procure that the transfer agent for the Subordinate Voting Shares shall deposit under such Offer the Proportionate Voting Shares acquired upon conversion, on behalf of the holder. If the holder withdraws such Proportionate Voting Shares from deposit under the Offer, or the Offer is abandoned, withdrawn or terminated by the offeror, or the Offer expires without the offeror taking up and paying for the Proportionate Voting Shares, then the Proportionate Voting Shares acquired upon conversion shall automatically reconvert to Subordinate Voting Shares on the basis of 40 Subordinate Voting Shares for one Proportionate Voting Share, without further action on the part of the holder.

 

66

 

 

Coattail Agreement

 

The Company, Odyssey Trust Company as trustee for the benefit of the holders of Subordinate Voting Shares (in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”), Mr. Murphy and Murphy Capital, LLC (together, the “ MVS Shareholders ”) have entered into a coattail agreement dated November 14, 2018 (the “ Coattail Agreement ”) under which the MVS Shareholders, as the only holders of Multiple Voting Shares, and holders of Units, are prohibited from selling, directly or indirectly, any Multiple Voting Shares or Units pursuant to a takeover bid, if applicable securities legislation would have required the same offer to be made to holders of Subordinate Voting Shares (“ SVS Shareholders ”) had the sale been a sale of Subordinate Voting Shares rather than Multiple Voting Shares or Units. The prohibition does not apply if a concurrent offer is made to purchase Subordinate Voting Shares if: (i) the price per Subordinate Voting Share under such concurrent offer is at least as high as the price to be paid for the Multiple Voting Shares or Units, assuming their conversion to Subordinate Voting Shares; (ii) the percentage of Subordinate Voting Shares to be taken up under such concurrent offer is at least as high as the percentage of Multiple Voting Shares or Units to be sold; (iii) such concurrent offer is unconditional, other than the right not to take up and pay for any Subordinate Voting Shares tendered if no Multiple Voting Shares or Units are purchased; and (iv) such concurrent offer is in all other material respects identical to the offer for Multiple Voting Shares or Units. The Coattail Agreement does not apply to prevent the sale or transfer of Units to Mr. Murphy and members of his immediate family, or a person or company controlled by Mr. Murphy or a member of his immediate family. If SVS Shareholders representing not less than 10% of the then outstanding Subordinate Voting Shares determine that the MVS Shareholders or the Company have breached or intend to breach any provision of the Coattail Agreement, they may by written requisition require the Trustee to take such action as is specified in the requisition in connection with the breach or intended breach, and the Trustee is to forthwith take such action or any other action it considers necessary to enforce its rights under the Coattail Agreement on behalf of the SVS Shareholders. The obligation of the Trustee to take such action on behalf of the SVS Shareholders is conditional upon the provision to the Trustee of such funds and indemnity as it may reasonably require in respect of any costs or expenses it may incur in connection with such action. SVS Shareholders may not institute any action or proceeding, or exercise any other remedy to enforce rights under the Coattail Agreement unless they have submitted such a requisition, and provided such funds and indemnity, to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall have failed to act within 30 days of receipt thereof.

 

MARKET FOR SECURITIES

 

Trading Price and Volume

 

The Subordinate Voting Shares are listed on the CSE under the symbol “ACRG.U”, on the OTCQX® Best Market by OTC Markets Group under the symbol “ACRGF” and on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the symbol “0VZ”. The shares of Applied Inventions were not listed or posted for trading on any stock exchange prior to completion of the Transaction.

 

The following table sets out trading information for the Subordinate Voting Shares on the CSE from November 15, 2018 (the date of their initial trading) up to the date of this AIF. 1

 

    Price Range (US$)        
Period   High     Low     Volume (#)  
November 15 – 30, 2018     26.90       18.00       3,242,550  
December 1 - 31, 2018     22.75       11.99       3,127,030  
January 1 – 31, 2019     25.08       16.90       1,963,300  
February 1 – 28, 2019     24.75       18.49       2,710,990  
March 1 – 31, 2019     23.20       16.01       3,675,030  
April 1 - 24, 2019     28.30       19.59       3,966,350  

 

Note:

(1) Source: TMX Money

 

67

 

 

Prior Sales of Unlisted Securities

 

In connection with the completion of the Transaction on November 14, 2018, 1,445,879 Proportionate Voting Shares and 168,000 Multiple Voting Shares were issued at a deemed value of US$25.00 per share.

 

ESCROWED SECURITIES AND SECURITIES SUBJECT TO RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER

 

The Company is not subject to escrow requirements under the policies of the CSE. Directors, officers and certain shareholders of the Company entered into lock-up agreements (each, a “ Lock Up ”) pursuant to which such parties have agreed, subject to customary carve-outs and exceptions, to certain restrictions on the resale of their Subordinate Voting Shares, Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares, as applicable.

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Name, Occupation and Security Holding

 

The table below sets out the names, provinces or states and country of residence of the directors and executive officers of the Company, their positions and offices with the Company, the dates since which they have served as a director or executive officer of the Company and their present principal occupations as at the date of this AIF.

 

The Company’s directors were elected at a meeting of the shareholders of Applied Inventions held on November 6, 2018, and will hold office until the Company’s next annual general meeting of shareholders on May 7, 2019, unless they resign or are removed by the shareholders prior to such time.

 

Name and Residence (1)   Position and Offices Held
with the Company
  Director or Officer Since   Principal Occupation (1)

John Boehner (2)

Marco Island, Florida

  Director   November 2018   Former Speaker of the U.S. House of Representatives

William F. Weld (2)

Canton, Massachusetts

  Director   November 2018   Former Governor of Massachusetts

Kevin P. Murphy (2)(3)

New York, New York

  Director, Chief Executive Officer & President   November 2018   Chief Executive Officer, High Street

Larissa L. Herda (2)

Castle Rock, Colorado

  Director   November 2018   Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of TW Telecom Inc.

Douglas Maine (3)

Bedford Corners, New York

  Lead Independent Director   November 2018   Director of Albemarle Corporation

Brian Mulroney (2)

Montreal, Quebec

  Director   November 2018   Senior Partner and Consultant, Norton Rose Fulbright

William C. Van Faasen (3)

Boston, Massachusetts

  Director   November 2018   Chair Emeritus of Blue Cross Shield of Massachusetts; Chair of the Board of Directors of Blue Cross Shield of Massachusetts

Glen Leibowitz

New York, New York

  Chief Financial Officer   November 2018   Chief Financial Officer, High Street

Robert Daino

Manlius, New York

  Chief Operating Officer   November 2018   Chief Operating Officer, High Street

James A. Doherty

Scranton, Pennsylvania

  General Counsel & Secretary   November 2018   General Counsel, High Street

Harris Damashek

Greenwich, Connecticut

  Chief Marketing Officer   November 2018   Chief Marketing Officer, High Street

 

68

 

 

Notes:

(1) The information as to municipality of residence and principal occupation has been furnished by the respective directors and officers of the Company individually.

(2) Member of the Compensation and Corporate Governance Committee.

(3) Member of the Audit Committee.

 

As at the date hereof, the directors and executive officers of the Company, as a group, beneficially own, or control or direct, directly or indirectly, 23,900 Subordinate Voting Shares, 119,284.51 Proportionate Voting Shares, 168,000 Multiple Voting Shares and 18,032,908 Units representing approximately 0.04%, 14.34%, 100.00% and 18.93% of the outstanding Subordinate Voting Shares, Proportionate Voting Shares, Multiple Voting Shares and Units, respectively, before giving effect to the exercise of options, RSUs and other convertible securities of the Company held by such directors and officers. The statement as to the number of securities beneficially owned, or over which a director or executive officer exercises control or direction, directly or indirectly, not being within the knowledge of the Company, has been furnished by the directors and executive officers.

 

Biographical Information

 

John A. Boehner, Director (age 69): John A. Boehner is a former Speaker of the U.S. House of Representatives. Mr. Boehner served in the U.S. House of Representatives from 1991 to October 2015 and served as Speaker of the U.S. House of Representatives from January 2011 to October 2015. Prior to entering public service, Speaker Boehner spent years running a small business representing manufacturers in the packaging and plastics industry. He championed a number of major reform projects as a Member of Congress. During his nearly five years as Speaker, Mr. Boehner developed a reputation for bringing Republicans and Democrats together in support of major policy initiatives.

 

William F. Weld, Director (age 73): William F. Weld served as Governor of Massachusetts from January 1991 to July 1997. Mr. Weld was the Vice Presidential nominee for the Libertarian Party during the 2016 U.S. Presidential campaign. Prior to serving as governor of Massachusetts, Mr. Weld served as the U.S. Attorney for Massachusetts from 1981 until 1986, when he was appointed by President Reagan to lead the Criminal Division of the Department of Justice in Washington, D.C., where he served until 1988. Prior to his service as a U.S. Attorney, Mr. Weld served as a staff member of the U.S. House of Representatives (during which time he participated in the Nixon impeachment proceedings) and the U.S. Senate. Governor Weld is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations in New York and served by appointment of the President on the U.S. Holocaust Memorial Council. He serves as an associate member of the InterAction Council, a working society of former heads of state from throughout the world, which reports on issues of global concern such as energy, food, water, nuclear proliferation, and religious sectarianism.

 

Kevin P. Murphy, Director, Chief Executive Officer and President (age 57): Kevin P. Murphy is currently the Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, a Managing Member of High Street Capital Partners Management and the Managing Member and Chief Executive Officer of High Street. Prior to his role at High Street, Mr. Murphy was most recently a Founding Member and Managing Partner of Tandem Global Partners, a boutique investment firm focused on the emerging markets. Previously Mr. Murphy was Managing Partner at Stanfield Capital Partners, where he served as a member of the Operating and Management team that oversaw all aspects of Stanfield’s business, including risk management, sales and distribution, client services, legal, compliance and operations. Mr. Murphy also previously worked at Gleacher NatWest (Partner and Dir. of Marketing), Schroders (Sr. VP of Sales), Lazard Freres (VP) and Cantor Fitzgerald (VP). Mr. Murphy graduated with a B.A. from Holy Cross College.

 

69

 

 

Larissa L. Herda, Director (age 60): Larissa L. Herda served as the Chairman of TW Telecom Inc. (formerly, Time Warner Telecom Inc.) from June 2001 to November 2014 and as its Chief Executive Officer from June 1998 to November 2014. Prior to her appointment as Chief Executive Officer, Ms. Herda served as Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing at TW Telecom Inc. from March 1997. Ms. Herda served as a member of the President’s National Security Telecommunications Advisory Committee, and chair of the Federal Communications Commission’s Communications, Security, Reliability and Interoperability Council. Ms. Herda was also Chairman of the Denver Branch of the Federal Reserve of Kansas City and served as a member of the Colorado Innovation Network advisory board, appointed by Colorado Gov. John Hickenlooper, and as a Member of the Advisory Board at University of Colorado Leeds School of Business. Ms. Herda is a graduate of the University of Colorado.

 

The Right Honorable Brian Mulroney, Director (age 80): Brian Mulroney is a senior partner and international business consultant for Norton Rose Fulbright. Prior to joining Norton Rose Fulbright, Mr. Mulroney was the eighteenth Prime Minister of Canada from 1984 to 1993 and leader of the Progressive Conservative Party of Canada from 1983 to 1993. He served as the Executive Vice President of the Iron Ore Company of Canada and President beginning in 1977. Prior to that, Mr. Mulroney served on the Cliché Commission of Inquiry in 1974. Mr. Mulroney is the Chairman of Quebecor Inc. and serves as a director of the Blackstone Group L.P. and Wyndham Worldwide Corporation. Mr. Mulroney also serves as chairman of the International Advisory Board of Barrick Gold Corporation and is a member of the advisory group of Lion Capital LLP.

 

Douglas L. Maine, Director (age 70). Douglas L. Maine joined International Business Machines Corporation (“ IBM ”) in 1998 as Chief Financial Officer following a 20-year career with MCI (now part of Verizon) where he was Chief Financial Officer from 1992-1998. He was named General Manager of ibm.com in 2000 and General Manager, Consumer Products Industry in 2003 and retired from IBM in 2005. Mr. Maine currently serves as a director of Albemarle Corporation and previously served as a director of the following public companies: Orbital-ATK, Inc. from 2006-2017, BroadSoft, Inc. from 2006-2017 and Rockwood Holdings, Inc. from 2005-2015.

 

William C. Van Faasen, Director (age 70): William C. Van Faasen served as Chairman of Blue Cross Blue Shield of Massachusetts from 2002 to 2007, interim President and Chief Executive Officer from March 2010 to September 2010 and Chair of the Board of Directors from September 2010 to March 2014 when he was named, and currently serves as, Chair Emeritus. Mr. Van Faasen joined Blue Cross in 1990 as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer and served as President from 1992 to 2004 and Chief Executive Officer from 1992 to 2005. Mr. Van Faasen has served in operational, marketing, and health care capacities for over 20 years and has been engaged in numerous civic and community activities, including Chair of the Initiative for a New Economy, Chair of Greater Boston Chamber of Commerce and Chair of United Way Massachusetts Bay. Mr. Van Faasen currently serves as a board member of Eversource Energy and the lead director of Liberty Mutual Group. Previously, Mr. Van Faasen served on the boards of Boston Private Industry Council, the Boston Minuteman Council, Boy Scouts of America, the BCBSMA Foundation, BankBoston, Citizens Bank of Massachusetts, IMS Health, PolyMedica Corporation and Tier Technologies.

 

70

 

 

Glen S. Leibowitz, Chief Financial Officer (age 49): Glen Leibowitz is currently the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and High Street and joined High Street in 2018 as its Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining High Street, Mr. Leibowitz spent nine years at Apollo Global Management, LLC, where he held various key roles within the finance organization, including the accounting lead in taking the organization public in 2011. Prior to Apollo, Mr. Leibowitz spent almost ten years at PricewaterhouseCoopers focused on multiple complex foreign registrant financial statements and client IPO documents across sectors including: alternative asset managers, Internet/software, telecommunications, pharmaceutical, and mining. Mr. Leibowitz serves on the board of directors and is the audit committee chair for PowerPlay NYC, a not-for-profit organization dedicated to inspiring and educating girls through one-of-a kind sports and academic enrichment programs. Mr. Leibowitz has a B.S. in Accounting from Queens College.

 

Robert J. Daino, Chief Operating Officer (age 54): Robert Daino is currently the Chief Operating Officer of the Company and High Street. Prior to joining High Street, Mr. Daino was President and Chief Executive Officer of WCNY Public Media, a New York area public media company with five broadcast television stations and three digital radio stations. Before that, Mr. Daino was President and Chief Executive Officer of Promergent, a management software and services provider to utilities and governmental entities. From 1982 to 1995, Mr. Daino served in various roles at General Electric, including software engineer, project manager and also in a management role.

 

James A. Doherty, General Counsel & Secretary (age 40): James A. Doherty, III is currently the General Counsel & Secretary of the Company and General Counsel of High Street. Prior to joining High Street, Mr. Doherty was an attorney at Scanlon, Howley & Doherty, P.C. While at Scanlon, Howley & Doherty, Mr. Doherty represented a variety of clients in the highly regulated gaming and casino industry before both courts of competent jurisdiction along with regulatory agencies. In addition, his practice also had an emphasis in professional liability cases, specifically corporate defense, medical malpractice, general liability, products liability, civil rights, and employment and labor disputes. Mr. Doherty also acted as special counsel to a number of public entities and municipal entities. Mr. Doherty maintained an active appellate practice having successfully argued cases before the Superior Court, Commonwealth Court and Supreme Court of Pennsylvania. Mr. Doherty served as a law clerk for the Honorable Thomas I. Vanaskie, United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. Mr. Doherty also served as special counsel to the Executive Director of the Pennsylvania Gaming Control Board. Mr. Doherty graduated from the Holy Cross College with B.A. in History and received his J.D. from Georgetown University.

 

Harris Damashek, Chief Marketing Officer (age 43): Harris Damashek is currently the Chief Marketing Officer of the Company and High Street with 20 years marketing experience. Mr. Damashek joined High Street from Anheuser-Busch InBev’s Disruptive Growth Group, where he launched several global e-commerce pilots and stewarded marketing and brand efforts for the team’s 20+ global craft beer acquisitions. Previously, Mr. Damashek founded and managed his own design agency, Damashek Consulting, for almost 15 years, working with spirits, fashion, CPG, automotive, tech and luxury clients. He also founded Underground Eats – a ground-breaking experiential dining start-up working with some of the top culinary talents and brands in the country.

 

Cease Trade Orders, Bankruptcies, Penalties or Sanctions

 

To the knowledge of the Company, no director or executive officer of the Company, or shareholder holding a sufficient number of securities of the Company to affect materially the control of the Company:

 

1. is, as of the date of this Annual Information Form, or has been within the last ten (10) years of the date of this Annual Information Form, a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer or any company that while acting in such capacity, the company:

 

(a) was subject to a cease trade order, a similar order or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation that was in effect for a period of more than thirty (30) consecutive days; or

 

71

 

 

 

(b) was subject to a cease trade order, a similar order or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under securities legislation that was in effect for a period of more than thirty (30) consecutive days, that was issued after the director or executive officer ceased to be a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer and which resulted from an event that occurred while that person was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer; or

 

(c) within a year of that person ceasing to act in that capacity, became bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or was subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold its assets; or become subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors, or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold the assets of the proposed director.

 

2. has, within the ten (10) years before the date of this Annual Information Form, become bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or become subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors, or had a received, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold the assets of the director, executive officer or shareholder.

 

Except as described below, to the knowledge of the Company, no director or executive officer of the Company, or shareholder holding a sufficient number of securities of the Company to affect materially the control of the Company, has been subject to:

 

1. any penalties or sanctions imposed by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority or has entered into a settlement agreement with a securities regulatory authority; or,

 

2. any other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body that would likely be considered important to a reasonable investor in making an investment decision.

 

On January 11, 2016, Mr. Murphy entered into an agreement to settle a matter in connection with a routine FINRA examination of a broker-dealer firm formerly owned, in part, by Mr. Murphy. FINRA alleged that Mr. Murphy failed to inform the firm’s compliance officer or receive pre-approval for the sale of his securities. Mr. Murphy agreed, without admitting or denying the findings and without adjudication of any issue of law or fact, to a 12-month suspension from acting as a broker and a contingent fine payable upon Mr. Murphy’s re-registration, notwithstanding that Mr. Murphy resigned his position with the broker dealer in January 2014. Mr. Murphy does not intend to re-register as broker now or in the future.

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

The Company may from time to time become involved in transactions which conflict with the interests of the directors and the officers of the Company. The interest of these persons could conflict with those of the Company. Conflicts of interest, if any, will be subject to the procedures and remedies provided under applicable laws. In particular, in the event that such a conflict of interest arises at a meeting of the directors of the Company, a director who has such a conflict will abstain from voting for or against the approval of such participation or such terms. In accordance with applicable laws, the directors of the Company are required to act honestly, in good faith and in the best interest of the Company.

 

Certain conflicts of interest may arise from time to time between Mr. Murphy and the Company. See “ Risk Factors - Risks Related to the Company’s Organizational Structure ”.

 

72

 

 

PROMOTERS

 

Mr. Murphy may be considered a promoter of the Company, as he has taken the initiative in reorganizing and financing the business of the Company pursuant to the Transaction. Other than as disclosed in this AIF, there is nothing of value, including money, property, contracts, options or rights of any kind received or to be received by Mr. Murphy directly or indirectly from the Company, High Street or any Subsidiary, nor any assets, services or other consideration received or to be received by the Company, High Street or any Subsidiary in return. No asset has been acquired within the Company’s two most recently completed financial years or during the Company’s current financial year, or is to be acquired by the Company, High Street or any Subsidiary, from Mr. Murphy.

 

Mr. Murphy beneficially owns, controls or directs, 168,000 Multiple Voting Shares, representing 100% of the issued and outstanding Multiple Voting Shares, 113,102.31 Proportionate Voting Shares, representing 13.6% of the issued and outstanding Proportionate Voting Shares, 540,000 stock options exercisable into 540,000 Subordinate Voting Shares, and 15,957,908 Units of High Street, which Units may be redeemed for Subordinate Voting Shares or, at the Company’s option, cash. See “ General Development of the Business – Company’s Structure Following Completion of the Transaction ”. In addition, Mr. Murphy will receive compensation in his capacity as an officer of the Corporation.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS

 

Other than the legal proceeding summarized below, there are no material legal proceedings or regulatory actions that the Company is or was a party to, or that any of its property is or was the subject of, during the year ended December 31, 2018, and no such proceedings are known by the Company to be contemplated.

 

On November 2, 2018, EPMMNY LLC (“ EPMMNY ”) filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York, asserting claims against 16 defendants, including NYCANNA, Impire State Holdings LLC, NY Medicinal Research & Caring, LLC (each, a wholly-owned subsidiary of High Street) and High Street. The Index Number for the action is 655480/2018. EPMMNY alleges that it was wrongfully deprived of a minority equity interest and management role in NYCANNA by its former partner, New Amsterdam Distributors, LLC, which attempted to directly or indirectly sell or transfer EPMMNY’s alleged interest in NYCANNA to other entities in 2016 and 2017, including Impire, NYMRC and High Street. EPMMNY alleges that it is entitled to the value of its alleged minority interest in NYCANNA or minority ownership in NYCANNA. EPMMNY also alleges that certain defendants misused its alleged intellectual property and/or services, improperly solicited its employees, and aided and abetted or participated in the transfer of equity and/or business opportunities from EPMMNY.

 

High Street intends to vigorously defend this action, which the Company firmly believes is without merit. EPMMNY alleges that it was improperly deprived of its equity stake in NYCANNA before NYCANNA was acquired by High Street. High Street is also entitled to full indemnity from the claims asserted against it by EPMMNY pursuant to the purchase agreement pertaining to its acquisition of NYCANNA and personal guarantee by the largest shareholders of the seller. The defendants ‎filed a motion to dismiss on April 1, 2019.

 

The Company is not aware of any penalties or sanctions imposed against the Company by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority, any other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body against the Company that would likely be considered important to a reasonable investor making an investment decision, or any settlement agreements the Company has entered into before a court relating to securities legislation or with a securities regulatory authority.

 

73

 

 

INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS

 

Except as disclosed herein, no director or executive officer of the Company, no shareholder who beneficially owns, or controls or directs, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of any class or series of the voting securities of the Company, nor any associate or affiliate of such persons, has or has had any material interest, direct or indirect, in any transaction within the three most recently completed financial years of the Company that has materially affected or is reasonably expected to materially affect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

On May 30, 2018, High Street entered into a membership interest purchase agreement by and among NYCI Holdings, LLC (“ NYCI ”), New Amsterdam Distributors, LLC (“ NAD ”) and High Street, pursuant to which High Streey agreed to acquire fifty percent of the outstanding membership interests in NYCANNA from NYCI in exchange for the issuance of 1,790,323 Class D Units of High Street. The transaction closed effective August 15, 2018 and High Street issued those units to NYCI on the closing date. Robert Daino, the Company’s Chief Operating Officer, is the beneficial owner of 10% of the outstanding equity interests in NAD. NAD is the sole equity holder of NYCI.

 

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

 

The transfer agent and registrar of the Company is Odyssey Trust Company located at 835 - 409 Granville Street, Vancouver, BC V6C 1T2, Canada.

 

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

 

Except for the contracts noted below and contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, there are no contracts entered into by the Company or High Street, or a subsidiary thereof, as applicable, during the twelve month period ending December 31, 2018 which are material or entered into before the twelve month period ending December 31, 2018 but are still in effect which are material:

 

1. Definitive Agreement

 

2. A&R LLC Agreement

 

3. Acreage Support Agreement

 

4. USCo2 Support Agreement

 

5. Tax Receivable Agreement

 

6. Coattail Agreement

 

7. Arrangement Agreement

 

AUDIT COMMITTEE INFORMATION

 

Composition of the Audit Committee

 

As of the date hereof, the Audit Committee consists of William Van Faasen (Chair), Douglas Maine and Kevin Murphy. Each member of the Audit Committee, other than Mr. Murphy, is “independent”, and each is “financially literate” within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 — Audit Committees (“ NI 52-110 ”). Each of the Audit Committee members has an understanding of the accounting principles used to prepare the Company’s financial statements, experience preparing, auditing, analyzing or evaluating comparable financial statements and experience as to the general application of relevant accounting principles, as well as an understanding of the internal controls and procedures necessary for financial reporting.

 

74

 

 

Relevant Education and Experience

 

Each member of the Audit Committee has experience relevant to his responsibilities as an Audit Committee member. Information concerning the relevant education and experience of the Audit Committee members can be found in “ Directors and Officers ” above.

 

Audit Committee Oversight

 

At no time since the commencement of the Company’s most recently completed financial year was a recommendation of the Audit Committee to nominate or compensate an external auditor not adopted by the Board.

 

Reliance on Certain Exemptions

 

The Company relies on the exemption in section 6.1 of NI 52-110.

 

Audit Committee’s Charter

 

The Audit Committee’s principal duties and responsibilities include assisting the Board in discharging the oversight of: (i) the integrity of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accounting and financial processes and the audits of the Company’s consolidated financial statements; (ii) compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) external auditors’ qualifications and independence; (iv) the work and performance of financial management and external auditors; and (v) system of disclosure controls and procedures and system of internal controls regarding finance, accounting, legal compliance, and risk management established by management and the Board. The Audit Committee has access to all books, records, facilities and personnel and may request any information about us as it may deem appropriate. It also has the authority to retain and compensate special legal, accounting, financial and other consultants or advisors to advise the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee also reviews and approves all related-party transactions and prepares reports for the Board on such related-party transactions and is responsible for the pre-approval of all non-audit services to be provided by the Company’s auditors.

 

In fulfilling its responsibilities, the Audit Committee meets regularly with the external auditor and key management members. The full text of the Audit Committee’s charter is disclosed in Schedule “A”.

 

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

 

The Audit Committee has adopted specific policies and procedures for the engagement of non-audit services as described in the Audit Committee’s charter attached hereto as Schedule “A”.

 

External Auditor Service Fees

 

The following table sets forth, by category, the fees for all services rendered by the Company’s current auditor, MNP LLP, for the financial year ended December 31, 2018. MNP LLP was appointed as auditor or the Company on November 14, 2018.

 

    December 31, 2018  
Audit Fees   $ 540,000  
Audit Related Fees     Nil  
Tax Fees     Nil  
All Other Fees   $ 26,500  

 

75

 

 

The following table sets forth, by category, the fees for all services rendered by Applied Inventions’ auditor, RSM Canada LLP, for the financial years ended August 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

      August 31, 2018       August 31, 2017  
Audit Fees     C$ 10,000       C$ 10,400  
Audit Related Fees     C$ 695       C$ 260  
Tax Fees     C$ 1,500         Nil  
All Other Fees       Nil         Nil  

 

INTERESTS OF EXPERTS

 

The auditors of the Company are MNP LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants at its office located at 111 Richmond Street West #300, Toronto, Ontario M5H 2G4.

 

Prior to the Transaction, the auditors of Applied Inventions were RSM Canada LLP, at its office located at 11 King Street West, Suite 700, Toronto, Ontario M5H 4C7.

 

No person or corporation whose profession or business gives authority to a statement made by the person or corporation and who is named as having prepared or certified a part of this AIF or as having prepared or certified a report or valuation described or included in this AIF holds any beneficial interest, direct or indirect, in any securities or property of the Company or of an associate or affiliate of the Company and no such person is expected to be elected, appointed or employed as a director, senior officer or employee of the Company or of an associate or affiliate of the Company and no such person is a promoter of the Company or an associate or affiliate of the Company. RSM Canada LLP was independent of the Company in accordance with the rules of professional conduct of the Institute of Chartered Professional Accountants of Ontario. MNP LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants, is independent of the Company in accordance with the rules of professional conduct of the Institute of Chartered Professional Accountants of Ontario.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Additional information relating to the Company may be found under its profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

Additional information relating to the Company, including with respect to director’s and officers’ remuneration and indebtedness, principal holders of its securities, and securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, will be contained in the Company’s information circular for its next annual meeting of security holders to be held on May 7, 2019.

 

Additional financial information for the Company is provided in the audited annual consolidated financial statements and management’s discussion and analysis for the year ended December 31, 2018, which are available for viewing under the Company’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com . Additional financial information for Applied Inventions is provided in the audited annual consolidated financial statements and management’s discussion and analysis for the year ended August 31, 2018, which are available for viewing under the Company’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com .

 

76

 

 

SCHEDULE “A”


ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.

AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER

 

Adopted: November 14, 2018

 

1. RESPONSIBILITY

 

The Audit Committee is responsible for assisting the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Acreage Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities in relation to:

 

(a) the integrity of the Corporation’s financial statements;

 

(b) the Corporation’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements related to financial reporting;

 

(c) the qualifications, independence and performance of the Corporation’s auditor;

 

(d) the design, implementation and maintenance of internal controls and disclosure controls; and

 

(e) any additional matters delegated to the Audit Committee by the Board.

 

2. MEMBERS

 

The Board must appoint a minimum of three directors to be members of the Audit Committee. The members of the Audit Committee will be selected by the Board on the recommendation of the Nomination and Governance Committee.

 

A majority of the members of the Audit Committee will be “independent directors” (“ Independent Directors ”) as defined in National Instrument 52-110 - Audit Committees , as amended from time to time (“ NI 52-110 ”). In addition, every member of the Audit Committee will be “financially literate” as defined in NI 52-110.

 

3. DUTIES

 

The Audit Committee is responsible for performing the duties set out below as well as any other duties that are otherwise required by law or delegated to the Audit Committee by the Board.

 

1. Appointment and Review of the Auditor

 

The auditor is ultimately accountable to the Audit Committee and reports directly to the Audit Committee. Accordingly, the Audit Committee will evaluate and be responsible for the Corporation’s relationship with the auditor. Specifically, the Audit Committee will:

 

(a) select, evaluate and nominate the auditor to be proposed for appointment or reappointment, as the case may be, by the shareholders;

 

(b) review and approve the auditor’s engagement letter;

 

(c) review the independence, experience, qualifications and performance of the auditor, including the engagement and lead partners, in recommending its appointment or reappointment, including considering whether the auditor’s provision of any permitted non-audit services is compatible with maintaining its independence;

 

77

 

 

(d) resolve any disagreements between senior management and the auditor regarding financial reporting;

 

(e) at least annually, obtain and review a report by the auditor describing:

 

(i) the auditor’s internal quality-control procedures, including with regard to safeguarding confidential information;

 

(ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality control review, or peer review, of the auditor, or review by any independent oversight body, such as the Canadian Public Accountability Board, or governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the auditor, and the steps taken to deal with any issues raised in any such review; and

 

(f) where appropriate, terminate the auditor.

 

2. Confirmation of the Auditor’s Independence

 

At least annually, and before the auditor issues its report on the annual financial statements, the Audit Committee will:

 

(a) review a formal written statement from the auditor describing all of its relationships with the Corporation;

 

(b) discuss with the auditor any relationships or services that may affect its objectivity and independence;

 

(c) obtain written confirmation from the auditor that it is objective within the meaning of the Rules of Professional Conduct/Code of Ethics adopted by the provincial institute or order of Chartered Accountants to which it belongs and is an independent public accountant within the meaning of the Independence Standards of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants; and

 

(d) confirm that the auditor has complied with applicable rules, if any, with respect to the rotation of certain members of the audit engagement team.

 

3. Pre-Approval of Non-Audit Services

 

The Audit Committee will pre-approve the appointment of the auditor for any non-audit service to be provided to the Corporation. Before the appointment of the auditor for any non-audit service, the Audit Committee will consider the compatibility of the service with the auditor’s independence. The Audit Committee may pre-approve the appointment of the auditor for any non-audit services by adopting specific policies and procedures, from time to time, for the engagement of the auditor for non-audit services. Such policies and procedures will be detailed as to the particular service, and the Audit Committee must be informed of each service, and the procedures may not include delegation of the Audit Committee’s responsibilities to management. In addition, the Audit Committee may delegate to one or more members the authority to pre-approve the appointment of the auditor for any non-audit service to the extent permitted by applicable law provided that any pre-approvals granted pursuant to such delegation shall be reported to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

 

78

 

 

4. Communications with the Auditor

 

The Audit Committee has the authority to communicate directly with the auditor and will meet privately with the auditor periodically to discuss any items of concern to the Audit Committee or the auditor, such as:

 

(a) the scope, planning and staffing of the audit;

 

(b) the auditor’s materiality threshold for the audit;

 

(c) the assessment by the auditor of significant audit risk;

 

(d) any material written communications between the auditor and senior management, such as any management letter or schedule of unadjusted differences;

 

(e) whether or not the auditor is satisfied with the quality and effectiveness of financial recording procedures and systems;

 

(f) the extent to which the auditor is satisfied with the nature and scope of its examination;

 

(g) whether or not the auditor has received the full co-operation of senior management and other employees of the Corporation;

 

(h) the auditor’s opinion of the competence and performance of the Chief Financial Officer and other key financial personnel;

 

(i) the items required to be communicated to the Audit Committee under the Canadian authoritative guidance;

 

(j) critical accounting policies and practices to be used by the Corporation;

 

(k) alternative treatments of financial information within generally accepted accounting principles that have been discussed with senior management, ramifications of the use of such alternative disclosures and treatments, and the treatment preferred by the auditor;

 

(l) any difficulties encountered in the course of the audit work, any restrictions imposed on the scope of activities or access to requested information, any significant disagreements with senior management and their response; and

 

(m) any illegal act that may have occurred and the discovery of which is required to be disclosed to the Audit Committee.

 

5. Review of the Audit Plan

 

The Audit Committee will discuss with the auditor the nature of an audit and the responsibility assumed by the auditor when conducting an audit under generally accepted auditing standards. The Audit Committee will review a summary of the auditor’s audit plan for each audit.

 

6. Review of Audit Fees

 

The Audit Committee will determine the auditor’s fee and the terms of the auditor’s engagement. In determining the auditor’s fee, the Audit Committee should consider, among other things, the number and nature of reports to be issued by the auditor, the quality of the internal controls of the Corporation, the size, complexity and financial condition of the Corporation and the extent of support to be provided to the auditor by the Corporation.

 

79

 

 

7. Review of Financial Statements

 

The Audit Committee will review and discuss with senior management and the auditor the annual audited financial statements, together with the auditor’s report thereon, and the interim financial statements, before recommending them for approval by the Board. The Audit Committee will also review and discuss with senior management and the auditor management’s discussion and analysis relating to the annual audited financial statements and interim financial statements. The Audit Committee will also engage the auditor to review the interim financial statements prior to the Audit Committee’s review of such financial statements.

 

Before recommending any financial statements to the Board for approval, the Audit Committee will satisfy itself that such financial statements, together with the other financial information included in the Corporation’s annual and interim filings, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Corporation as of the relevant date and for the relevant periods.

 

In conducting its review of the financial statements and related management’s discussion and analysis, the Audit Committee will:

 

(a) consider the quality of, and not just the acceptability of, the accounting principles, the reasonableness of senior management’s judgments and estimates that have a significant effect upon the financial statements, and the clarity of the disclosures in the financial statements;

 

(b) discuss any analyses prepared by senior management or the auditor that set out significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial statements, including analyses of the effects of any alternative treatments of financial information that have been discussed with management and the ramification of their use and the auditor’s preferred treatment;

 

(c) discuss the effect of off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent liabilities) and other relationships with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the Corporation’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues and expenses;

 

(d) consider any changes in accounting practices or policies and their impact on financial statements of the Corporation;

 

(e) discuss with senior management, the auditor and, if necessary, legal counsel, a report from senior management describing any litigation, claim or other contingency, including tax assessments, that could have a material effect upon the financial position of the Corporation, and the manner in which these matters have been disclosed in the financial statements;

 

(f) discuss with senior management and the auditor any correspondence with regulators or governmental agencies, employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding the Corporation’s financial statements or accounting policies;

 

(g) discuss with the auditor any special audit steps taken in light of material weaknesses in internal control;

 

(h) review the results of the audit, including any reservations or qualifications in the auditor’s opinion;

 

80

 

 

(i) discuss with the auditor any difficulties encountered in the course of the audit work, including any restrictions on the scope of their procedures and access to requested information, accounting adjustments proposed by the auditor but were “passed” (as immaterial or otherwise), and significant disagreements with senior management;

 

(j) discuss with the auditor any issues on which the Corporation’s audit team consulted the auditor’s national office; and

 

(k) consider any other matter which in its judgment should be taken into account in reaching its recommendation to the Board concerning the approval of the financial statements.

 

8. Review of Other Financial Information

 

The Audit Committee will review:

 

(a) all earnings press releases and other press releases containing financial information, as well as financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies. The Audit Committee will also review the use of “pro forma” or “adjusted” non-GAAP information in such press releases and financial information. Such review may consist of a general discussion of the types of information to be disclosed or the types of presentations to be made;

 

(b) all other financial statements of the Corporation that require approval by the Board before they are released to the public;

 

(c) the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives as well as off-balance sheet structures on the Corporation’s financial statements; and

 

(d) disclosures made to the Audit Committee by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer during their certification process for applicable securities law filings about any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Corporation’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information, and any fraud involving senior management or other employees who have a significant role in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

9. Oversight of Internal Controls and Disclosure Controls

 

The Audit Committee will review with senior management the adequacy of the internal controls and procedures that have been adopted by the Corporation to safeguard assets from loss and unauthorized use and to verify the accuracy of the financial records. The Audit Committee will review any special audit steps adopted in light of material control deficiencies. The Audit Committee will review with senior management the controls and procedures that have been adopted by the Corporation to confirm that material information about the Corporation and its subsidiaries that is required to be disclosed under applicable law or stock exchange rules is disclosed.

 

10. Employees of the Auditor

 

The Audit Committee will pre-approve the hiring by the Corporation of any partners or employees or former partners or employees of the auditor.

 

11. Complaints Procedure

 

The Audit Committee will review the procedures established by the Board for the receipt, retention and follow-up of complaints received by the Corporation regarding accounting, internal controls, disclosure controls or auditing matters and for the confidential, anonymous submission of concerns by employees of the Corporation regarding such matters.

 

81

 

 

12. Reporting

 

The Audit Committee will regularly report to the Board on:

 

(a) the auditor’s independence;

 

(b) the performance of the auditor and the Audit Committee’s recommendations regarding its reappointment or termination;

 

(c) the adequacy of the Corporation’s internal controls and disclosure controls;

 

(d) its recommendations regarding the annual and interim financial statements of the Corporation, including any issues with respect to the quality or integrity of the financial statements;

 

(e) its review of the annual and interim management’s discussion and analysis;

 

(f) the quarterly management’s discussion and analysis, press release and other financial disclosure related thereto that is required to be reviewed by the Audit Committee;

 

(g) the Corporation’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements related to financial reporting;

 

(h) the Corporation’s risk assessment and management policies and practices; and

 

(i) all other significant matters it has addressed and with respect to such other matters that are within its responsibilities.

 

4. MEETINGS

 

Subject to the Corporation’s by-laws and articles and the requirements under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia):

 

1. Scheduling

 

The Audit Committee will meet at least four times annually or more frequently as it determines is necessary to fulfill its responsibilities, which will be not less than four times a year. A meeting of the Audit Committee may be called by the Chair of the Audit Committee, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Audit Committee member or the Corporation’s auditor. Meetings will be held at a location determined by the Chair of the Audit Committee.

 

2. Notice

 

Notice of the time and place of each meeting will be given to each member either by telephone or other electronic means not less than 48 hours before the time of the meeting. Meetings may be held at any time without notice if all of the members have waived or are deemed to have waived notice of the meeting. A member participating in a meeting will be deemed to have waived notice of the meeting.

 

3. Agenda

 

The Chair of the Audit Committee will preside as Chair of each meeting and will establish the agenda for each meeting and lead discussion on meeting agenda items. The Chair shall instruct management to circulate properly prepared agenda materials to Committee members with sufficient time to review prior to scheduled meetings. Any member may propose the inclusion of items on the agenda, request the presence of or a report by any member of senior management, or at any meeting raise subjects that are not on the agenda for the meeting.

 

82

 

 

4. Distribution of Information

 

The Chair of the Audit Committee will distribute, or cause the Secretary to distribute, an agenda and meeting materials in advance of each meeting to allow members sufficient time to review and consider the matters to be discussed.

 

5. Attendance and Participation

 

Each member is expected to attend all meetings. A member who is unable to attend a meeting in person may participate by telephone or teleconference.

 

6. Quorum

 

A majority of members will constitute a quorum for any meeting of the Audit Committee.

 

7. Voting and Approval

 

At meetings of the Audit Committee, each member will be entitled to one vote and questions will be decided by a majority of votes. In case of an equality of votes, the Chair of the Audit Committee will not have a second or casting vote in addition to his or her original vote.

 

8. Procedures

 

Procedures for Audit Committee meetings will be determined by the Chair of the Audit Committee unless otherwise determined by the by-laws of the Corporation or a resolution of the Audit Committee or the Board.

 

9. Transaction of Business

 

The powers of the Audit Committee may be exercised at a meeting where a quorum is present in person or by telephone or other electronic means, or by resolution in writing signed by all members entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of the Audit Committee.

 

10. Absence of Chair

 

In the absence of the Chair of the Audit Committee at a meeting of the Audit Committee, the members in attendance must select one of them to act as chair of that meeting.

 

11. Secretary

 

The Audit Committee may appoint one of its members or any other person to act as secretary.

 

12. Minutes of Meetings

 

A person designated by the Chair of the Audit Committee at each meeting will keep minutes of the proceedings of the Audit Committee and the Chair will cause the Secretary to circulate copies of the minutes to each member on a timely basis.

 

83

 

 

5. CHAIR

 

Each year, the Board will appoint one member to be Chair of the Audit Committee. If, in any year, the Board does not appoint a Chair of the Audit Committee, the incumbent Chair of the Audit Committee will continue in office until a successor is appointed.

 

6. REMOVAL AND VACANCIES

 

Any member may be removed and replaced at any time by the Board and will automatically cease to be a member as soon as the member ceases to meet the qualifications set out above. The Board will fill vacancies on the Audit Committee by appointment from among qualified members of the Board. If a vacancy exists on the Audit Committee, the remaining members will exercise all of its powers so long as a quorum remains in office.

 

7. ASSESSMENT

 

At least annually, the Nomination and Governance Committee will review the effectiveness of the Audit Committee in fulfilling its responsibilities and duties as set out in this Charter and in a manner consistent with the mandate adopted by the Board.

 

8. REVIEW AND DISCLOSURE

 

The Audit Committee will review this Charter at least annually and submit it to the Nomination and Governance Committee together with any proposed amendments.

 

9. ACCESS TO OUTSIDE ADVISORS AND RECORDS

 

The Audit Committee may retain any outside advisor at the expense of the Corporation at any time and has the authority to determine any such advisor’s fees and other retention terms.

 

The Audit Committee, and any outside advisors retained by it, will have access to all records and information relating to the Corporation which it deems relevant to the performance of its duties.

 

84

 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017

(In United States Dollars)

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page
   
Statement of Management Responsibilities 2
   
Independent Auditor’s Report 3
   
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position 6
   
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss 7
   
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity 8
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 9
   
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 11 - 40

 

 

 

 

To the Shareholders of Acreage Holdings, Inc.:

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements and other financial information in this annual report were prepared by management of Acreage Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), reviewed by the Audit Committee and approved by the Board of Directors.

 

Management is responsible for the consolidated financial statements and believes that they fairly present the Company’s financial position and results of operations in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards. Management has included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements amounts based on estimates and judgments that it believes are reasonable, under the circumstances.

 

To discharge its responsibilities for financial reporting and safeguarding of assets, management believes that it has established appropriate systems of internal accounting control which provide reasonable assurance that the financial records are reliable and form a proper basis for the timely and accurate preparation of financial statements. Consistent with the concept of reasonable assurance, the Company recognizes that the relative cost of maintaining these controls should not exceed their expected benefits. Management further assures the quality of the financial records through careful selection and training of personnel and through the adoption and communication of financial and other relevant policies.

 

The consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 have been audited by the Company’s auditors, MNP LLP, and their report is presented herein.

 

“Kevin Murphy”   “Glen Leibowitz”
Chief Executive Officer   Chief Financial Officer

 

April 29, 2019

 

2

 

 

Independent Auditor’s Report

 

To the Shareholders of Acreage Holdings, Inc.:

 

Opinion

 

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Acreage Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company"), which comprise the consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2018, and the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies.

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as at December 31, 2018, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the consolidated financial statements in Canada, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

 

Other Matter

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2017 were audited by another auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those consolidated financial statements on November 9, 2018.

 

Other Information

 

Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises:

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
The information, other than the consolidated financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon, in the Annual Report on Form 40-F.

 

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

 

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. We obtained Management’s Discussion and Analysis and the Annual Report on Form 40-F prior to the date of this auditor’s report. If, based on the work we have performed on this other information, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

 

3

 

 

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

 

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Company’s financial reporting process.

 

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

 

As part of an audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control.
Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management.
Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern.
Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

 

4

 

 

Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Company to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

 

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

 

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

 

  “MNP LLP”
   
Toronto, Ontario Chartered Professional Accountants
   
  Licensed Public Accountants
April 29, 2019  

 

5

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

(in thousands)   Note     December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
ASSETS                        
Cash and cash equivalents           $ 104,943     $ 16,231  
Restricted cash     3       95       269  
Short-term investments     6       149,090        
Inventory     9       17,656       463  
Biological assets     9       8,440        
Other current assets     7       5,830       515  
Total current assets             286,054       17,478  
                         
Long-term investments     6       3,844       33,748  
Long-term promissory notes receivable     7       27,431       6,987  
Capital assets, net     8       45,043       11,039  
Intangible assets, net     5       153,953       800  
Goodwill     5       32,116       2,191  
Deferred acquisition costs and deposits     4       22,100        
Other non-current assets           1,280       766  
Total non-current assets             285,767       55,531  
                         
TOTAL ASSETS           $ 571,821     $ 73,009  
                         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities           $ 5,337     $ 7,802  
Taxes payable     16       218       1,114  
Interest payable     10       541       143  
Current portion of debt     10       15,144       20  
Other current liabilities     4, 5       10,711       917  
Total current liabilities             31,951       9,996  
                         
Long-term debt     10       491       27,598  
Derivative liabilities     10             2,897  
Deferred tax liability     16       30,527        
Other liabilities     4       1,129       1,975  
Total non-current liabilities             32,147       32,470  
                         
TOTAL LIABILITIES             64,098       42,466  
                         
Shareholders' equity     11       383,904       20,133  
Non-controlling interests     11       123,819       10,410  
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY             507,723       30,543  
                         
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY           $ 571,821     $ 73,009  

 

Approved on behalf of the Board on April 29, 2019:

 

“Kevin Murphy”

  “Glen Leibowitz”
Chief Executive Officer   Chief Financial Officer

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

6

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

          Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands, except per share amounts)   Note     2018     2017  
Revenues, net           $ 21,124     $ 7,743  
Cost of goods sold             (12,951 )     (4,767 )
Gross profit, excluding fair value items             8,173       2,976  
Realized fair value amounts included in inventory sold             (2,110 )      
Unrealized fair value gain on growth of biological assets     9       19,349        
Gross profit             25,412       2,976  
                         
OPERATING EXPENSES                        
General and administrative             18,484       5,001  
Compensation expense     12       70,291       4,790  
Marketing             1,571       212  
Depreciation and amortization     5, 8, 9       3,749       20  
Total operating expenses             94,095       10,023  
                         
Net operating loss           $ (68,683 )   $ (7,047 )
                         
Income from investments, net     6       19,870       2,313  
Interest income from promissory notes receivable     7       1,178       330  
Interest expense     10       (6,360 )     (1,465 )
Change in fair market value of derivative liabilities     10       (155,759 )     215  
Other loss, net     11       (7,930 )     (1,156 )
Total other income (loss)             (149,001 )     237  
                         
Net loss before income taxes           $ (217,684 )   $ (6,810 )
                         
Income tax expense     16       (2,001 )     (806 )
                         
Net loss and comprehensive loss           $ (219,685 )   $ (7,616 )
                         
Less: net loss and comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests             (14,021 )     (613 )
                         
Net loss and comprehensive loss attributable to Acreage Holdings, Inc.           $ (205,664 )   $ (7,003 )
                         
Net loss per share - basic and diluted:     13                  
Attributable to Acreage Holdings, Inc.           $ (3.08 )        
Attributable to non-controlling interests             (0.22 )        
Net loss per share - basic and diluted           $ (3.30 )        
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic and diluted     13       66,667          

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

7

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

                      Attributable to shareholders of the parent              
(in thousands)   Note     LLC
Membership
Units
    Pubco Shares
(as converted)
    Share
Capital
    Share
Reserve
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Shareholders’
Equity
    Non-
controlling
interests
    Total
Equity
 
December 31, 2016             40,000           $ 26,697     $     $ (2,318 )   $ 24,379     $ 4,562     $ 28,941  
Issuance of Class C units for in-kind contributions             6,000             630                   630             630  
Issuance of Class C profits interests     12       3,250             1,522                   1,522             1,522  
Interest expense settled with PIK Class A units     10       100             485       120             605             605  
Capital contributions, net                                                 6,461       6,461  
Net loss                                     (7,003 )     (7,003 )     (613 )     (7,616 )
December 31, 2017             49,350           $ 29,334     $ 120     $ (9,321 )   $ 20,133     $ 10,410     $ 30,543  
Issuance of Class D units for in-kind contributions     11       17,018             105,514                   105,514             105,514  
Issuance of Class E units, net     11       19,352             116,124                   116,124             116,124  
Equity-based compensation expense     12                         55,706             55,706             55,706  
Class C profits interests vested     12       1,612             690       (690 )                        
PIK units issued from reserve             25             120       (120 )                        
Interest expense settled with PIK Class A units     10       330             1,591       321             1,912             1,912  
Conversion of notes to equity     10       6,473             161,838                   161,838             161,838  
Reclassification of warrants to equity     10                         29,859             29,859             29,859  
Issuance of Pubco shares in redemption of membership units     11       (66,820 )     66,820                                      
RTO-related issuances, net     11             11,784       277,230                   277,230             277,230  
Formation of USCo2 and LLC NCI at RTO     11       (27,340 )           (137,230 )                 (137,230 )     137,230        
Establishment of deferred tax liability due to RTO     16                   (25,666 )                 (25,666 )           (25,666 )
Capital contributions, net                                                 2,767       2,767  
Increase in non-controlling interests from business acquisitions     4                                           7,241       7,241  
Purchase of non-controlling interests     11                               (20,271 )     (20,271 )     (13,832 )     (34,103 )
Other equity transactions     5-7, 11             28       358       4,066       (5 )     4,419       (5,976 )     (1,557 )
Net loss                                     (205,664 )     (205,664 )     (14,021 )     (219,685 )
December 31, 2018                   78,632     $ 529,903     $ 89,262     $ (235,261 )   $ 383,904     $ 123,819     $ 507,723  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

8

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

          Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands)   Note     2018     2017  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                        
Net loss           $ (219,685 )   $ (7,616 )
Adjustments for:                        
Depreciation and amortization     5, 8, 9       3,749       20  
Equity-settled expenses, including compensation             64,149       1,837  
Change in fair market value of derivative liabilities     10       155,759       (215 )
Change in fair market value of biological assets     9       (19,349 )      
Gain on sale of investment     6       (1,500 )      
Non-cash interest expense     10       4,581       987  
Deferred tax expense     16       1,153        
Non-cash income from investments, net             (17,433 )     (2,162 )
Non-cash miscellaneous income             (127 )      
Non-cash write-offs             596        
Collection of interest             376       72  
Change in restricted cash                   (269 )
Other                   4  
Change, net of acquisitions in:                        
Inventory             2,464       (155 )
Biological assets             (3,995 )      
Other assets             (3,075 )     (503 )
Interest receivable             (1,584 )     (330 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities             95       1,503  
Taxes payable             (896 )     705  
Interest payable             398       143  
Other liabilities             (1,212 )     37  
Net cash used in operating activities           $ (35,536 )   $ (5,942 )
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                        
Purchases of capital assets           $ (22,351 )   $ (4,704 )
Investments in promissory notes receivable     7       (15,483 )     (3,823 )
Collection of promissory notes receivable     7       4,519        
Cash paid for long-term investments             (2,201 )     (10,985 )
Proceeds from sale of investment     6       9,634        
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired     4       (32,147 )      
Purchases of intangible assets     5       (6,445 )     (200 )
Deferred acquisition costs and deposits     4       (22,675 )      
Distributions from investments             141       330  
Purchase of short-term investments     6       (148,684 )      
Cash transferred from escrow             174        
Net cash used in investing activities           $ (235,518 )   $ (19,382 )
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                        
Proceeds from issuance of membership units, net     11     $ 116,890     $  
Proceeds from issuance of subscription receipts, net     11       298,644        
Proceeds from convertible note, net of deferred costs     10             29,817  
Settlement of investor taxes withheld     11       (21,054 )      
Purchase of non-controlling interest     11       (19,643 )      
Repayment of debt     10       (17,838 )     (19 )
Capital contributions - non-controlling interests, net             2,767       6,461  
Net cash provided by financing activities           $ 359,766     $ 36,259  
Net increase in cash           $ 88,712     $ 10,935  
Cash and cash equivalents - Beginning of period             16,231       5,296  
Cash and cash equivalents - End of period           $ 104,943     $ 16,231  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

9

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands)   2018     2017  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:                
Interest paid   $ 1,381     $ 335  
Income taxes paid     1,744       101  
OTHER NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                
Capital assets not yet paid for   $ 393     $ 5,717  
Receipt of capital assets previously paid for     246        
Settlement of prior liability with issuance of 97 Class D units     602        
Recoupment of non-cash loan receivable     209        
Issuance of 419 Class D units for land     2,600          

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

10

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

Acreage Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”, “Pubco” or “Acreage”) was originally incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) on July 12, 1989 as Applied Inventions Management Inc. On August 29, 2014, the Company changed its name to Applied Inventions Management Corp. The Company continued into British Columbia and changed its name to Acreage Holdings, Inc. on November 9, 2018. The Company’s Subordinate Voting Shares are listed on the Canadian Securities Exchange under the symbol “ACRG.U”, on the OTCQX under the symbol “ACRGF” and on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the symbol “0VZ”. The Company owns, manages and operates cannabis cultivation facilities, dispensaries and other cannabis-related companies across the United States (“U.S.”).

 

High Street Capital Partners, LLC, doing business as Acreage Holdings (“HSCP”), a Delaware limited liability company, was formed on April 29, 2014. The Company became the indirect parent of HSCP on November 14, 2018 in connection with a reverse takeover (“RTO”) transaction described below.

 

The 2017 comparative amounts presented in these financial statements are those of HSCP.

 

The Company’s corporate office and principal place of business is located at 366 Madison Avenue, 11th Floor, New York, New York in the U.S. The Company’s registered and records office address is Suite 2800, Park Place, 666 Burrard Street, Vancouver, British Columbia in Canada.

 

The RTO transaction

On September 21, 2018, the Company, HSCP, HSCP Merger Corp. (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pubco) (“Subco”), Acreage Finco B.C. Ltd. (a special purpose corporation) (“Finco”), Acreage Holdings America, Inc. (“USCo”) and Acreage Holdings WC, Inc. (“USCo2”) entered into a combination agreement (the “Agreement”) whereby the parties agreed to combine their respective businesses, which would result in the reverse takeover of Pubco by the security holders of HSCP. On November 14, 2018, the parties to the Agreement completed the RTO. The RTO was structured as a series of transactions, including a Canadian three-cornered amalgamation transaction and a series of U.S. reorganization steps. In connection with the Agreement, Pubco changed its name from “Applied Inventions Management Corp.” to “Acreage Holdings, Inc.” On November 15, 2018, Pubco’s Subordinate Voting Shares were listed and began trading on the Canadian Securities Exchange under ticker symbol “ACRG.U”.

 

Immediately prior to the completion of the RTO, Finco completed a brokered and a non-brokered subscription receipt financing at a price of $25.00 per subscription receipt for aggregate gross proceeds to Finco of approximately $314 million (the “Financing”). In connection with the Financing, Pubco paid a cash fee to the agents under the offering (the “Agents”) equal to 6.0% of the gross proceeds of the brokered portion of the Financing (such cash fee was reduced to 2.5% in respect of sales to certain subscribers) and a financial advisory fee in the amount of $3,000 in connection with the non-brokered portion of the Financing. As additional consideration, the Agents were granted broker warrants entitling them to subscribe for that number of common shares of FinCo (the “FinCo Shares”) as was equal to 2.0% of the number of subscription receipts issued under the brokered portion of the Financing (such number of broker warrants was reduced to 1.5% in respect of sales to certain subscribers). Upon completion of the RTO, each compensation option issued by Finco was exchanged for an equal number of broker warrants of Pubco, each of which is exercisable for one Subordinate Voting Share of Pubco (subject to any necessary adjustments) at a price of $25.00 per share for a period of 24 months following the date of exchange.

 

As part of the RTO, Pubco, Subco and FinCo were parties to a three-cornered amalgamation (the “Amalgamation”), pursuant to which the shareholders of FinCo (being the investors in the Financing after automatic conversion of their subscription receipts into FinCo Shares) received Subordinate Voting Shares of Pubco in exchange for their FinCo Shares. Immediately following the Amalgamation, the entity resulting from the Amalgamation, HSCP Merger Corp. (“Amalco”), was dissolved and liquidated, in accordance with which all of the assets of Amalco were distributed to Pubco.

 

In connection with the RTO, Kevin Murphy, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, made a contribution of HSCP units and cash to Pubco in exchange for 168 thousand Multiple Voting Shares of Acreage Pubco, representing 100% of the issued and outstanding Multiple Voting Shares as of closing of the RTO.

 

2. BASIS OF PREPARATION

 

Statement of compliance

The policies applied in these consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and Interpretations of the IFRS Interpretations Committee.

 

11

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

Basis of measurement

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis, under the historical cost convention except for certain financial instruments that are measured at fair value and investments recorded using the equity method of accounting.

 

Functional and presentation currency

The consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes are expressed in U.S. dollars. Financial metrics are presented in thousands. Other metrics, such as shares outstanding, are presented in thousands unless otherwise noted.

 

Basis of consolidation

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company has the power, directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity and expose itself to the variable returns from the entity’s activities. The consolidated financial statements include the results of subsidiaries’ operations from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases. The Company’s significant consolidated subsidiaries are listed below, and are owned 100% by the Company unless otherwise noted:

 

Business Name   Entity Type   State of
Operation
Acreage Holdings America, Inc. (“USCo”)   Holding company   n/a
Acreage Holdings WC, Inc. (“USCo2”) (1)   Holding company   n/a
High Street Capital Partners, LLC (“HSCP”) (1) :   Holding company   NY
New England:        
D&B Wellness, LLC (“D&B”)   Dispensary   CT
Prime Wellness of Connecticut (“PWCT”)   Dispensary   CT
Prime Wellness Center, Inc. (“PWC”)   Dispensary/Cultivation   MA
MA RMD SVCS, LLC (“MA RMDS”)   Management company   MA
South Shore BioPharma, LLC (“SSBP”)   Management company   MA
The Wellness & Pain Management Connection LLC (“WPMC”) (2)   Management company   ME
Prime Alternative Treatment Center Consulting, LLC (“PATCC”)   Management company   NH
West:        
Cannabliss:        
22nd & Burn, Inc.   Dispensary   OR
East 11th, Inc.   Dispensary   OR
The Firestation 23, Inc.   Dispensary   OR
HSCP Oregon, LLC (“HSCP Oregon”)   Dispensary/Cultivation   OR
HSRC NorCal, LLC (“NorCal”)   Management company   CA
Mid-Atlantic:        
NYCANNA, LLC (“NYCANNA”)   Dispensary/Cultivation   NY
Maryland Medicinal Research & Caring, LLC (“MMRC”)   Dispensary   MD
Prime Wellness of Pennsylvania, LLC (“PWPA”)   Cultivation   PA
Midwest:        
HSC Solutions, LLC (“HSC”)   Investment company   NY
NCC Real Estate, LLC (“NCCRE”)   Real estate   IL
In Grown Farms 2, LLC (“IGF”)   Cultivation   IL
South:        
Florida Wellness, LLC (“FLW”) (3)   Investment company   FL

 

(1) See Note 11 for further information.

 

(2) 97% owned by the Company.

 

12

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

(3) During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company disposed of its investment in FLW.

 

Intercompany balances, and any unrealized gains and losses or income and expenses arising from transactions with subsidiaries, are eliminated. Unrealized losses are eliminated to the extent of the gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

 

Non-controlling interests (“NCI”)

Non-controlling interests represent ownership interests in consolidated subsidiaries by parties that are not shareholders of Pubco. They are shown as a component of total equity in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, and the share of income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests is shown as a component of net income (loss) in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Changes in the parent company’s ownership that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.

 

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The significant accounting policies used by the Company are as follows:

 

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company defines cash equivalents as highly liquid investments held for the purpose of meeting short-term cash commitments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash, with original maturities of three months or less. As at December 31, 2018, the Company had $104,943 of cash and cash equivalents (including $34,983 of cash equivalents in the form of U.S. Treasury bills) on hand, compared to $16,231 of cash (with no material cash equivalents) on hand as at December 31, 2017.

 

Restricted cash

Restricted cash represents funds contractually held for specific purposes and, as such, not available for general corporate purposes.

 

Biological assets

In accordance with IAS 41 - Agriculture, the Company’s biological assets are measured at fair value less costs to sell and harvest. The Company capitalizes all direct and indirect costs as they are incurred, which include the direct costs of seeds and growing materials and indirect costs such as utilities, labor, depreciation and overhead costs. These costs are subsequently transferred to inventory upon harvest and are then recorded within Cost of goods sold in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period the related product is sold. The unrealized fair value adjustments on growth of biological assets are recorded in a separate line in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

Inventory

The Company’s inventories initially include the fair value of the biological assets at the time of harvest. They also include subsequent costs to prepare the product for ultimate sale, which include direct costs such as materials and indirect costs such as utilities and labor. All direct and indirect costs related to inventory are capitalized when they are incurred, and they are subsequently classified to Cost of goods sold in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, except for the realized fair value amounts included in inventory sold which are recorded on a separate line item. Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The Company measures inventory cost using specific identification for its retail inventory and the average cost method for its cultivation inventory.

 

Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities, including derivatives, are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet when the Company becomes a party to the financial instrument or derivative contract.

 

Classification

The Company classifies its financial assets and financial liabilities in the following measurement categories: (i) those to be measured subsequently at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”); (ii) those to be measured subsequently at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI); and (iii) those to be measured at amortized cost. The classification of financial assets depends on the business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Financial liabilities are classified as those to be measured at amortized cost unless they are designated as those to be measured subsequently at FVTPL (irrevocable election at the time of recognition). For assets and liabilities measured at fair value, gains and losses are either recorded in profit or loss or other comprehensive income.

 

The Company reclassifies financial assets when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes. Financial liabilities are not reclassified.

 

13

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

Measurement

All financial instruments are required to be measured at fair value on initial recognition, plus, in the case of a financial asset or financial liability not at FVTPL, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issuance of the financial asset or financial liability. Transaction costs of financial assets and financial liabilities carried at FVTPL are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets and financial liabilities with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest.

 

Financial assets that are held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows, and that have contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal outstanding are generally measured at amortized cost at the end of the subsequent accounting periods. The carrying value of the Company’s financial assets held at amortized cost approximates fair value. All other financial assets including equity investments are measured at their fair values at the end of subsequent accounting periods, with any changes taken through profit and loss or other comprehensive income (irrevocable election at the time of recognition). For financial liabilities measured subsequently at FVTPL, changes in fair value due to credit risk are recorded in other comprehensive income.

 

The component parts of compound instruments issued by the Company are classified separately as financial liabilities and equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement. At the date of issue, the fair value of the liability is measured separately using an estimated market rate for a similar liability without an equity component and the residual is allocated to the conversion option. The liability component is subsequently recognized on an amortized cost basis using the effective interest method until extinguished upon conversion or at the instrument’s maturity date. The equity component is recognized and included in equity and is not subsequently re-measured. In addition, the conversion option classified as equity will remain in equity until the conversion option is exercised, in which case, the balance recognized in equity will be transferred to share capital. Transaction costs are divided between the liability and equity components in proportion to their values.

 

Financial instruments recorded at fair value are classified using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used to make the measurements. The hierarchy is summarized as follows:

 

Level 1 - quoted prices (unadjusted) that are in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

Level 2 - inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (prices) for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or indirectly (derived from prices) for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions

 

Level 3 - inputs for assets or liabilities that are not based upon observable market data

 

The Company classifies its financial instruments as follows:

 

Financial Instrument   Classification     Fair Value
Hierarchy
 
Cash and cash equivalents   Amortized cost     N/A  
Short-term investments   Amortized cost     N/A  
Investments in private entities   FVTPL     Level 1 & 3  
Investments held for sale   FVTPL     Level 3  
Promissory notes receivable   Amortized cost     N/A  
Convertible line of credit   FVTPL     Level 3  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   Amortized cost     N/A  
Derivative liabilities   FVTPL     Level 3  
Debt   Amortized cost     N/A  

 

There were no material reclassifications between fair value levels during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

Impairment of financial assets

The Company assesses at each statement of financial position date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired.

 

The Company recognizes expected credit losses (“ECL”) for trade receivables based on the simplified approach under IFRS 9. The simplified approach to the recognition of expected losses does not require the Company to track the changes in credit risk; rather, the Company recognizes a loss allowance based on lifetime expected credit losses at each reporting date from the date of the trade receivable.

 

14

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

Evidence of impairment may include indications that a debtor or a group of debtors is experiencing significant financial difficulty, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability that they will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization and where observable data indicates that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults. Trade receivables are reviewed qualitatively on a case-by-case basis to determine whether they need to be written off.

 

For financial assets carried at amortized cost (loans receivable or promissory notes), the Company recognizes loss allowances for ECLs on such financial assets measured at amortized cost. ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. The Company applies a three-stage approach to measure ECLs. The Company measures loss allowance at an amount equal to 12 months of expected losses for performing loans receivable if the credit risk at the reporting date has not increased significantly since initial recognition (Stage 1) and at an amount equal to lifetime expected losses on loans receivable that have experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination (Stage 2) and at an amount equal to lifetime expected losses which are credit impaired (Stage 3).

 

The Company considers a significant increase in credit risk to have occurred if contractual payments are more than 30 days past due and considers the loans receivable to be in default if they are 90 days past due. A significant increase in credit risk or default may have also occurred if there are other qualitative factors (including forward looking information) to consider; such as borrower specific information (i.e. change in credit assessment). Such factors include consideration relating to whether the counterparty is experiencing significant financial difficulty, there is a breach of contract, concessions are granted to the counterparty that would not normally be granted, or it is probable the counterparty will enter into bankruptcy or a financial reorganization.

 

Significant increases in credit risk are assessed based on changes in probability of default of a financial asset subsequent to initial recognition. The Company uses past due information to determine whether credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition. Financial assets are considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk and are reclassified to Stage 2 if a contractual payment is more than 30 days past due as at the reporting date.

 

The Company defines default as the earlier of when a contractual loan payment is more than 90 days past due or when a loan becomes insolvent as a result of customer bankruptcy. Loans that have experienced a default event are considered to be credit-impaired and are reclassified as Stage 3 loans.

 

The Company measures expected credit loss by considering the risk of default over the contract period and incorporates forward-looking information into its measurement.

 

Expected credit losses are measured as the difference in the present value of the contractual cash flows that are due to the Company under the contract, and the cash flows that the Company expects to receive. The Company assesses all information available, including past due status and forward looking macro-economic factors in the measurement of the expected credit losses associated with its assets carried at amortized cost.

 

The maximum period considered when estimating ECLs is the maximum contractual period over which the Company is exposed to credit risk. All of the promissory notes receivable carried at amortized cost are considered to be in Stage 1 as at December 31, 2018, and the Company has not recognized any material ECLs during the year.

 

Investments in associates

In accordance with IAS 28 - Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures, associates are entities for which the Company has significant influence in, but not control or joint control of, its financial and operating policy decisions. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method in accordance with IAS 28 - Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures. Investments in associates are recognized initially at cost, which includes transaction costs. After initial recognition, the Company adjusts the carrying value of the investment to reflect its share of the investee’s net assets, profit or loss, and other comprehensive income until the date on which significant influence ceases. If the Company’s share of losses in an equity-accounted investment equals or exceeds its interest in the entity, including any other unsecured long-term receivables, the Company does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made additional investments in or payments on behalf of the other entity. The Company’s investments in equity-accounted investees are classified within Long-term investments in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

15

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

Short-term investments

The Company holds short-term investments for the purpose of satisfying current cash commitments. Refer to Note 6 for more information.

 

Investments in private entities

Private entities are those entities that the Company has no significant influence or control and are accounted for in accordance with IFRS 9. Refer to Note 6 for more information.

 

Investments held for sale

The investment held for sale is presented at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. An asset is regarded as held for sale if its carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction, rather than through continuing use. For this to be the case, the asset must be available for immediate sale and its sale must be highly probable. The Company’s investments held for sale are classified within Investments in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Management has determined the investment income (losses) associated with investments held for sale did not meet the criteria of IFRS 5 - Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations to be reflected as discontinued operations.

 

Promissory notes receivable

The Company provides financing to various related and non-related businesses within the cannabis industry. These notes are accounted for as financial instruments in accordance with IFRS 9. Refer to Note 7 for more information.

 

Capital assets

Capital assets are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Depreciation is calculated using the following terms and methods:

 

Capital Asset Class   Method   Time Period
Land   Not depreciated    
Buildings   Straight-line   10 - 40 years
Leasehold improvements   Straight-line   Shorter of estimated useful life or length of the lease
Furniture, fixtures and equipment   Straight-line   3 - 10 years
Construction in process   Not depreciated    

 

An item of equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying value of the asset) is included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the year the asset is derecognized. The assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted prospectively if appropriate.

 

Intangible assets

Intangible assets such as management contracts are amortized over their estimated useful lives, while indefinite-lived intangibles such as cannabis licenses are not amortized.

 

Business combinations

The Company’s growth strategy includes acquisition of retail, cultivation, processing and other cannabis related companies. These business combinations are accounted using the acquisition method when control is transferred. The consideration transferred in the acquisition is generally measured at fair value, along with identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill and intangibles assets acquired in a business combination are recorded on the acquisition date. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets or liabilities of an acquired business and is attributable to synergies expected to be achieved from integrating the acquisition into the Company’s existing business. Based on the Company’s tax status discussed below, goodwill is not expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. A bargain purchase gain is recognized when the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets or liabilities acquired is negative. The Company expenses transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, in connection with a business combination as incurred. Where applicable, the Company elects on a transaction-by-transaction basis whether to measure non-controlling interest, if any, at its fair value or at its proportionate share of the recognized amount of the identifiable net assets at the acquisition date.

 

16

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

Impairment of non-financial assets

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not subject to amortization and are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Other long-lived assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

 

For testing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating unit, or “CGU”). Goodwill is allocated to the CGU that is expected to benefit from synergies of a related business combination and represent the lowest level within the Company at which management monitors goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount, if any, by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and the value in use (being the present value of expected future cash flows of the asset or CGU). When an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the lesser of the revised estimate of recoverable amount or the carrying amount that would have been recorded had no impairment loss been previously recognized. The Company’s most recent impairment test performed as at December 31, 2018 did not result in the recognition of any impairment losses.

 

Income taxes

The Corporation will be treated as a U.S corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes under U.S. Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 7874 and be subject to U.S. federal income tax. However, for Canadian tax purposes, the Corporation is expected, regardless of any application of IRC Section 7874, to be treated as a Canadian resident company (as defined in the Income Tax Act (Canada)) for Canadian income tax purposes. As a result, the Corporation will be subject to taxation both in Canada and the U.S. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is management’s expectation that the Company’s activities will be conducted in such a manner that income from operations will not be subjected to double taxation.

 

HSCP operates in the U.S. as a limited liability company that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal, state and local income tax purposes. As a result, HSCP’s income from its U.S. operations is not subject to U.S. federal income tax because the income is attributable to its members. Accordingly, the Company’s U.S. tax provision is based on the portion of HSCP’s income attributable to the Company and excludes the income attributable to other members of HSCP, whose income is included in Net loss and comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In addition, the Company also records a tax provision for the corporate entities owned directly by HSCP.

 

Income tax expense is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Current tax expense is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at year end, adjusted for amendments to tax payable with regards to previous years.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities and the related deferred tax expense or recovery are recognized for deferred tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amount of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted or substantively enacted tax rates expected to apply when the asset is realized or the liability settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that substantive enactment occurs.

 

A deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the asset can be utilized.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxing authority and the Company intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

 

Certain Acreage subsidiaries are subject to IRC Section 280E. This section disallows deductions and credits attributable to a trade or business of trafficking in controlled substances. Under U.S. law, marijuana is a Schedule I controlled substance.

 

Revenue recognition

The IASB’s new revenue recognition standard IFRS 15 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“IFRS 15”) was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2018. The new standard replaces IAS 18 - Revenue and provides for a single model that applies to all contracts with customers with two types of recognition: at a point in time or over time. The Company has applied IFRS 15 retrospectively and determined that there is no change to the comparative periods or transitional adjustments required as a result of adoption. The Company’s accounting policy for revenue recognition under IFRS 15 is as follows:

 

1. Identify the contract with a customer;

 

17

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

2. Identify the performance obligation(s);

 

3. Determine the transaction price;

 

4. Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligation(s);

 

5. Recognize revenue when/as performance obligation(s) are satisfied.

 

Revenue from the direct sale of cannabis to customers for a fixed price is recognized when the Company transfers control of the good to the customer. Substantially all of the Company’s revenues are derived from the retail sale of cannabis in dispensaries at this time.

 

Revenue from management contracts is recognized over time as the management services are provided. The Company provides management services to other cannabis companies for a fee structure that varies based on the contract. The services that may be provided are broadly defined and span the entire scope of the business. The Company evaluates the nature of its promise to the customer in these contracts and determines that its promise is to provide a management service. The service comprises various activities that may vary each day (such as support for cultivation, finance, accounting, human resources, retail, etc.). Revenue from management contracts was not material for the periods presented.

 

Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of allowances, discounts and rebates.

 

Equity-settled payments

The Company issues equity-based awards to employees and consultants for services. The Company measures these awards based on their fair value at the grant date and recognizes compensation expense over the requisite service period. For awards granted to non-employees, the compensation expense is measured at the fair value of the goods and services received except when the fair value cannot be estimated in which case it is measured at the fair value of the award granted.

 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements:

 

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis.

 

Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the review affects both current and future periods. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing material adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

 

Financial instruments

The Company evaluates the fair value of investments at the end of each reporting period. In addition to investment-specific information, the Company considers general market trends, conditions and transactions. Financial information for private companies in which the Company has investments may not be available and, even if available, that information may be limited and/or unreliable. Use of the valuation approach described below may involve uncertainties and determinations based on the Company’s judgment and any value estimated from these techniques may not be realized or realizable.

 

The fair value of investments may be adjusted if:

 

There has been a significant subsequent equity financing provided by outside investors at a valuation different than the current value of the investee company, in which case the fair value of the investment is set to the value at which that financing took place;

 

There have been significant corporate, political or operating events affecting the investee company that, in management’s opinion, have a material impact on the investee company’s prospects and therefore its fair value;

 

The investee company is placed into receivership or bankruptcy;

 

Based on financial information received from the investee company, it is apparent to the Company that the investee company is unlikely to be able to continue as a going concern;

 

The investee company makes important positive/negative management changes that the Company’s management believes will have a positive/negative impact on the investee company’s ability to achieve its objectives and build value for shareholders.

 

Adjustment to the fair value of the investments will be based upon management’s judgment and any value estimated may not be realized or realizable. Refer to Note 6 for discussion of current period fair value adjustments.

 

18

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

Derivative liabilities

The Company uses the fair-value method of accounting for derivative liabilities and such liabilities are re-measured at each reporting date with changes in fair value recorded in the period incurred. The fair value is estimated using a Black-Scholes model with a Monte Carlo simulation. Critical estimates and assumptions used in the model are discussed in Note 10.

 

Taxes

Provisions for taxes are made using the best estimate of the amount expected to be paid based on a qualitative assessment of all relevant factors. The Company reviews the adequacy of these provisions at the end of the reporting period. It is possible, however, that at some future date, an additional liability could result from audits by taxing authorities. If the final outcome of these tax-related matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will affect the tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

 

Business combinations

The Company must assess whether an entity being purchased constitutes a business, which requires an assessment of inputs and processes in place at the acquiree. The fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management to make significant estimates. Judgement is required to determine when the Company gains control of an investment. This requires an assessment of the relevant activities of the investee that significantly affect its returns, including operating and capital expenditure decision-making, financing of the investee, key management personnel changes and when decisions in relation to those activities are under the control of the Company or require unanimous consent from the investors. Investments in which the Company does not gain control are accounted for as investments in associates (if the Company has significant influence) or as investments in private entities (if the Company has no significant influence). Refer to Note 4 and Note 6 for further discussion.

 

Impairment on promissory notes receivable

At each reporting date the Company assesses whether the credit risk on its promissory notes receivable has increased significantly since initial recognition. Refer to Note 17 for further discussion on credit risk.

 

Impairment on investments in associates

An impairment loss on an investment in an associate is measured by comparing the recoverable amount of the investment with its carrying amount. The Company must assess several factors, such as the market conditions, potential buyers and the performance of the associate to determine the recoverable amount. Refer to Note 6 for further discussion.

 

Biological assets

The Company makes several estimates in calculating the fair value of its biological assets, including harvest cycle, harvest yield and price per gram. Refer to Note 9 for further discussion.

 

New standards and interpretations issued but not yet adopted:

 

Several new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are not yet effective for the year ended December 31, 2018 and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements:

 

Leases

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16 - Leases (“IFRS 16”). The new standard will replace IAS 17 - Leases and eliminates the classification of leases as either operating or finance leases from the perspective of the lessee. All contracts that meet the definition of a lease will be recorded in the Statements of Financial Position as a right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability. Under the new standard, the treatment of all lease expense is included in Depreciation and amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, and the liability is unwound using the interest component inherent in each lease.

 

IFRS 16 will be applied by the Company using the cumulative catch-up approach for annual periods beginning on January 1, 2019. Under this approach, the Company will not restate its comparative figures and will recognize a right-of-use asset equal to the present value of the future lease payments.

 

The Company has several leases in place as disclosed in Note 14. On transition to IFRS 16, the Company will elect to apply the practical expedient to only transition contracts which were previously identified as leases. The Company will also elect to not recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less and for leases of low-value assets. The Company will account for leases for which the lease term ends within 12 months of the date of initial application as short-term leases. The Company is currently finalizing the quantitative assessment of the impact of the adoption of this new standard.

 

19

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

4. ACQUISITIONS

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company completed the following acquisitions, and has allocated each purchase price as follows:

 

Purchase Price Allocation  

D&B

(1)

   

WPMC

(2)

   

PATCC

(3)

   

PWC

(4)

   

NYCANNA

(5)

   

PWCT

(6)

   

IGF

(7)

    Total  
Assets acquired:                                                                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 308     $ 62     $ 36     $ 19     $ 453     $ 662     $ 4     $ 1,544  
Inventory     120                         2,356       205       186       2,867  
Biological assets                             1,029             133       1,162  
Other current assets                             67       1       29       97  
Promissory notes receivable           814       6,181                               6,995  
Capital assets, net     24                   5,614       5,996       723       3,119       15,476  
Goodwill     1,328       11,586       5,636       6,241       1,626       1,491       2,017       29,925  
Intangible assets - cannabis licenses     13,100                   15,300       39,800       9,399       10,298       87,897  
Intangible assets - management contracts           31,200       6,401                               37,601  
Other non-current assets     5                   123       69       7             204  
Liabilities assumed:                                                                
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     (382 )     (41 )           (872 )     (1,153 )     (275 )     (41 )     (2,764 )
Deferred tax liability                       (3,708 )                       (3,708 )
Other liabilities     (3 )                       (49 )                 (52 )
Fair value of net assets acquired   $ 14,500     $ 43,621     $ 18,254     $ 22,717     $ 50,194     $ 12,213     $ 15,745     $ 177,244  
                                                                 
Consideration paid:                                                                
Cash paid in 2018   $ 250     $ 8,168     $     $ 750     $ 13,833     $ 2,475     $ 8,215     $ 33,691  
Cash to be paid in 2019                                         7,500     $ 7,500  
Class D units     3,100       11,200       14,964       21,046       21,575       7,122             79,007  
Subordinate Voting Shares (“SVS”)                                         30       30  
Seller’s notes (Note 10)     11,150             1,118       921       2,238       479             15,906  
FMV of previously held interest           17,012       2,172             12,548       2,137             33,869  
FMV of non-controlling interest           7,241                                     7,241  
Total consideration   $ 14,500     $ 43,621     $ 18,254     $ 22,717     $ 50,194     $ 12,213     $ 15,745     $ 177,244  
                                                                 
Class D units/SVS issued     500       1,806       2,414       3,394       3,480       1,149       1       12,744  

 

The consideration has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The purchases have been accounted for by the acquisition method, with the results included in the Company’s net earnings from the date of acquisition. The primary purpose of these acquisitions was to continue to build a diversified portfolio of assets in the U.S. cannabis sector. The goodwill recognized in these acquisitions represents expected synergies associated with the acquisition such as the benefits of assembled workforces, expected earnings and future market development. These benefits were not recognized separately from goodwill because they do not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.

 

20

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

The fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed have been determined on a provisional basis utilizing information available at the time of the acquisition. Additional information is being gathered to finalize these provisional measurements, particularly with respect to intangible assets, goodwill, working capital, and deferred income taxes. Accordingly, the measurement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed may change upon finalization of the Company’s valuation and completion of the purchase price allocation, both of which are expected to occur no later than one year from the acquisition date.

 

The value of Class D units issued was based on similar financing during HSCP's issuance of Class E units, the most recent cash financing prior to the RTO, which was valued at $6.20 per unit. SVS issued were valued based on the market price on the transaction date. Seller’s notes were issued at face value, which approximated fair value on the acquisition date.

 

(1) On May 31, 2018, the Company acquired all interests in license holder D&B. The seller’s note issued bears interest at a rate of 3.5% per annum and matures on May 31, 2019.

 

(2) On May 31, 2018, the Company acquired 45% of management company WPMC, giving the Company an 84% controlling interest. The useful life of the management contract is 18 years. As a result of this acquisition, the previously held interest in WPMC was re-measured from $6,230 to $17,012, resulting in a gain of $10,782, which was recorded in Income from investments, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the year ended December 31, 2018. The FMV of the NCI was derived from the consideration issued. Subsequent to the acquisition, the Company acquired additional interests in WPMC. Refer to Note 11 for further discussion.

 

(3) On July 3, 2018, the Company acquired the remaining 88% ownership interest in management company PATCC. The useful life of the management contract is 10 years. As a result of this acquisition, the previously held interest in PATCC was re-measured from $63 to $2,172, resulting in a gain of $2,109, which was recorded in Income from investments, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

(4) On August 15, 2018, the Company acquired all interests in license holder PWC, which was formerly managed by Prime Consulting Group, LLC (“PCG”), a management company in which the Company owned a 20% equity interest.

 

(5) On August 15, 2018, the Company acquired the remaining 75% ownership interest in license holder NYCANNA. As a result of this acquisition, the previously held interest in NYCANNA was re-measured from $12,501 to $12,548, resulting in a gain of $47, which was recorded in Income from investments, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

(6) On September 13, 2018, the Company acquired the remaining 82% ownership interest in license holder PWCT. As a result of this acquisition, the previously held interest in PWCT was re-measured from $1,750 to $2,137, resulting in a gain of $387, which was recorded in Income from investments, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

(7) On November 21, 2018, the Company acquired all interests in IGF, a cultivation license holder in Illinois. $6,500 of cash consideration was classified as Other current liabilities and was subsequently paid in January, and $1,000 was classified as Other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as at December 31, 2018.

 

Selected line items from the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2018, adjusted as if the acquisitions of D&B and PWCT (deemed to be the only acquisitions with material operations in the period) had occurred on January 1, 2018, are presented below:

 

    Revenues, net     Gross profit     Net operating
income (loss)
    Net income (loss)  
Consolidated results   $ 21,124     $ 25,412     $ (68,683 )   $ (219,685 )
D&B/PWCT pre-acquisition     11,077       4,661       2,685       2,502  
Pro-forma results   $ 32,201     $ 30,073     $ (65,998 )   $ (217,183 )
                                 
D&B/PWCT post-acquisition     8,357       2,899       1,791       1,800  

 

Deferred acquisition costs and deposits

The Company makes advance payments to certain acquisition targets for which the transfer is pending certain regulatory approvals prior to the acquisition date.

 

21

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

As at December 31, 2018, the Company had the following deferred acquisition costs and deposits, which are expected to be offset against the consideration payable for the related future purchases:

 

Acquisition Target   December 31,
2018
 
Nature’s Way Nursery of Miami, Inc. (“Nature’s Way”)   $ 12,000  
Form Factory, Inc. (“Form Factory”)     10,000  
NCC, LLC (“NCC”)     100  
Deferred acquisition costs and deposits   $ 22,100  

 

5. INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of goodwill and intangible assets is as follows:

 

    Licenses     Management
Contracts
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Total
Intangible
Assets, net
    Goodwill  
December 31, 2016   $     $     $     $     $ 2,191  
MMRC     800                   800        
December 31, 2017   $ 800     $     $     $ 800     $ 2,191  
SSBP (1)           4,277       (114 )     4,163        
Greenleaf (2)           23,272       (784 )     22,488        
NorCal (3)           3,234       (71 )     3,163        
Assets acquired through business combinations (4)     87,897       37,601       (2,159 )     123,339       29,925  
December 31, 2018   $ 88,697     $ 68,384     $ (3,128 )   $ 153,953     $ 32,116  

 

Amortization expense recorded during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $3,128 and $0, respectively.

 

(1) On May 4, 2018, the Company obtained a management contract with a useful life of 20 years through acquisition of SSBP, a management company located in Massachusetts, for a total consideration of $4,277, which included: (i) $416 in cash, (ii) $2,056 in seller’s notes and (iii) $1,805 in Class D membership units (291 units). The Company determined the purchase did not qualify as a business combination as SSBP was not operational at the time of purchase.

 

(2) The Company entered into management contracts with Greenleaf Apothecaries, LLC to operate five dispensaries, Greenleaf Therapeutics, LLC to operate a processing facility and Greenleaf Gardens, LLC to operate a cultivation facility (together “Greenleaf”) on July 2, August 8, and December 20, 2018, respectively. The useful lives of the management contracts are 10 years. The Company paid total consideration of $23,272, which included: (i) $8,245 in cash, (ii) $5,494 in Class D units (886 units), (iii) $6,095 in seller’s notes and (iv) $3,438 in Subordinate Voting Shares (269 shares, which was recorded in Other equity transactions under Share Reserve in the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity). As part of this arrangement, the Company also issued a $16,000 secured line of credit for use in the build-out of the managed facilities (refer to Note 7 for further details). $2,750 of cash consideration is recorded in Other current liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.

 

(3) On July 30, 2018, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to obtain a management contract with a 7 year useful life by acquiring the remaining 55% ownership interest in NorCal. The Company paid total consideration of $7,409, which included: (i) $534 in cash, (ii) $3,446 in Class D units (556 units), (iii) $86 forgiveness of a loan receivable (see Note 7 for further detail) and (iv) $3,343 fair value of previously held interest. The Company also acquired a promissory note receivable due from the managed entity of $4,175 (see Note 7 for further detail).

 

As a result of this asset acquisition, the previously held interest in NorCal was re-measured from $3,088 to $3,343, resulting in a gain of $255, which was recorded in Income from investments, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

(4) The Company obtained several intangible assets in connection with various business acquisitions. Refer to Note 4 for further details.

 

22

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

The value of Class D units issued was based on similar financing during HSCP's issuance of Class E units, the most recent cash financing prior to the RTO, which was valued at $6.20 per unit. SVS issued were valued based on the market price on the transaction date. Seller’s notes were issued at face value, which approximated fair value on the acquisition date.

 

For purposes of impairment testing, the Company allocates goodwill and intangible assets to their respective CGUs, which were determined to be the business units that hold licenses or management contracts. The carrying value of goodwill at each CGU is disclosed in Note 4, with the exception of our Cannabliss unit acquired in 2016, which is carried at $2,191.

 

The Company estimated the recoverable amounts of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets by estimating the higher of their fair value less costs of disposal and value in use, which are Level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. The key assumptions that drove management's determination of the recoverable amounts of the CGU’s were:

 

Revenue multiples of comparable industry peers.

 

Expected cash flows underlying our business plans for the periods 2019 through 2024.

 

Cash flows beyond 2024 are projected to grow at a perpetual growth rate, which was estimated to be 3%.

 

In order to risk-adjust the cash flow projections in determining value in use, we utilized an after-tax discount rate of approximately 10.8% to 14.6%.

 

Management assigned value to each input based on past experience and industry expectations. The test performed as at December 31, 2018 resulted in no impairment losses. The Company does not believe a slight change in the key assumptions would cause the recoverable amount of any CGU to fall below its carrying amount.

 

6. INVESTMENTS

 

The carrying values of the Company’s investments in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

    December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
Total short-term investments   $ 149,090     $  
                 
Investments in private entities   $ 2,869     $ 18,473  
Investments in associates     975       8,269  
Investments held for sale           7,006  
Total long-term investments   $ 3,844     $ 33,748  

 

Income from investments, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is as follows:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2018     2017  
Short-term investments   $ 406     $  
Investments in private entities     4,663       2,057  
Investments in associates     13,301       256  
Gain on sale of investments held for sale     1,500        
Total   $ 19,870     $ 2,313  

 

Short-term investments

The Company has investments in U.S. Treasury bills which are measured at amortized cost. These range in original maturity from three to six months, and bear interest ranging from 2.2% - 2.4%.

 

23

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

Investments in private entities

The Company’s investments in private entities as at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

            Carrying Value     Ownership Interests  
Entity Name   Entity Type   State*   December 31,
2018
    December 31,
2017
    December 31,
2018
    December 31,
2017
 
San Felasco Nurseries, LLC (“SFN”) (1)   Dispensary/Cultivation   FL   $     $ 6,714       %     7 %
PWCT (2)   Dispensary   CT           1,750       100 %     18 %

Dixie Brands, Inc. (“Dixie”) (3)

  Consumer products   CO     2,317       3,050       3 %     7 %
NYCANNA (4)   Dispensary/Cultivation   NY           6,407       100 %     20 %
Kalyx Development, Inc. (5)   Real estate development   NY     552       552       9 %     14 %
            $ 2,869     $ 18,473                  

 

* State of operations

 

Investments in private entities are measured at FVTPL and are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy, with the exception of Dixie, which became Level 1 as a result of their public listing during the year. The following factors were considered in the fair value assessment as at the end of each reporting period:

 

(1) In October 2018, the Company resigned as a manager of FLW, a consolidated entity in which the Company owned 44%, which in turn owned 15% of SFN. In connection, the Company exchanged its investment for a note receivable of $2,028 (see Note 7). The Company also issued warrants to FLW and recognized a loss of $1,423, recorded in Income from investments, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The remaining $4,775 interest in FLW was eliminated through de-consolidation of the non-controlling interest in Other equity transactions in the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity.

 

(2) The Company acquired 100% of PWCT during the year ended December 31, 2018 and recognized a gain on the previously-held interest. Refer to Note 4 for additional information.

 

(3) During the year ended December 31, 2018, Dixie issued additional equity at $9.30 per unit and the Company exercised an option to convert an outstanding promissory note receivable of $200 into additional equity. The Company did not participate in this equity issuance, which diluted the Company’s ownership percentage. The Company adjusts its carrying value based on the stock price at the balance sheet date.

 

(4) The Company acquired 100% of NYCANNA during the year ended December 31, 2018 and recognized a gain on the previously held interest at the acquisition. Refer to Note 4 for further information. During the year prior to the acquisition, the Company recognized a gain of $6,094 in Income (loss) from investments, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, based on the review of comparable market transactions.

 

This investment represented the Company’s indirect interest in NYCANNA, a medical cannabis license holder in the State of New York formed on November 1, 2016. The Company has a 100% and 80% ownership interest in Impire State Holdings, LLC (“Impire”) as at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Prior to the Company’s acquisition of NYCANNA, Impire had a 50% ownership interest in NY Medicinal Research & Caring, LLC (“NYMRC”), which in turn had a 50% ownership interest in NYCANNA. As a result of this structure, Acreage indirectly had a 25% ownership interest in NYCANNA prior to the acquisition and a 20% ownership interest in NYCANNA as at December 31, 2017 and could not exercise significant influence.

 

(5) The Company reviewed investment-specific financial information provided by the investee as well as comparable market transactions and determined no material change to the investment’s fair value was necessary.

 

24

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

Investments in associates

The Company’s investments in associates as at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, are as follows:

 

              Carrying Value     Ownership Interests  
Entity Name   Entity Type   State*     December 31,
2018
    December 31,
2017
    December 31,
2018
    December 31,
2017
 
WPMC (1)   Management company     ME     $     $ 6,230       97 %     39 %
NCC   Dispensary     IL       975       961       30 %     30 %
NorCal (2)   Management company     CA             976       100 %     45 %
PCG (3)   Management company     MA             40       %     20 %
PATCC   Management company     NH             62       100 %     12 %
                $ 975     $ 8,269                  

 

* State of operations

 

(1) The Company acquired a controlling interest in WPMC during the year ended December 31, 2018 and recognized a gain on the previously held interest. Refer to Note 4 for further information.

 

(2) The Company acquired 100% of NorCal in November 2018 and recognized a gain on the previously held interest. Refer to Note 5 for additional information.

 

(3) Upon acquisition of PWC, the Company’s investment in PCG was written off as impaired in Income from investments, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Investments held for sale

In the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company initiated a plan to sell its equity interest in Compass Ventures, Inc., Greenhouse Compass, LLC, HSGH Properties, LLC and HSGH Properties Union, LLC (together, “Compass”). The entities hold licenses to operate multiple dispensaries and a cultivation facility in the state of Illinois. As at December 31, 2017, the Company owned approximately 47.5% of Compass, with carrying value of $7,006. During 2018, the Company acquired additional interests in Compass for $628 in Subordinate Voting Shares (101 shares, which was recorded in Other equity transactions under Share Reserve in the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity) and a $500 note payable and subsequently sold its investment in Compass for cash proceeds of $9,634, recognizing a $1,500 net gain on the sale.

 

25

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

7. PROMISSORY NOTES RECEIVABLE

 

    Principal              
    TGS (i)     SFN (ii)     CWG (iii)     Lines of
Credit (iv)
    Other (v)     Interest
Receivable
    Total  
December 31, 2016     1,800                         828       153       2,781  
Principal additions           3,100             220       503             3,823  
Equity instrument converted to note                             125             125  
Interest earned                                   330       330  
Payments                                   (72 )     (72 )
December 31, 2017   $ 1,800     $ 3,100     $     $ 220     $ 1,456     $ 411     $ 6,987  
Principal additions                 412       14,801       270             15,483  
Note converted to equity investment                             (200 )           (200 )
FLW withdrawal transaction (ii)           (1,100 )                 2,119       (111 )     908  
Additions from business acquisitions                       4,650       814       1,531       6,995  
NorCal purchase (iii)                 4,175             (78 )     (8 )     4,089  
Interest earned                                   1,178       1,178  
Payments     (1,800 )     (2,000 )                 (719 )     (376 )     (4,895 )
December 31, 2018   $     $     $ 4,587     $ 19,671     $ 3,662     $ 2,625     $ 30,545  

 

Of the balance outstanding as at December 31, 2018, $3,114 is recorded in Other current assets in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position representing amounts payable within twelve months. The long-term portion as at December 31, 2018 is $27,431.

 

(i) Interest income related to a promissory note receivable from TGS National Holdings, LLC totaled $30 and $108 during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In April 2018, the entire principal and accrued interest was repaid in the amount of $1,996.

 

(ii) On March 1, 2017, FLW, a consolidated subsidiary of Acreage, issued an unsecured convertible promissory note to SFN for a principal sum of $1,100. In connection with the resignation from FLW described in Note 6, the principal due from SFN was exchanged for a new note receivable of $300, with the remaining principal of $800 eliminated through de-consolidation of the non-controlling interest in Other equity transactions in the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity. The resulting balance due from SFN was collected subsequent to year end.

 

On October 17, 2017, Acreage issued an additional unsecured promissory note directly to SFN for a principal sum of $2,000. The note bears interest at a rate of 9% per annum compounded annually. Interest began to accrue on the 121st day after the issuance of the note, February 15, 2018. The note was deemed in default as at March 2018, and as such, no further interest income was recorded past the date of default. The Company received payment of the principal and interest in November 2018, and as such, recognized $138 of interest income during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

(iii) During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company forgave a loan and interest receivable from NorCal and applied the balance to the purchase price (refer to Note 5 for further detail). In addition, the Company acquired a promissory note receivable from CWG Botanicals, Inc. (“CWG”), the license holder managed by NorCal. The note bears interest at a rate of 8% per annum and matures in December 2021.

 

(iv) The Company provides revolving lines of credit to several entities under management services agreements. The relevant terms and balances are detailed below.

 

26

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

                      Interest Income for the  
                Balance as at     Year Ended
December 31,
 
Counterparty   Maximum
Obligation
    Interest
Rate
    December 31,
2018
    December 31,
2017
    2018     2017  
Compassionate Care Foundation, Inc. (“CCF”) (a)   $ 12,500       18 %   $ 5,616     $     $ 334     $  
Prime Alternative Treatment Center, Inc. (b)     4,650       15 %     4,650             352        
Greenleaf (c)     16,000       5.5 %     7,030             68        
Patient Centric of Martha’s Vineyard, Ltd. (“PCMV”) (d)     4,000       15 %     856             15        
Health Circle, Inc. (e)     8,000       15 %     1,519       220       147        
Total                   $ 19,671     $ 220     $ 916     $  

 

(a) In September 2018, the Company entered into a management agreement to provide certain advisory and consulting services to CCF for a monthly fee based on product sales. As a result, the existing loan balance converted into the first advance on a revolving credit facility. Upon certain changes in New Jersey state laws, the management agreement would terminate and any outstanding obligations on the line of credit are convertible to an ownership interest of CCF, and the Company determined the related conversion feature to be immaterial as at December 31, 2018. The line of credit matures in May 2023. This line of credit is held at FVTPL due to the conversion feature. The line of credit was issued at market rate, and as such the total carrying value plus accrued interest approximates the fair value as at December 31, 2018. Increases in market interest rates would result in a corresponding decrease in the line of credit’s fair value.

 

(b) Prime Alternative Treatment Center, Inc. is a non-profit license holder in New Hampshire managed by the Company’s consolidated subsidiary PATCC. The line of credit matures in August 2022.

 

(c) During the year, the Company entered into management contracts with Greenleaf (see Note 5 for further discussion) and extended lines of credit in connection with the agreements. The lines of credit mature in June 2023.

 

(d) In November 2018, the Company entered into a management services agreement with PCMV. Upon certain changes in Massachusetts state laws, the management agreement would become convertible to an ownership interest in PCMV. No contingent assets were recognized as part of this transaction. The line of credit matures in November 2023.

 

(e) Health Circle, Inc. is a non-profit license holder in Massachusetts managed by the Company’s consolidated subsidiary MA RMDS. The line of credit matures in November 2032.

 

(v) Primarily represents outstanding notes due from entities to which we provide management services as well as related parties. The balance outstanding as at December 31, 2018 primarily relates to FLW, which is explained in note (ii) above. Related party balances outstanding as at December 31, 2018 include loans to NCC and the license holder managed by WPMC. The interest rates on the notes range from 6-20%. Interest income on the notes amounted to $94 and $111 during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

27

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

8. CAPITAL ASSETS, NET

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of capital assets and accumulated depreciation during the year ended December 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

 

 

Capital assets, gross

  December 31,
2017
    Capital
Expenditures
    Acquisitions     Transfers/
Disposals
    December 31,
2018
 
Land   $ 610     $ 5,607     $ 24     $     $ 6,241  
Building     484       6,143       556       7,181       14,364  
Construction in progress     9,764       1,221       2,562       (7,978 )     5,569  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment     160       4,458       2,760       778       8,156  
Leasehold improvements     78       2,444       9,574       19       12,115  
Capital assets, gross   $ 11,096     $ 19,873     $ 15,476     $     $ 46,445  

 

Accumulated depreciation   December 31,
2017
    Depreciation
(1)
    December 31,
2018
 
Building   $ (34 )   $ (225 )   $ (259 )
Furniture, fixtures and equipment     (5 )     (439 )     (444 )
Leasehold improvements     (18 )     (681 )     (699 )
Accumulated depreciation   $ (57 )   $ (1,345 )   $ (1,402 )

 

(1) Depreciation for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes $724 that was capitalized to biological assets and inventory.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of capital assets and accumulated depreciation during the year ended December 31, 2017 is as follows:

 

Capital assets, gross   December 31,
2016
    Capital
Expenditures
    Transfers/
Disposals
    December 31,
2017
 
Land   $ 90     $ 520     $     $ 610  
Building     484                   484  
Construction in progress           9,764             9,764  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment     82       81       (3 )     160  
Leasehold improvements     23       55             78  
Capital assets, gross   $ 679     $ 10,420     $ (3 )   $ 11,096  

 

Accumulated depreciation   December 31,
2016
    Depreciation     December 31,
2017
 
Building   $ (27 )   $ (7 )   $ (34 )
Furniture, fixtures and equipment           (5 )     (5 )
Leasehold improvements     (10 )     (8 )     (18 )
Accumulated depreciation   $ (37 )   $ (20 )   $ (57 )

 

Capital assets, net as at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were $45,043 and $11,039, respectively.

 

9. BIOLOGICAL ASSETS AND INVENTORY

 

The Company values its biological assets at the end of each reporting period at fair value less costs to sell. This is determined using a valuation model to estimate the expected harvest yield per plant applied to the estimated price per gram less processing and selling costs. This model also considers the progress in the plant life cycle and the fail rate at each respective stage.

 

28

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

Management has made the following estimates in this valuation model:

 

The average number of weeks in the growing cycle is 18 weeks from propagation to harvest;
The average harvest yield of whole flower is 217 grams per plant; and
The average selling price, which is determined by estimating the wholesale value of cannabis on a state-by-state basis, is $10 per gram.

 

The estimates of growing cycle, harvest yield, and costs per gram are based on the Company's historical results.

 

These inputs are level 3 on the fair value hierarchy, and are subject to volatility and several uncontrollable factors, which could significantly affect the fair value of biological assets in future periods. The sensitivity of the fair value of biological assets to a 10% change in each input is as follows:

 

A 10% increase in the length of the average grow cycle would result in a $168 decline in fair value.
A 10% decrease in the average harvest yield per plant would result in a $914 decline in fair value.
A 10% decrease in average selling price would result in a $2,423 decline in fair value.

 

As at December 31, 2018, the biological assets were on average, 46% complete and would yield approximately 2,347 pounds of cannabis. There were no biological assets as at December 31, 2017.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of biological assets is as follows:

 

    Amount  
December 31, 2017   $  
Production cost capitalized     3,995  
Depreciation cost capitalized     724  
Biological assets acquired     1,162  
Changes in fair value less costs to sell due to biological transformation     19,349  
Transferred to inventory upon harvest     (16,790 )
December 31, 2018   $ 8,440  

 

As at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 inventory consists of:

 

    December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
Retail inventory   $ 1,101     $ 421  
Cultivation inventory     16,047        
Supplies & other     508       42  
Total   $ 17,656     $ 463  

 

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized $15,061 and $4,767, respectively, of inventory expensed to cost of goods sold, which includes $2,110 and $0, respectively, of non-cash expense relating to the changes in fair value of inventory sold.

 

10. DEBT

 

The Company’s debt balances consist of the following:

 

    December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
Senior secured convertible notes   $     $ 27,087  
Loan payable     511       531  
Seller’s notes     15,124        
Total debt     15,635       27,618  
Less: current portion of debt     15,144       20  
Total long-term debt   $ 491     $ 27,598  

 

29

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

Senior secured convertible notes

Between June and November of 2017, HSCP issued senior secured convertible notes (the “Notes”) for a total principal amount of $31,294. The Notes had a maturity date of November 15, 2020 but contained a conversion option which was mandatorily triggered upon a public offering event. The conversion option was classified as a derivative liability and recognized at FVTPL. Interest payable on the outstanding principal accrued at a rate of 10% per annum, payable quarterly in cash or additional Class A membership units of HSCP, at the election of the holders of the Notes.

 

In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company issued warrants to purchase such number of HSCP Class A membership units equal to 150% of the principal amount of the Notes for a total of approximately $47,000. The warrants were classified as a derivative liability and recognized at FVTPL, as the number of units to be issued was not fixed and would be determined by the price per unit at the time of a public offering event. At the time of the RTO, a public offering event, the warrants were reclassified to equity as discussed below.

 

The interest expense related to the Notes during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 consists of the following:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2018     2017  
Cash interest   $ 869     $ 456  
PIK interest     1,912       605  
Accretion (1)     2,669       382  
Total interest expense   $ 5,450     $ 1,443  

 

(1) Accretion includes amortization of the discount related to the original issue discount, warrant, conversion option and certain issuance costs allocated to convertible debt.

 

In connection with the RTO, the Notes mandatorily converted to 6,473 Class A membership units at the time of the RTO, and the Company issued 1,878 warrants to purchase Pubco shares at $25 per share, which expire on November 14, 2021, 3 years from the date of a public offering event.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the Notes is as follows:

 

    Notes  
December 31, 2016   $  
Issuance     26,705  
Accretion     382  
December 31, 2017   $ 27,087  
Accretion     2,669  
Conversion to equity     (29,756 )
December 31, 2018   $  

 

In addition to the warrants issued with respect to the convertible debt, the Company issued 223 warrants valued at $1,284 and expiring in 6 months to former investors in FLW in connection with the Company’s withdrawal (see Note 6 for further discussion), as well as 158 warrants valued at $1,862 and expiring in 2 years issued to brokers for services performed in connection with the RTO.

 

The fair value of the conversion option was remeasured at RTO, taking into consideration the fair value of $25 per share issued at RTO and the $4.8341 conversion rate of the Notes.

 

The fair value of the warrants were remeasured using a Black-Scholes model with a Monte Carlo simulation with the following assumptions:

 

    November 14,
2018
    December 31,
2017
 
Risk-free rate     2.52% - 3.01 %     1.83 %
Expected dividend yield     %     %
Expected term (in years)     0.5 - 3.0       1.36  
Volatility     81% - 87 %     73 %

 

30

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

Volatility was estimated by using the average historical volatility of a representative peer group of publicly traded cannabis companies. The expected term represents the period of time the warrants issued are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate is based on U.S. Treasury bills with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the warrants.

 

The conversion option, Notes and warrants were then reclassified to equity as the fixed-for-fixed criteria required for equity classification in IAS 32 was satisfied.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the Company’s derivative liabilities is as follows:

 

    Conversion
Option
    Warrants -
Notes
    Warrants -
FLW
    Total  
December 31, 2016                        
Issuance     1,245       1,867             3,112  
Change in fair market value of derivative liabilities     (86 )     (129 )           (215 )
December 31, 2017   $ 1,159     $ 1,738     $     $ 2,897  
Issuance                 1,423       1,423  
Change in fair market value of derivative liabilities     130,923       24,975       (139 )     155,759  
Conversion to equity     (132,082 )     (26,713 )     (1,284 )     (160,079 )
December 31, 2018   $     $     $     $  

 

Loan payable

NCCRE, which is owned by the Company’s consolidated subsidiary HSC, entered into a $550 secured loan with a financial institution for the purchase of a building in Rolling Meadows, Illinois in December 2016. The building is leased to NCC. The promissory note payable carries a fixed interest rate of 3.7% and is due in December 2021. Interest expense related to loan payable during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 totaled $22 in both periods.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the loan payable is as follows:

 

    Loan payable  
December 31, 2016   $ 550  
Principal payments     (19 )
December 31, 2017   $ 531  
Principal payments     (20 )
December 31, 2018   $ 511  

 

Seller’s notes

The Company issued Seller’s notes payable in connection with several transactions, bearing interest at rates ranging from 3.5% to 10%. Substantially all of these notes became due upon RTO, with the remainder payable within twelve months. A reconciliation for the year ended December 31, 2018 is presented below. Refer to Note 4, Note 5 and Note 11 for further detail. Interest expense related to seller’s notes during the year ended December 31, 2018 totaled $888. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the Sellers’ notes is as follows:

 

    Seller’s notes  
December 31, 2017   $  
Principal additions     32,942  
Principal payments     (17,818 )
December 31, 2018   $ 15,124  

 

11. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY and NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

 

Pre-RTO transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2018, HSCP issued 17,018 Class D units in exchange for $31 cash (5 units), $6,319 for settlement of expenses (1,019 units), $735 of equity issuance costs pertaining to HSCP's issuance of Class E units, (119 units), as well as certain asset and business acquisitions and non-controlling interest purchases. Refer to Note 4 and Note 5 and the “Non-controlling interests” section below for further information.

 

31

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, HSCP issued 19,352 Class E units in exchange for gross proceeds of $119,983 and incurred $3,859 in equity issuance costs.

 

Immediately prior to RTO, the Company completed, through a special purpose corporation, a private placement of 12,566 subscription receipts for gross proceeds of $314,154 and incurred $17,652 in equity issuance costs. Additionally, the Company recognized $6,126 of expenses associated with the RTO and public listing in Other loss, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Concurrent with the completion of the RTO, each subscription receipt automatically converted into one Subordinate Voting Share of the Company. Additionally, all pre-RTO HSCP units were converted into the post-RTO capital structure described below.

 

Post-RTO - Acreage Holdings, Inc. capital structure

The Company has authorized an unlimited number of Subordinate, Proportionate and Multiple Voting Shares, all with no par value. All share classes are included within Share capital in the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity on an as converted basis. Each share class is entitled to notice of and to attend at any meeting of the shareholders, except a meeting of which only holders of another particular class of shares will have the right to vote. All share classes are entitled to receive dividends, as and when declared by the Company, on an as-converted basis, and no dividends will be declared by the Company on any individual class unless the Company simultaneously declares or pays dividends on all share classes. No subdivision or consolidation of any share class shall be made without simultaneously subdividing or consolidating all share classes in the same manner. No holders of any class are entitled to a right of first refusal on any future security issuance of the Company.

 

Subordinate Voting Shares

Holders of Class A Subordinate Voting Shares are entitled to one vote in respect of each Subordinate Voting Share held. As long as any Subordinate Voting Shares remain outstanding, the Company will not, without the consent of the holders of the Subordinate Voting Shares by separate special resolution, prejudice or interfere with any right or special right attached to the Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

Proportionate Voting Shares

Holders of Class B Proportionate Voting Shares are entitled to one vote in respect of each Subordinate Voting Share into which such Proportionate Voting Shares could ultimately then be converted (forty-to-one). As long as any Proportionate Voting Shares remain outstanding, the Company will not, without the consent of the holders of the Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares by separate special resolution, prejudice or interfere with any right or special right attached to the Proportionate Voting Shares. Consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares shall be required for any action that authorizes or creates shares of any class having preferences superior to or on a parity with the Proportionate Voting Shares.

 

The ability to convert the Proportionate Voting Shares is subject to a restriction that, unless the Board determines otherwise, the aggregate number of Subordinate Voting Shares, Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares held of record, directly or indirectly, by residents of the United States (as determined in accordance with Rules 3b-4 and 12g3-2(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, may not exceed forty percent (40%) of the aggregate number of Subordinate Voting Shares, Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares issued and outstanding after giving effect to such conversions.

 

Multiple Voting Shares

Class C Multiple Voting Shares are intended to give the Company’s founder and CEO voting control. Holders of Multiple Voting Shares will be entitled to three thousand votes for each Multiple Voting Share held. Multiple Voting Shares shall automatically convert into subordinate voting shares on a one-to-one basis at the latest five years from RTO date. No Multiple Voting Share will be permitted to be transferred by the holder thereof without the prior written consent of the Company’s Board.

 

Treasury shares

In connection with the RTO, the Company withheld shares that were previously issued to satisfy certain shareholders’ U.S. federal income tax requirements and made a payment on their behalf in the amount of $21,054.

 

32

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

The table below details the change in Pubco shares outstanding by class:

 

Shareholders’ Equity   Subordinate
Voting Shares
    Subordinate
Voting Shares
Held in Treasury
    Proportionate
Voting Shares
(as converted)
    Multiple
Voting Shares
    Total Shares
Outstanding
 
December 31, 2017                              
Existing unitholders transfer     8,817       (842 )     57,835       168       65,978  
Private placement     12,566                         12,566  
Other share issuances     88                         88  
December 31, 2018     21,471       (842 )     57,835       168       78,632  

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued an additional 88 Subordinate Voting Shares, 60 of which were issued to satisfy RTO-related obligations of $1,451 and 28 which were issued as compensation for consulting services of $358.

 

Warrants

As a result of the RTO transaction, the Company issued warrants to purchase Subordinate Voting Shares to certain investors and brokers. Refer to Note 10 for further information. A summary of the warrants outstanding is as follows:

 

      Number of Warrants  
December 31, 2017        
Granted       2,259  
December 31, 2018       2,259  

 

The exercise price of all warrants outstanding is $25 per share, and the weighted-average fair value of the warrants issued and outstanding is $13.22 per warrant.

 

Non-controlling interests - consolidated subsidiaries

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company made several purchases of non-controlling interests in consolidated subsidiaries.

 

NCI purchases   HSCP
Oregon
    MMRC     Cannabliss     Impire     MA
RMDS
    WPMC     PWPA     Total  
Cash   $ 400     $ 203     $ 301     $     $ 1,364     $ 875     $ 16,500     $ 19,643  
Seller’s notes                 760             7,000       1,125             8,885  
Class D units                 250       2,500       1,000       1,725             5,475  
Forgiveness of shareholder advance     100                                           100  
Total consideration   $ 500     $ 203     $ 1,311     $ 2,500     $ 9,364     $ 3,725     $ 16,500     $ 34,103  
Carrying value on transaction date     (953 )     (15 )     100       2,379       26       5,974       6,321       13,832  
Increase (decrease) in contributed capital   $ (1,453 )   $ (218 )   $ (1,211 )   $ (121 )   $ (9,338 )     2,249       (10,179 )   $ (20,271 )
Ownership percentage purchased     51 %     20 %     35 %     20 %     49 %     13 %     50 %        
Class D units issued                 40       403       161       279             883  

 

The value of Class D units issued was based on similar financing during HSCP's issuance of Class E units, the most recent cash financing prior to the RTO, which was valued at $6.20 per unit. Seller’s notes were issued at face value, which approximated fair value on the acquisition date.

 

33

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

Non-controlling interests - convertible units

As at December 31, 2018, USCo2 owned approximately 1.81% of HSCP units. USCo2’s capital structure is comprised of voting shares (approximately 20%), all of which are held by the Company, and of non-voting shares (approximately 80%) held by certain former HSCP members. Certain executive employees and profits interests holders own approximately 23.99% of HSCP units. These non-controlling interests were formed based on the carrying amount of the net assets of HSCP at the time of the RTO. The non-voting shares of USCo2 and the HSCP units make up substantially all of the NCI balance as at December 31, 2018 and are convertible for either one Subordinate Voting Share of Pubco or cash, as determined by the Company. The remaining 74.20% interest in HSCP is held by USCo and represents the members’ equity attributable to shareholders of the parent.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of convertible units is as follows:

 

    Convertible Units  
December 31, 2017     49,350  
Granted prior to RTO     44,810  
Transferred to Pubco at RTO     (66,820 )
December 31, 2018     27,340  

 

12. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

 

Acreage Holdings, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

In connection with the RTO transaction, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted an Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which permits the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, share units, performance shares, performance units and other stock-based awards up to an amount equal to 10% of the issued and outstanding Subordinate Voting Shares of the Company. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued restricted share units and stock options as follows.

 

Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”)

 

Restricted Share Units

(Fair value information expressed in whole dollars)

  Year Ended
December 31, 2018
    Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
 
Unvested, beginning of period         $  
Granted     2,128       24.62  
Vested     (96 )     25.00  
Unvested, end of period     2,032     $ 24.53  

 

Restricted share units of the Company generally vest over a period of two years. The fair value for RSUs is based on the Company’s share price on the date of the grant. The Company recorded $24,835 as compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2018 in connection with these awards. As at December 31, 2018, unamortized expense related to RSUs totaled $27,557.

 

Stock options

 

Stock Options

(Exercise price expressed in whole dollars)

  Year Ended
December 31, 2018
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 
Options Outstanding, beginning of period         $  
Granted     4,605       25.00  
Options Outstanding, end of period     4,605     $ 25.00  

 

Stock options of the Company generally vest over a period of three years and have an expiration period of 10 years. The weighted-average contractual life remaining as at December 31, 2018 was 9.9 years. The Company recorded $29,704 as compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2018 in connection with these awards. As at December 31, 2018, unamortized expense related to stock options totaled $53,598. There were no options exercisable as at December 31, 2018.

 

34

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

The fair values were calculated using a Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:

 

    December 31, 2018  
Risk-free rate     2.78% - 2.92%  
Expected dividend yield     —%  
Expected term (in years)     6.00  
Volatility (see Note 10)     87.00%  
Fair market value per share     $17.31 - $25.00  
Grant date fair value per option     $12.04 - $18.70  

 

HSCP C-1 Profits Interests Units (“Profits Interests”)

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, HSCP granted 4,284 Class C-1 membership units to certain employees, directors and consultants as compensation for services. These membership units qualify as profits interests for U.S federal income tax purposes and were accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2 - Share-based payment. HSCP amortizes awards over service period and until awards are fully vested.

 

The following table summarizes the status of unvested profits interests as at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

    Year Ended
December 31, 2018
    Year Ended
December 31, 2017
 
(Fair value information expressed in
whole dollars)
  Number of
Units
    Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
    Number of
Units
    Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
 
Unvested, beginning of period         $           $  
Class C-1 units granted     4,284       0.48       3,250       0.47  
Class C-1 units canceled     (847 )     0.64              
Class C-1 vested     (1,612 )     0.43       (3,250 )     0.47  
Unvested, end of period     1,825     $ 0.43           $  

 

The Company recorded $1,167 and $1,522 as compensation expense in connection with these awards during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As at December 31, 2018, unamortized expense related to unvested profits interests totaled $355. 97 profits interests were canceled subsequent to vesting during the year ended December 31, 2018, resulting in total vested profits interests as at December 31, 2018 of 4,765.

 

Of the total $70,291 Compensation expense recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss, $55,706 related to equity-based compensation, which included the components above.

 

13. LOSS PER SHARE

 

Net loss per share represents the net loss attributable to shareholders divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period on an as converted basis.

 

Basic and diluted loss per share are the same as at December 31, 2018, as the issuance of shares upon conversion, exercise or vesting of outstanding units would be anti-dilutive in each period. There were 38,061 anti-dilutive shares outstanding as at December 31, 2018 and none as at December 31, 2017.

 

14. COMMITMENTS and CONTINGENCIES

 

Commitments

The Company and its subsidiaries have entered into operating lease agreements for the corporate office, a cultivation facility and dispensaries. The following represents the Company’s commitments in relation to its operating leases as at December 31, 2018:

 

Period   Amount  
Not later than one year   $ 2,614  
Later than one year and not later than five years     6,776  
Later than five years     2,685  
Total   $ 12,075  

 

35

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

The Company’s rent expense during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $1,604 and $703, respectively. The Company is subject to other capital commitments and similar obligations. As at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 such amounts were not material.

 

The Company entered into membership interest purchase agreements with Greenleaf, which are subject to closing conditions such as the approval of license transfers by state regulators. No contingent assets were recognized as part of this transaction.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire all ownership interests in GCCC Management, LLC, a management company overseeing the operations of Greenleaf Compassionate Care Center, a non-profit cultivation and processing facility in Rhode Island, for cash consideration of $10,000. The transaction is expected to close in the first half of 2019.

 

Contingencies

The Company may be, from time to time, subject to various administrative, regulatory and other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Contingent liabilities associated with legal proceedings are recorded when a liability is probable, and the contingent liability can be reasonably estimated.

 

The Company’s operations are subject to a variety of local and state regulations. Failure to comply with one or more of those regulations could result in fines, restrictions on its operations, or losses of permits that could result in the Company ceasing operations. While management of the Company believes that the Company is in compliance with applicable local and state regulations as at December 31, 2018, medical cannabis regulations continue to evolve and are subject to differing interpretations. As a result, the Company may be subject to regulatory fines, penalties, or restrictions in the future.

 

The Company provides revolving lines of credit to several of its portfolio companies. Refer to Note 7 for further information.

 

New York outstanding litigation

On November 2, 2018, EPMMNY LLC (“EPMMNY”) filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York, asserting claims against 16 defendants, including NYCANNA, Impire, NYMRC (three wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company) and the Company. EPMMNY alleges that it was wrongfully deprived of a minority equity interest and management role in NYCANNA by its former partner, New Amsterdam Distributors, LLC, which attempted to directly or indirectly sell or transfer EPMMNY’s alleged interest in NYCANNA to other entities in 2016 and 2017, including Impire, NYMRC and HSCP. EPMMNY alleges that it is entitled to the value of its alleged minority interest in NYCANNA or minority ownership in NYCANNA. EPMMNY also alleges that certain defendants misused its alleged intellectual property and/or services, improperly solicited its employees, and aided and abetted or participated in the transfer of equity and/or business opportunities from EPMMNY. EPMMNY filed an amended complaint on January 31, 2019. On April 1, 2019, NYCANNA, HSCP, Impire, NYMRC and Acreage New York, LLC moved to dismiss the amended complaint. EPMMNY’s response is due in June 2019.

 

The Company intends to vigorously defend this action, which it firmly believes is without merit. EPMMNY alleges that it was improperly deprived of its equity stake in NYCANNA before NYCANNA was acquired by the Company in a transaction that was fully approved by New York regulators. HSCP is also entitled to full indemnity from the claims asserted against it by EPMMNY pursuant to the purchase agreement pertaining to its acquisition of NYCANNA and personal guarantee by the largest shareholders of the seller.

 

15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Transactions with related parties are entered into in the normal course of business and are measured at the amount established and agreed to by the parties.

 

Lease agreement

NCC has a lease in place with NCCRE, an entity in which the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary HSC has a 33.33% ownership interest. The total amount of rent paid by NCC during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $108 in both periods.

 

Common ownership

A founding member of HSCP held an individual 1% ownership interest in NCC as at December 31, 2018. In the first quarter of 2019, the Company acquired all interests in NCC.

 

Related party promissory notes receivable

Acreage has certain outstanding notes receivable with related parties. Refer to Note 7 for further information.

 

36

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

Other current assets

In March 2017, HSCP issued 6,000 Class C units to certain employees of HSCP in exchange for $630 of notes receivable. These notes bear interest at 2.05% annually. $315 was outstanding as at December 31, 2017, as HSCP forgave 50% of the amount outstanding in recognition of services performed and classified the forgiven amount as compensation expense in the year ended December 31, 2017. The remaining $315 was forgiven and recognized as compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Key management personnel compensation

The Company’s compensation expense related to key management personnel during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 totaled $20,526 and $1,842, respectively, which includes cash and equity-based compensation.

 

16. INCOME TAXES

 

The provision for income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 consists of the following:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2018     2017  
Current:                
Federal   $ 566     $ 721  
State     282       85  
Total current     848       806  
Deferred:                
Federal     787        
State     366        
Total deferred     1,153        
Income tax expense   $ 2,001     $ 806  

 

As at December 31, 2018 and 2017, deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,
2018
    December 31,
2017
 
Deferred tax liabilities:                
Biological assets   $ (4,348 )   $  
Partnership basis difference     (26,179 )      
Total deferred tax liabilities   $ (30,527 )   $  

 

Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of the following deductible temporary differences:

 

    December 31,
2018
    December 31,
2017
 
Book-to-tax difference of assets   $ 1,655     $  

 

37

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

A reconciliation of the effective tax rate on income for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is as follows:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2018     2017  
Expected income tax benefit at statutory rate   $ (45,714 )   $ (2,384 )
State taxes     (21,297 )     (136 )
Nondeductible permanent items     14,195       495  
Pass-through entities & non-controlling interests     54,339       2,829  
Unrecognized deferred tax assets     318        
Other     160       2  
Income tax expense   $ 2,001     $ 806  
                 
Effective tax rate     (0.92 )%     (11.84 )%

 

As the Company operates in the cannabis industry, it is subject to the limitations of IRC Section 280E, under which the Company is only allowed to deduct expenses directly related to sales of product. This results in permanent differences between ordinary and necessary business expenses deemed non-allowable under IRC Section 280E. Therefore, the effective tax rate can be highly variable and may not necessarily correlate with pre-tax income or loss.

 

In connection with the RTO transaction, the Company entered into a tax receivable agreement with certain members of HSCP, who represent a portion of the NCI, in which it agreed to pay 65% of any realized tax benefits upon conversion of HSCP units into Pubco shares to such members. In addition, 20% of any realized tax benefits will be paid to certain HSCP members pursuant to the Company’s tax receivable bonus plan. The Company will retain the remaining 15% of the realized tax benefits.

 

17. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

 

The Company has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments and other risks to which it is exposed and assesses the impact and likelihood of those risks. These risks include market, credit, liquidity, asset forfeiture, banking and interest rate risk.

 

Market risk

Strategic and operational risks arise if the Company fails to carry out business operations and/or to raise sufficient equity and/or debt financing. These strategic opportunities or threats arise from a range of factors that might include changing economic and political circumstances and regulatory approvals and competitor actions. The risk is mitigated by consideration of other potential development opportunities and challenges which management may undertake.

 

Credit risk

The Company’s exposure to non-payment or non-performance by its counterparties is a credit risk. The maximum credit exposure as at December 31, 2018 is the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable and other receivables and promissory notes receivable. The Company does not have significant credit risk with respect to customers. The Company mitigates its credit risk on its other receivables and promissory notes receivable by securing collateral, such as capital assets, and by its review of the counterparties and business review. The Company considers a variety of factors when determining interest rates for notes receivable, including the creditworthiness of the counterparty, market interest rates prevailing at the note’s origination and duration and terms of the note. The Company determined ECLs to be immaterial due to collateral held. Analysis of collateral held and future expected cash flows within the cannabis industry were considered in its ECL assessment. Refer to Note 7 for further discussion.

 

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they become due. The Company endeavors to ensure that there is sufficient liquidity in order to meet short-term business requirements, after taking into account the Company’s cash holdings. As at December 31, 2018, the Company’s financial liabilities consist of accounts payable and accrued liabilities, which have contractual maturity dates within one year, promissory notes payable, which are payable within one year and long-term debt, which matures in 2021. The Company manages its liquidity risk by reviewing its capital requirements on an ongoing basis. Based on the Company’s working capital position as at December 31, 2018, management regards liquidity risk to be low.

 

38

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

Asset forfeiture risk

Because the cannabis industry remains illegal under U.S. federal law, any property owned by participants in the cannabis industry which are either used in the course of conducting such business, or are the proceeds of such business, could be subject to seizure by law enforcement and subsequent civil asset forfeiture. Even if the owner of the property were never charged with a crime, the property in question could still be seized and subject to an administrative proceeding by which, with minimal due process, it could be subject to forfeiture.

 

Banking risk

Notwithstanding that a majority of states have legalized medical marijuana, there has been no change in U.S. federal banking laws related to the deposit and holding of funds derived from activities related to the marijuana industry. Given that U.S. federal law provides that the production and possession of cannabis is illegal, there is a strong argument that banks cannot accept for deposit funds from businesses involved with the marijuana industry. Consequently, businesses involved in the marijuana industry often have difficulty accessing the U.S. banking system and traditional financing sources. The inability to open bank accounts with certain institutions may make it difficult to operate the businesses of the Company, its subsidiaries and investee companies, and leaves their cash holdings vulnerable. The Company has banking relationships in all jurisdictions in which it operates.

 

In addition, the Company maintains cash with various U.S. banks and credit unions with balances in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund limits, respectively. The failure of a bank or credit union where the Company has significant deposits could result in a loss of a portion of such cash balances in excess of the insured limit, which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and the market price of the Company’s capital stock.

 

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or the future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Company’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings are all at fixed interest rates. The Company considers cash flow interest rate risk to be immaterial.

 

Capital risk management

The Company considers its capital structure to include contributed capital, accumulated deficit, non-controlling interests and any other component of equity. The Company’s objectives when managing its capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, to meet its capital expenditures for its continued operations and to maintain a flexible capital structure which optimizes the cost of capital within a framework of acceptable risk. The Company manages its capital structure and adjusts it as appropriate given changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. To maintain or adjust its capital structure, the Company may issue new shares, issue new debt, or acquire or dispose of assets. The Company is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

 

Management reviews its capital management approach on an ongoing basis and believes that this approach, given the relative size of the Company, is reasonable. There have been no changes to the Company’s capital management approach during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

39

 

 

ACREAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands)

 

18. REPORTABLE SEGMENTS

 

The Company’s operating segments are divided by the states in which the Company engages in business activities, as management regularly reviews financial information to evaluate performance and make decisions to allocate resources at this level. The Company aggregates these operating segments into five reportable segments grouped by region: New England, Mid-Atlantic, Midwest, West and South, as the states contained in these regions exhibit similar economic characteristics. The Company’s measure of segment performance is net income.

 

Segment information   New
England
    Mid-
Atlantic
    Midwest     West     South     Corporate/
Eliminations
    Total  
Year ended December 31, 2018                                                        
Revenue   $ 9,139     $ 3,122     $ 20     $ 8,843     $     $     $ 21,124  
Net income     1,403       14,092       4       (517 )           (234,667 )     (219,685 )
                                                         
Year ended December 31, 2017                                                        
Revenue   $     $     $     $ 7,743     $     $     $ 7,743  
Net income           957       68       (1,219 )     81       (7,503 )     (7,616 )
                                                         
December 31, 2018                                                        
Assets   $ 126,014     $ 86,561     $ 19,677     $ 14,041     $ 4     $ 325,524     $ 571,821  
Liabilities     606       1,452       565       1,502             59,973       64,098  
                                                         
December 31, 2017                                                        
Assets   $ 1,000     $ 19,275     $ 801     $ 4,963     $ 7,929     $ 39,041     $ 73,009  
Liabilities           7,008       558       6,034             28,866       42,466  

 

19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Nature’s Way

The Company purchased a vertically-integrated license in Florida to operate a cultivation and processing facility and up to 30 medical cannabis dispensaries by acquiring all interests in Nature’s Way for total consideration of approximately $69,000. In addition to the $12,000 paid in fiscal 2018 as a deferred acquisition cost, the Company paid an additional $53,000 cash and issued $4,000 in HSCP units. The transaction closed on January 4, 2019 upon state approval.

 

Thames Valley Apothecary, LLC (“Thames Valley”)

On January 22, 2019, the Company’s acquisition of Thames Valley, a dispensary license holder in Connecticut, closed upon state approval for cash consideration of $15,072.

 

NCC

On March 1, 2019, the Company acquired all remaining interests in NCC for consideration of $4,508 in Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

Kanna, Inc.

On March 12, 2019, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Kanna, Inc., a dispensary license holder in Oakland, California, for consideration of approximately $11,500 in Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

Form Factory, Inc. (“Form Factory”)

On April 16, 2019, the Company’s acquisition of Form Factory, a multi-state manufacturer and distributor of cannabis-based edibles and beverages, closed upon state approval for consideration of $160,000 in Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

Deep Roots Medical, LLC (“Deep Roots”)

On April 17, 2019, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Deep Roots, a vertically integrated license holder in Nevada, for consideration of approximately $100,000 in HSCP units and $20,000 in cash.

 

In respect to the above acquisitions, the Company is in the process of identifying assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and as such, net assets are preliminarily recorded as intangible assets unless otherwise noted until all measurement period adjustments are considered.

 

Canopy Growth Corporation (“Canopy Growth”)

On April 18, 2019, the Company announced that it had entered into a definitive arrangement agreement that grants Canopy Growth the right to acquire 100% of the shares of the Company, with a requirement to do so at such time as cannabis production and sale becomes federally legal in the U.S. (the “triggering event”). Canopy Growth is a publicly-traded multi-national operator of diversified cannabis and hemp businesses incorporated in Canada.

 

Upon approval of Canopy Growth and Acreage shareholders as well as the Supreme Court of British Columbia, shareholders of the Company (which includes holders of all share classes of the Company as well as HSCP units and USCo2 shares that are convertible into shares of the Company) will receive an immediate aggregate total payment of $300 million (the “up-front” payment) in exchange for granting Canopy Growth an option to acquire all of the outstanding shares of the Company. The companies also plan to execute a licensing agreement granting the Company access to certain of Canopy Growth’s intellectual property. The agreement includes a termination fee of $150 million payable by the Company in the event that the transaction is terminated under certain circumstances.

 

Following the triggering event and satisfaction of certain closing conditions, all Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares will automatically convert to Subordinate Voting Shares, and Canopy Growth will issue 0.5818 of a common share of Canopy Growth to all holders of the Company’s Subordinate Voting Shares in exchange for such holders’ Subordinate Voting Shares. All HSCP unit holders and USCo2 shareholders will have the right to convert their holdings into CGC shares using the conversion ratio described above. HSCP unit holders will be required to convert their units within three years following the closing of the transaction. If federal legalization does not occur within 90 months of the date of the up-front payment, the agreement will terminate.

 

The Company will be permitted to issue up to an additional 58,000 Subordinate Voting Shares, together with an additional 5,222 Subordinate Voting Shares in respect of potential acquisitions.

 

40

 

 

Exhibit 99.3

 

1. INTRODUCTION

 

This management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) of the financial condition and results of operations of Acreage Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”, “we”, “our”, “us” or “Acreage”), formerly known as Applied Inventions Management Corp., is for the three months and year ended December 31, 2018. It is supplemental to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. The Company’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). Financial information presented in this MD&A is presented in thousands of United States (“U.S.”) dollars, unless otherwise indicated.

 

This MD&A has been prepared by reference to the MD&A disclosure requirements established under National Instrument 51-102 - Continuous Disclosure Obligations of the Canadian Securities Administrators.

 

This MD&A contains “forward-looking information” and “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of applicable Canadian and United States securities legislation. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, included herein are forward-looking information, including, for greater certainty, statements regarding expanding our industry-leading footprint, rolling out a national brand, pending legislation, successful completion of our pending acquisitions and opening of new cannabis markets. Generally, forward-looking information may be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “plans”, “expects” or “does not expect”, “proposed”, “is expected”, “budgets”, “scheduled”, “estimates”, “forecasts”, “intends”, “anticipates” or “does not anticipate”, or “believes”, or variations of such words and phrases, or by the use of words or phrases which state that certain actions, events or results may, could, would, or might occur or be achieved. There can be no assurance that such forward-looking information will prove to be accurate, and actual results and future events could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking information. This forward-looking information reflects Acreage’s current beliefs and is based on information currently available to Acreage and on assumptions Acreage believes are reasonable. Forward-looking information is subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements of Acreage to be materially different from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking information. Such risks and other factors may include, but are not limited to: general business, economic, competitive, political and social uncertainties; general capital market conditions and market prices for securities; delay or failure to receive board or regulatory approvals; the actual results of future operations; operating and development costs; competition; changes in legislation or regulations affecting Acreage; the timing and availability of external financing on acceptable terms; favorable production levels and outputs; the stability of pricing of cannabis products; the level of demand for cannabis product; the availability of third-party service providers and other inputs for Acreage’s operations; and lack of qualified, skilled labor or loss of key individuals. A description of additional assumptions used to develop such forward-looking information and a description of additional risk factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking information can be found in Acreage’s disclosure documents, such as Acreage’s listing statement filed on November 14, 2018, on the SEDAR website at www.sedar.com . A lthough Acreage has attempted to identify important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking information, there may be other factors that cause results not to be as anticipated, estimated or intended. Readers are cautioned that the foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive. Readers are further cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking information as there can be no assurance that the plans, intentions or expectations upon which they are placed will occur. Forward-looking information contained in this MD&A is expressly qualified by this cautionary statement. The forward-looking information contained in this MD&A represents the expectations of Acreage as of the date of this MD&A and, accordingly, is subject to change after such date. However, Acreage expressly disclaims any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking information, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as expressly required by applicable securities law. Neither the Canadian Securities Exchange nor its Regulation Service Provider has reviewed, or accepts responsibility for the adequacy or accuracy of, the content of this MD&A.

 

This MD&A was prepared by management of the Company and is dated and presented as at April 29, 2019.

 

2. OVERVIEW OF THE COMPANY

 

Acreage Holdings, Inc., formerly known as Applied Inventions Management Corp., was continued into the Province of British Columbia under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia). The Company’s Class A Subordinate Voting Shares are listed on the Canadian Securities Exchange under the symbol “ACRG.U”, the OTCQX under the symbol “ACRGF” and the Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the symbol “0VZ”. The Company operates through its consolidated subsidiary High Street Capital Partners, LLC (“HSCP”). HSCP, doing business as Acreage Holdings, a Delaware limited liability company, was formed on April 29, 2014. The Company became an indirect parent of HSCP on November 14, 2018 in connection with the reverse takeover (“RTO”) transaction described below.

 

HSCP was founded by Kevin Murphy to invest in the burgeoning U.S. regulated cannabis market. Historically, Acreage’s principal business activity was to make debt and equity capital investments in existing cannabis license holders, cannabis license applicants and related management companies. These portfolio companies were party to financing and consulting services agreements with the Company in states throughout the U.S. where medical and/or adult use of cannabis is legal. Such investments included (but were not limited to) debt securities (secured or unsecured), convertible debt instruments, LLC membership interests, and common or preferred equity securities issued by the portfolio company.

 

  1  

 

 

In 2018, the Company continued the process that began in 2017 of obtaining controlling positions in nearly all portfolio companies under its ownership with the intent of becoming a single cohesive company operating across multiple states. The Company strives towards controlling as much of the supply chain as possible on a national and global scale, while also expanding investment in new cannabis technologies and products. The Company will seek to leverage its breadth of operations and first-mover advantage to create enduring brands and intellectual property that will have enduring value as the market matures and becomes increasingly competitive.

 

On September 21, 2018, the Company, HSCP, HSCP Merger Corp. (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pubco) (“Subco”), Acreage Finco B.C. Ltd. (a special purpose corporation) (“Finco”), Acreage Holdings America, Inc. and Acreage Holdings WC, Inc. entered into a Business Combination Agreement whereby the parties agreed to combine their respective businesses (the “Business Combination”), which would result in the reverse takeover of the Company by the security holders of HSCP. On November 14, 2018, the parties to the Business Combination Agreement completed the RTO. The Business Combination was structured as a series of transactions, including a Canadian three-cornered amalgamation transaction and a series of U.S. reorganization steps. In connection with the Business Combination, the Company changed its name from “Applied Inventions Management Corp.” to “Acreage Holdings, Inc.” On November 15, 2018, the Company’s Subordinate Voting Shares were listed and began trading on the Canadian Securities Exchange under ticker symbol “ACRG.U”.

 

The Company has invested in geographically diverse licensed dispensaries, cultivation and processing facilities and other cannabis related companies that operate in both adult use and medical authorized states across the U.S. In states where medical cannabis license holders may only be non-profit entities, the Company provided, and continues to provide, management services to the respective non-profit medical cannabis license holders on a contractual basis.

 

Today, we believe the Company is one of the leading vertically integrated multi-state cannabis operators in the U.S. Headquartered in New York City, the Company has one of the largest footprints of any cannabis company in the U.S. and is dedicated to building and scaling operations to create a seamless, consumer-focused, branded cannabis experience. The Company’s mission is to champion and provide access to the beneficial properties of cannabis by creating the highest-quality products and experiences. We have fostered strong partnerships with regulators, physicians and medical researchers, with the aim of setting a new standard for the industry. As legislation and regulations evolve, we believe we are poised to build on our leadership position by expanding our footprint and capabilities in bringing safe, affordable cannabis to the market. We deeply believe in the transformational power that cannabis has to heal and change the world.

 

Highlights from the three months and year ended December 31, 2018

 

During the three months:

 

We received gross proceeds of $314 million in a private placement in advance of completing the RTO of Applied Inventions Management Corp. We completed the RTO and our Subordinate Voting Shares were approved for listing on the Canadian Securities Exchange and the OTCQX.

 

We entered into an agreement to acquire Form Factory, Inc., a multi-state manufacturer and distributor of cannabis-based edibles and beverages.

 

We acquired all remaining interests in Prime Wellness of Pennsylvania, LLC (“PWPA”), a license holder in Pennsylvania, solidifying our footprint in the state.

 

Greenleaf Gardens, LLC, a cultivation facility in Ohio with which we have a management services agreement, was awarded a provisional cultivation license.

 

We acquired all interests in In Grown Farms 2, LLC, an Illinois cultivation license holder.

 

We acquired all remaining interests in HSRC NorCal, LLC, a management company in California.

 

We entered into a real estate purchase agreement with Blue Tire Holdings, LLC, which gives us options to purchase several strategic real estate assets in Michigan that are cannabis license applicants in the state.

 

We entered into a definitive agreement to purchase Thames Valley Apothecary, LLC, a dispensary license holder in Connecticut, increasing our footprint to three dispensaries in the state.

 

  2  

 

 

During the year:

 

HSCP successfully completed a Class E funding round, securing gross proceeds of approximately $119 million of additional capital, which was, at that time, the largest private funding round in U.S. cannabis industry history to our knowledge based upon publicly available information.

 

We announced the appointment of former Speaker of the U.S. House of Representatives, John Boehner, former Governor of the State of Massachusetts, Bill Weld, former Prime Minister of Canada, Brian Mulroney, former tw telecom Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Larissa Herda, former IBM Chief Financial Officer, Douglas Maine, and former Blue Cross Blue Shield of Massachusetts Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, William C. Van Faasen, to our Board of Directors.

 

We further solidified our footprint in the U.S., acquiring all remaining interests in NYCANNA, LLC (“NYCANNA”), a license holder in New York and Prime Alternative Treatment Center Consulting, LLC (“PATCC”), a management company in New Hampshire. We also acquired all interests in D&B Wellness, LLC (“D&B”) and Prime Wellness of Connecticut, LLC (“PWCT”), expanding our footprint in Connecticut, and Prime Wellness Centers, Inc. (“PWC”), a license holder in Massachusetts.

 

We entered into management contracts with Greenleaf Apothecaries, LLC and Greenleaf Therapeutics, LLC (together “Greenleaf”), entities holding dispensary and processing licenses, respectively, in Ohio.

 

We entered into a management contract with Compassionate Care Foundation, Inc. (“CCF”), a non-profit license holder in New Jersey. In connection with the execution of the management contract, we agreed to fund the Cannabis Education and Research Institute, Inc., a non-profit organization formed by CCF dedicated to the development and support of unbiased, evidence-based research and information of the beneficial medical use of cannabis, and the communication and dissemination of accurate information to patients, researchers, clinicians, policy-makers and regulators.

 

We acquired a controlling interest in the Wellness and Pain Management Connection, LLC (“WPMC”) in May 2018. WPMC owns and operates four of the eight licensed dispensaries in the State of Maine.

 

We made several key senior management hires, bringing on board a Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and made an internal promotion to President.

 

We have significantly enhanced our controls and finance processes by adding significant expertise in tax, financial planning, financial reporting and controllership at our affiliates and at the corporate level.

 

Operational and Regulation Overview

 

Acreage’s operations are in full compliance with all applicable state and local laws, regulations and licensing requirements in the states which we operate. For a regulatory overview of the states in which we operate, please refer to the Company’s Listing Statement (filed on November 14, 2018) and Annual Information Form (filed on February 20, 2019) filed under the Company’s profile on SEDAR.

 

  3  

 

 

3. SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The following table presents selected financial data derived from the indicated periods consolidated financial statements of the Company for the three months and year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and as at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. The 2017 comparative amounts presented are those of HSCP. The selected financial information set out below may not be indicative of the Company’s future performance.

 

in thousands, except   Three Months Ended           Year Ended        
per share amounts   December 31,     Change     December 31,     Change  
    2018     2017     $     %     2018     2017     $     %  
New England   $ 5,859     $     $ 5,859       n/m     $ 9,139     $     $ 9,139       n/m  
Mid-Atlantic     2,462             2,462       n/m       3,122             3,122       n/m  
Midwest     20             20       n/m       20             20       n/m  
West     2,131       2,183       (52 )     (1 )%     8,843       7,743       1,100       14 %
Revenues, net   $ 10,472     $ 2,183     $ 8,289       380 %   $ 21,124     $ 7,743     $ 13,381       173 %
Cost of goods sold     (6,093 )     (1,359 )     (4,734 )     348 %     (12,951 )     (4,767 )     (8,184 )     172 %
Gross profit excluding fair value items   $ 4,379     $ 824     $ 3,555       431 %   $ 8,173     $ 2,976     $ 5,197       175 %
Realized fair value amounts included in inventory sold     (1,710 )           (1,710 )     n/m       (2,110 )           (2,110 )     n/m  
Unrealized fair value gain on growth of biological assets     16,252             16,252       n/m       19,349             19,349       n/m  
Gross profit   $ 18,921     $ 824     $ 18,097       n/m     $ 25,412     $ 2,976     $ 22,436       n/m  
Total operating expenses     (67,782 )     (5,262 )     (62,520 )     n/m       (94,095 )     (10,023 )     (84,072 )     n/m  
Total other income (loss)     (167,421 )     (58 )     (167,363 )     n/m       (149,001 )     237       (149,238 )     n/m  
Income tax expense     (1,346 )     (188 )     (1,158 )     616 %     (2,001 )     (806 )     (1,195 )     148 %
Net loss   $ (217,628 )   $ (4,684 )   $ (212,944 )     n/m     $ (219,685 )   $ (7,616 )   $ (212,069 )     n/m  
Less: net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests     (14,751 )     78       (14,829 )     n/m       (14,021 )     (613 )     (13,408 )     n/m  
Net loss attributable to Acreage Holdings, Inc.   $ (202,877 )   $ (4,762 )   $ (198,115 )     n/m     $ (205,664 )   $ (7,003 )   $ (198,661 )     n/m  
Net loss per share attributable to Acreage Holdings, Inc. - basic and diluted   $ (2.46 )                           $ (3.08 )                        
Net loss per share attributable to non-controlling interests - basic and diluted     (0.17 )                             (0.22 )                        
Net loss per share - basic and diluted   $ (2.63 )                           $ (3.30 )                        
                                                                 
    December 31,     December 31,     Change                          
    2018     2017     $     %                          
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 104,943     $ 16,231     $ 88,712       n/m                                  
Short-term investments     149,090             149,090       n/m                                  
Inventory     17,656       463       17,193       n/m                                  
Biological assets     8,440             8,440       n/m                                  
Capital assets, net     45,043       11,039       34,004       308 %                                
Intangible assets, net     153,953       800       153,153       n/m                                  
Goodwill     32,116       2,191       29,925       n/m                                  
Total assets     571,821       73,009       498,812       n/m                                  
Total debt     15,635       27,618       (11,983 )     (43 )%                                
Total non-current liabilities     32,147       32,470       (323 )     (1 )%                                

 

n/m - Not meaningful

 

Results of operations for the three months and year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the three months and year ended December 31, 2017

 

  4  

 

 

Revenues

The Company derives its revenues from sales of cannabis and cannabis-infused products through retail dispensary and cultivation businesses, as well as from management fees from entities for whom we provide management services. As at December 31, 2018, Acreage had five operational dispensary facilities in Oregon (three in Portland, one in Eugene and one in Springfield), two in Connecticut (one in Bethel and one in South Windsor), one in Baltimore, Maryland and one in Buffalo, New York. Acreage has cultivation facilities in Sinking Spring, Pennsylvania, Sterling, Massachusetts, Syracuse, New York and Freeport, Illinois. Acreage also collects management services revenues in Maine.

 

    Three Months Ended                 Year Ended              
in thousands   December 31,     Change     December 31,     Change  
    2018     2017     $     %     2018     2017     $     %  
New England   $ 5,859     $     $ 5,859       n/m     $ 9,139     $     $ 9,139       n/m  
Mid-Atlantic     2,462             2,462       n/m       3,122             3,122       n/m  
Midwest     20             20       n/m       20             20       n/m  
West     2,131       2,183       (52 )     (1 )%     8,843       7,743       1,100       14 %
Revenues, net   $ 10,472     $ 2,183     $ 8,289       380 %   $ 21,124     $ 7,743     $ 13,381       173 %

 

The increase in revenues in the three months and year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily driven by the acquisitions of D&B and PWCT in our New England region and the start of operational sales from PWPA in our Mid-Atlantic region.

 

Cost of goods sold and gross profit

Gross profit is revenue less cost of goods sold, plus or minus the fair value changes in biological assets for the period. Cost of goods sold includes the costs directly attributable to product sales and includes amounts paid for finished goods, such as flower, edibles and concentrates, as well as packaging and other supplies, fees for services and processing, and allocated overhead which includes allocations of rent, administrative salaries, utilities and related costs. Cannabis costs are affected by various state regulations that limits the sourcing and procurement of cannabis product, which may create fluctuations in gross profit over comparative periods as the regulatory environment changes.

 

    Three Months Ended       Year Ended      
in thousands   December 31,     Change     December 31,     Change  
    2018     2017     $     %     2018     2017     $     %  
Revenues, net   $ 10,472     $ 2,183     $ 8,289       380 %   $ 21,124     $ 7,743     $ 13,381       173 %
Cost of goods sold     (6,093 )     (1,359 )     (4,734 )     348 %     (12,951 )     (4,767 )     (8,184 )     172 %
Gross profit excluding fair value items   $ 4,379     $ 824     $ 3,555       431 %   $ 8,173     $ 2,976     $ 5,197       175 %
Realized fair value amounts included in inventory sold     (1,710 )           (1,710 )     n/m       (2,110 )           (2,110 )     n/m  
Unrealized fair value gain on growth of biological assets     16,252             16,252       n/m       19,349             19,349       n/m  
Gross profit   $ 18,921     $ 824     $ 18,097       n/m     $ 25,412     $ 2,976     $ 22,436       n/m  

 

The increase in cost of goods sold and gross profit excluding fair value items in the three months and year ended December 31, 2018 was driven by the increased sales at D&B, PWCT and PWPA.

 

  5  

 

 

The Company’s fair value adjustments in the three months and year ended December 31, 2018 pertained to biological assets at our Pennsylvania, New York, Massachusetts and Illinois cultivation locations.

 

Gross margin, excluding fair value items was 42% and 38% in the three months ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and 39% and 38% in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

 

Total operating expenses

Total operating expenses consist primarily of costs incurred at our corporate offices and operational subsidiaries, personnel costs, including salaries, benefits and share based compensation, marketing and other professional service costs, including legal and accounting. We expect to continue to invest considerably in this area to support our aggressive expansion plans and to support the increasing complexity of the cannabis business. Furthermore, we expect to incur acquisition and transaction costs related to our expansion plans. We anticipate a significant increase in stock compensation expense related to recruiting and hiring talent, as well as increases in accounting, legal and professional fees associated with being a publicly traded company.

 

    Three Months Ended           Year Ended        
in thousands   December 31,     Change     December 31,     Change  
    2018     2017     $     %     2018     2017     $     %  
Total operating expenses     (67,782 )     (5,262 )     (62,520 )     n/m       (94,095 )     (10,023 )     (84,072 )     n/m  

 

The increases in operating expenses were driven by increased general and administrative and compensation expenses. These reflect the increased volume and complexity of services required as the Company’s operations increased over the year, such as increased legal and other professional fees incurred from the roll-up of our investments, increased compensation expenses driven by stock compensation in connection with our public listing and the increased headcount from the scaling up of operations.

 

Total other income (loss)

 

    Three Months Ended                 Year Ended              
in thousands   December 31,     Change     December 31,     Change  
    2018     2017     $     %     2018     2017     $     %  
Total other income (loss)     (167,421 )     (58 )     (167,363 )     n/m       (149,001 )     237       (149,238 )     n/m  

 

Of the total decline in other income (loss) during the three months, $156,871 was driven by the non-cash remeasurement of our derivative liability valuations due to the conversion of HSCP’s senior secured convertible notes to equity and the issuance of warrants in connection with the RTO. Additionally, our loss from investments increased by $5,203, primarily driven by the issuance of warrants in connection with the redemption of our investment in Florida Wellness, LLC, the mark-to-market of certain equity method investments and adjustments from changes to our non-core legacy portfolio via the sale and roll-up of investments. We also had an increase in other non-operating expenses of $5,830, primarily driven by expenses associated with our public listing.

 

The non-cash remeasurement of our derivative liabilities described above drove $155,974 of the decline during the year, while increased interest expense and the non-operating expenses described above drove $4,895 and $6,774 of the decline, respectively. These were partially offset by a $17,557 increase in income from investments due to the remeasurement to fair value upon acquisition of previously held interests.

 

We expect these other income (loss) items to significantly decline going forward as a result of the substantial completion of the roll-up of the former minority investments of HSCP and the conversion of HSCP’s debt to equity as a result of the RTO.

 

Net loss

 

    Three Months Ended           Year Ended        
in thousands   December 31,     Change     December 31,     Change  
    2018     2017     $     %     2018     2017     $     %  
Net loss   $ (217,628 )   $ (4,684 )   $ (212,944 )     n/m     $ (219,685 )   $ (7,616 )   $ (212,069 )     n/m  
Less: net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests     (14,751 )     78       (14,829 )     n/m       (14,021 )     (613 )     (13,408 )     n/m  
Net loss attributable to Acreage Holdings, Inc.   $ (202,877 )   $ (4,762 )   $ (198,115 )     n/m     $ (205,664 )   $ (7,003 )   $ (198,661 )     n/m  

 

The increases in net loss are driven by the factors discussed above.

 

  6  

 

 

The increase in loss allocated to the non-controlling interests was driven by the RTO transaction. Certain former HSCP members contributed their units in HSCP to Acreage Holdings, WC, Inc. in exchange for non-voting shares of Acreage Holdings, WC, Inc., and certain executive employees and profits interests holders remained unitholders of HSCP. These non-voting shares and units are redeemable for either one Subordinate Voting Share of Pubco or cash, as determined by the Company.

 

Summary of quarterly results

The following table presents selected financial information for the Company’s four most recently completed quarters.

 

(in thousands, except per share amounts)   Q4’18     Q3’18     Q2’18     Q1’18  
Revenue   $ 10,472     $ 5,504     $ 2,951     $ 2,197  
Net income (loss) attributable to Acreage Holdings, Inc.     (202,877 )     (4,509 )     5,996       (4,274 )
Net income (loss) per share attributable to Acreage Holdings, Inc. - basic and diluted     (2.46 )     n/a       n/a       n/a  

 

4. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Our primary uses of capital include acquisitions, capital expenditures, servicing of outstanding debt and operating expenses. Our primary source of capital is funds generated by financing activities. To date, we have used private financing as a source of liquidity for short-term working capital needs and general corporate purposes. Our ability to fund our operations, to make planned capital expenditures, to acquire other entities or investments, to make scheduled debt payments and to repay or refinance indebtedness depends on our future operating performance, cash flows and ability to obtain equity or debt financing, which are subject to prevailing economic conditions, as well as financial, business and other factors, some of which are beyond our control.

 

Change in Cash   Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
    2018     2017     $     %  
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (35,536 )   $ (5,942 )   $ (29,594 )     n/m  
Net cash used in investing activities     (235,518 )     (19,382 )     (216,136 )     n/m  
Net cash provided by financing activities     359,766       36,259       323,507       n/m  
Change in cash   $ 88,712     $ 10,935     $ 77,777       n/m  
n/m - Not meaningful                                

 

As at December 31, 2018, we had $104,943 of cash and cash equivalents, $95 of restricted cash and $254,103 of working capital surplus (current assets minus current liabilities), compared with $16,231 of cash and cash equivalents, $269 of restricted cash and $7,482 of working capital surplus as at December 31, 2017. The increase in cash and cash equivalents was primarily driven by the proceeds received from the private placement completed prior to the RTO.

 

We expect that our cash on hand and cash flows from operations, along with private and/or public financing, will be adequate to meet our capital requirements and operational needs for the next 12 months.

 

Cash used in operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities increased $29,594 to $35,536 for the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily driven by higher usage of cash in current year accounts payable and accrued liabilities due to timing of payments and an increase of general and administrative expenses and compensation expense.

 

Cash used in investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities increased $216,136 to $235,518 for the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily driven by the purchase of short-term investments in U.S. treasury bills, the purchase of cannabis license holders and management contracts, capital expenditures and loans made to subsidiaries to build out facilities, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of the Company’s equity interest in Compass Ventures, Inc., Greenhouse Compass, LLC, HSGH Properties, LLC and HSGH Properties Union, LLC.

 

Cash provided by financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities increased $323,507 to $359,766 for the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily driven by net proceeds of $298,644 from our private placement in advance of our RTO and the net issuance of $116,890 in exchange for Class E units in HSCP, compared to our prior year net convertible note issuance of $29,817.

 

  7  

 

 

Contractual obligations

The Company and its subsidiaries have entered into operating lease agreements for the corporate office, a cultivation facility and dispensaries. The following represents the Company’s commitments in relation to its operating leases:

 

Period   Amount  
Not later than one year   $ 2,614  
Later than one year and not later than five years     6,776  
Later than five years     2,685  
Total   $ 12,075  

 

The Company has the following commitments (revolving lines of credit) related to its investments:

 

          Balance as at  
Counterparty   Maximum Obligation     December 31,
2018
    December 31,
2017
 
CCF   $ 12,500     $ 5,616     $  
Prime Alternative Treatment Center, Inc. (a)     4,650       4,650        
Greenleaf     16,000       7,030        
Patient Centric of Martha’s Vineyard, Ltd.     4,000       856        
Health Circle, Inc. (b)     8,000       1,519       220  
Total           $ 19,671     $ 220  

 

(a) Prime Alternative Treatment Center, Inc. is a non-profit license holder in New Hampshire managed by the Company’s consolidated subsidiary PATCC.

 

(b) Health Circle, Inc. is a non-profit license holder in Massachusetts managed by the Company’s consolidated subsidiary MA RMD SVCS, LLC.

 

The Company is subject to other capital commitments and similar obligations. As at December 31, 2018 such amounts were not material.

 

5. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

As at the date of this filing, the Company does not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on the results of the operations or financial condition of the Company, including, and without limitation, such considerations as liquidity and capital resources.

 

6. TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

 

Transactions with related parties are entered into in the normal course of business and are measured at the amount established and agreed to by the parties.

 

Lease agreement

NCC LLC (“NCC”) has a lease in place with NCC Real Estate, LLC, an entity in which the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary HSC Solutions, LLC has a 33.33% ownership interest. The total amount of rent paid by NCC during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $108 in both periods.

 

Common ownership

A founding member of HSCP held an individual 1% ownership interest in NCC as at December 31, 2018. In the first quarter of 2019, the Company acquired all interests in NCC.

 

Related party promissory notes receivable

Acreage has certain outstanding notes receivable with related parties. Refer to Note 7 of the consolidated financial statements for further information.

 

Other current assets

In March 2017, HSCP issued 6,000 Class C units to certain employees of HSCP in exchange for $630 of notes receivable. These notes bear interest at 2.05% annually. $315 was outstanding as at December 31, 2017, as the Company forgave 50% of the amount outstanding in recognition of services performed and classified the forgiven amount as compensation expense in the year ended December 31, 2017. The remaining $315 was forgiven and recognized as compensation expense in the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

  8  

 

 

Key management personnel compensation

The Company’s compensation expense related to key management personnel for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 totaled $20,526 and $1,842, respectively, which includes cash and equity-based compensation.

 

7. PROPOSED TRANSACTIONS

 

Nature’s Way

The Company purchased a vertically-integrated license in Florida to operate a cultivation and processing facility and up to 30 medical cannabis dispensaries by acquiring all interests in Nature’s Way for total consideration of approximately $69,000. In addition to the $12,000 paid in fiscal 2018 as a deferred acquisition cost, the Company paid an additional $53,000 cash and issued $4,000 in HSCP units. The transaction closed on January 4, 2019 upon state approval.

 

Thames Valley Apothecary, LLC (“Thames Valley”)

On January 22, 2019, the Company’s acquisition of Thames Valley, a dispensary license holder in Connecticut, closed upon state approval for cash consideration of $15,072.

 

NCC

On March 1, 2019, the Company acquired all remaining interests in NCC for consideration of $4,508 in Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

Kanna, Inc.

On March 12, 2019, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Kanna, Inc., a dispensary license holder in Oakland, California, for consideration of approximately $11,500 in Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

Form Factory, Inc. (“Form Factory”)

On April 16, 2019, the Company’s acquisition of Form Factory, a multi-state manufacturer and distributor of cannabis-based edibles and beverages, closed upon state approval for consideration of $160,000 in Subordinate Voting Shares.

 

Deep Roots Medical, LLC (“Deep Roots”)

On April 17, 2019, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Deep Roots, a vertically integrated license holder in Nevada, for consideration of approximately $100,000 in HSCP units and $20,000 in cash.

 

In respect to the above acquisitions, the Company is in the process of identifying assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and as such, net assets are preliminarily recorded as intangible assets unless otherwise noted until all measurement period adjustments are considered.

 

Canopy Growth Corporation (“Canopy Growth”)

On April 18, 2019, the Company announced that it had entered into a definitive arrangement agreement that grants Canopy Growth the right to acquire 100% of the shares of the Company, with a requirement to do so at such time as cannabis production and sale becomes federally legal in the U.S. (the “triggering event”). Canopy Growth is a publicly-traded multi-national operator of diversified cannabis and hemp businesses incorporated in Canada.

 

Upon approval of Canopy Growth and Acreage shareholders as well as the Supreme Court of British Columbia, shareholders of the Company (which includes holders of all share classes of the Company as well as HSCP units and USCo2 shares that are convertible into shares of the Company) will receive an immediate aggregate total payment of $300 million (the “up-front” payment) in exchange for granting Canopy Growth an option to acquire all of the outstanding shares of the Company. The companies also plan to execute a licensing agreement granting the Company access to certain of Canopy Growth’s intellectual property. The agreement includes a termination fee of $150 million payable by the Company in the event that the transaction is terminated under certain circumstances.

 

Following the triggering event and satisfaction of certain closing conditions, all Proportionate Voting Shares and Multiple Voting Shares will automatically convert to Subordinate Voting Shares, and Canopy Growth will issue 0.5818 of a common share of Canopy Growth to all holders of the Company’s Subordinate Voting Shares in exchange for such holders’ Subordinate Voting Shares. All HSCP unit holders and USCo2 shareholders will have the right to convert their holdings into CGC shares using the conversion ratio described above. HSCP unit holders will be required to convert their units within three years following the closing of the transaction. If federal legalization does not occur within 90 months of the date of the up-front payment, the agreement will terminate.

 

The Company will be permitted to issue up to an additional 58,000 Subordinate Voting Shares, together with an additional 5,222 Subordinate Voting Shares in respect of potential acquisitions.

 

8. CHANGES IN OR ADOPTION OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The significant accounting policies used by the Company are as follows:

 

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company defines cash equivalents as highly liquid investments held for the purpose of meeting short-term cash commitments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash, with original maturities of three months or less. As at December 31, 2018, the Company had $104,943 of cash and cash equivalents (including $34,983 of cash equivalents in the form of U.S. Treasury bills) on hand, compared to $16,231 of cash (with no material cash equivalents) on hand as at December 31, 2017.

 

Restricted cash

Restricted cash represents funds contractually held for specific purposes and, as such, not available for general corporate purposes.

 

Biological assets

In accordance with IAS 41 - Agriculture, the Company’s biological assets are measured at fair value less costs to sell and harvest. The Company capitalizes all direct and indirect costs as they are incurred, which include the direct costs of seeds and growing materials and indirect costs such as utilities, labor, depreciation and overhead costs. These costs are subsequently transferred to inventory upon harvest and are then recorded within Cost of goods sold in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period the related product is sold. The unrealized fair value adjustments on growth of biological assets are recorded in a separate line in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

  9  

 

 

Inventory

The Company’s inventories initially include the fair value of the biological assets at the time of harvest. They also include subsequent costs to prepare the product for ultimate sale, which include direct costs such as materials and indirect costs such as utilities and labor. All direct and indirect costs related to inventory are capitalized when they are incurred, and they are subsequently classified to Cost of goods sold in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, except for the realized fair value amounts included in inventory sold which are recorded on a separate line item. Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The Company measures inventory cost using specific identification for its retail inventory and the average cost method for its cultivation inventory.

 

Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities, including derivatives, are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet when the Company becomes a party to the financial instrument or derivative contract.

 

Classification

The Company classifies its financial assets and financial liabilities in the following measurement categories: (i) those to be measured subsequently at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”); (ii) those to be measured subsequently at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI); and (iii) those to be measured at amortized cost. The classification of financial assets depends on the business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. Financial liabilities are classified as those to be measured at amortized cost unless they are designated as those to be measured subsequently at FVTPL (irrevocable election at the time of recognition). For assets and liabilities measured at fair value, gains and losses are either recorded in profit or loss or other comprehensive income.

 

The Company reclassifies financial assets when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes. Financial liabilities are not reclassified.

 

Measurement

All financial instruments are required to be measured at fair value on initial recognition, plus, in the case of a financial asset or financial liability not at FVTPL, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issuance of the financial asset or financial liability. Transaction costs of financial assets and financial liabilities carried at FVTPL are expensed in profit or loss. Financial assets and financial liabilities with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest.

 

Financial assets that are held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows, and that have contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal outstanding are generally measured at amortized cost at the end of the subsequent accounting periods. The carrying value of the Company’s financial assets held at amortized cost approximates fair value. All other financial assets including equity investments are measured at their fair values at the end of subsequent accounting periods, with any changes taken through profit and loss or other comprehensive income (irrevocable election at the time of recognition). For financial liabilities measured subsequently at FVTPL, changes in fair value due to credit risk are recorded in other comprehensive income.

 

The component parts of compound instruments issued by the Company are classified separately as financial liabilities and equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement. At the date of issue, the fair value of the liability is measured separately using an estimated market rate for a similar liability without an equity component and the residual is allocated to the conversion option. The liability component is subsequently recognized on an amortized cost basis using the effective interest method until extinguished upon conversion or at the instrument’s maturity date. The equity component is recognized and included in equity and is not subsequently re-measured. In addition, the conversion option classified as equity will remain in equity until the conversion option is exercised, in which case, the balance recognized in equity will be transferred to share capital. Transaction costs are divided between the liability and equity components in proportion to their values.

 

Financial instruments recorded at fair value are classified using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used to make the measurements. The hierarchy is summarized as follows:

 

Level 1 - quoted prices (unadjusted) that are in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

Level 2 - inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (prices) for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or indirectly (derived from prices) for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions

 

Level 3 - inputs for assets or liabilities that are not based upon observable market data

 

  10  

 

 

The Company classifies its financial instruments as follows:

 

Financial Instrument   Classification   Fair Value
Hierarchy
Cash and cash equivalents   Amortized cost   N/A
Short-term investments   Amortized cost   N/A
Investments in private entities   FVTPL   Level 1 & 3
Investments held for sale   FVTPL   Level 3
Promissory notes receivable   Amortized cost   N/A
Convertible line of credit   FVTPL   Level 3
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   Amortized cost   N/A
Derivative liabilities   FVTPL   Level 3
Debt   Amortized cost   N/A

 

There were no material reclassifications between fair value levels during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

Impairment of financial assets

The Company assesses at each statement of financial position date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired.

 

The Company recognizes expected credit losses (“ECL”) for trade receivables based on the simplified approach under IFRS 9. The simplified approach to the recognition of expected losses does not require the Company to track the changes in credit risk; rather, the Company recognizes a loss allowance based on lifetime expected credit losses at each reporting date from the date of the trade receivable.

 

Evidence of impairment may include indications that a debtor or a group of debtors is experiencing significant financial difficulty, default or delinquency in interest or principal payments, the probability that they will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization and where observable data indicates that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, such as changes in arrears or economic conditions that correlate with defaults. Trade receivables are reviewed qualitatively on a case-by-case basis to determine whether they need to be written off.

 

For financial assets carried at amortized cost (loans receivable or promissory notes), the Company recognizes loss allowances for ECLs on such financial assets measured at amortized cost. ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. The Company applies a three-stage approach to measure ECLs. The Company measures loss allowance at an amount equal to 12 months of expected losses for performing loans receivable if the credit risk at the reporting date has not increased significantly since initial recognition (Stage 1) and at an amount equal to lifetime expected losses on loans receivable that have experienced a significant increase in credit risk since origination (Stage 2) and at an amount equal to lifetime expected losses which are credit impaired (Stage 3).

 

The Company considers a significant increase in credit risk to have occurred if contractual payments are more than 30 days past due and considers the loans receivable to be in default if they are 90 days past due. A significant increase in credit risk or default may have also occurred if there are other qualitative factors (including forward looking information) to consider; such as borrower specific information (i.e. change in credit assessment). Such factors include consideration relating to whether the counterparty is experiencing significant financial difficulty, there is a breach of contract, concessions are granted to the counterparty that would not normally be granted, or it is probable the counterparty will enter into bankruptcy or a financial reorganization.

 

Significant increases in credit risk are assessed based on changes in probability of default of a financial asset subsequent to initial recognition. The Company uses past due information to determine whether credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition. Financial assets are considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk and are reclassified to Stage 2 if a contractual payment is more than 30 days past due as at the reporting date.

 

The Company defines default as the earlier of when a contractual loan payment is more than 90 days past due or when a loan becomes insolvent as a result of customer bankruptcy. Loans that have experienced a default event are considered to be credit-impaired and are reclassified as Stage 3 loans.

 

The Company measures expected credit loss by considering the risk of default over the contract period and incorporates forward-looking information into its measurement.

 

Expected credit losses are measured as the difference in the present value of the contractual cash flows that are due to the Company under the contract, and the cash flows that the Company expects to receive. The Company assesses all information available, including past due status and forward looking macro-economic factors in the measurement of the expected credit losses associated with its assets carried at amortized cost.

 

  11  

 

 

The maximum period considered when estimating ECLs is the maximum contractual period over which the Company is exposed to credit risk. All of the promissory notes receivable carried at amortized cost are considered to be in Stage 1 as at December 31, 2018, and the Company has not recognized any material ECLs during the year.

 

Investments in associates

In accordance with IAS 28 - Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures, associates are entities for which the Company has significant influence in, but not control or joint control of, its financial and operating policy decisions. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method in accordance with IAS 28 - Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures. Investments in associates are recognized initially at cost, which includes transaction costs. After initial recognition, the Company adjusts the carrying value of the investment to reflect its share of the investee’s net assets, profit or loss, and other comprehensive income until the date on which significant influence ceases. If the Company’s share of losses in an equity-accounted investment equals or exceeds its interest in the entity, including any other unsecured long-term receivables, the Company does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made additional investments in or payments on behalf of the other entity. The Company’s investments in equity-accounted investees are classified within Long-term investments in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

Short-term investments

The Company holds short-term investments for the purpose of satisfying current cash commitments. Refer to Note 6 for more information.

 

Investments in private entities

Private entities are those entities that the Company has no significant influence or control and are accounted for in accordance with IFRS 9. Refer to Note 6 for more information.

 

Investments held for sale

The investment held for sale is presented at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. An asset is regarded as held for sale if its carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction, rather than through continuing use. For this to be the case, the asset must be available for immediate sale and its sale must be highly probable. The Company’s investments held for sale are classified within Investments in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Management has determined the investment income (losses) associated with investments held for sale did not meet the criteria of IFRS 5 - Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations to be reflected as discontinued operations.

 

Promissory notes receivable

The Company provides financing to various related and non-related businesses within the cannabis industry. These notes are accounted for as financial instruments in accordance with IFRS 9. Refer to Note 7 for more information.

 

Capital assets

Capital assets are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Depreciation is calculated using the following terms and methods:

 

Capital Asset Class   Method   Time Period
Land   Not depreciated    
Buildings   Straight-line   10 - 40 years
Leasehold improvements   Straight-line   Shorter of estimated useful life or length of the lease
Furniture, fixtures and equipment   Straight-line   3 - 10 years
Construction in process   Not depreciated    

 

An item of equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying value of the asset) is included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the year the asset is derecognized. The assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted prospectively if appropriate.

 

Intangible assets

Intangible assets such as management contracts are amortized over their estimated useful lives, while indefinite-lived intangibles such as cannabis licenses are not amortized.

 

  12  

 

 

Business combinations

The Company’s growth strategy includes acquisition of retail, cultivation, processing and other cannabis related companies. These business combinations are accounted using the acquisition method when control is transferred. The consideration transferred in the acquisition is generally measured at fair value, along with identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill and intangibles assets acquired in a business combination are recorded on the acquisition date. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets or liabilities of an acquired business and is attributable to synergies expected to be achieved from integrating the acquisition into the Company’s existing business. Based on the Company’s tax status discussed below, goodwill is not expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. A bargain purchase gain is recognized when the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets or liabilities acquired is negative. The Company expenses transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, in connection with a business combination as incurred. Where applicable, the Company elects on a transaction-by-transaction basis whether to measure non-controlling interest, if any, at its fair value or at its proportionate share of the recognized amount of the identifiable net assets at the acquisition date.

 

Impairment of non-financial assets

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not subject to amortization and are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Other long-lived assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

 

For testing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating unit, or “CGU”). Goodwill is allocated to the CGU that is expected to benefit from synergies of a related business combination and represent the lowest level within the Company at which management monitors goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount, if any, by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and the value in use (being the present value of expected future cash flows of the asset or CGU). When an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the lesser of the revised estimate of recoverable amount or the carrying amount that would have been recorded had no impairment loss been previously recognized. The Company’s most recent impairment test performed as at December 31, 2018 did not result in the recognition of any impairment losses.

 

Income taxes

The Corporation will be treated as a U.S corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes under U.S. Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 7874 and be subject to U.S. federal income tax. However, for Canadian tax purposes, the Corporation is expected, regardless of any application of IRC Section 7874, to be treated as a Canadian resident company (as defined in the Income Tax Act (Canada)) for Canadian income tax purposes. As a result, the Corporation will be subject to taxation both in Canada and the U.S. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is management’s expectation that the Company’s activities will be conducted in such a manner that income from operations will not be subjected to double taxation.

 

HSCP operates in the U.S. as a limited liability company that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal, state and local income tax purposes. As a result, HSCP’s income from its U.S. operations is not subject to U.S. federal income tax because the income is attributable to its members. Accordingly, the Company’s U.S. tax provision is based on the portion of HSCP’s income attributable to the Company and excludes the income attributable to other members of HSCP, whose income is included in Net loss and comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In addition, the Company also records a tax provision for the corporate entities owned directly by HSCP.

 

Income tax expense is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Current tax expense is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at year end, adjusted for amendments to tax payable with regards to previous years.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities and the related deferred tax expense or recovery are recognized for deferred tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amount of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted or substantively enacted tax rates expected to apply when the asset is realized or the liability settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that substantive enactment occurs.

 

A deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the asset can be utilized.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxing authority and the Company intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

 

  13  

 

 

Certain Acreage subsidiaries are subject to IRC Section 280E. This section disallows deductions and credits attributable to a trade or business of trafficking in controlled substances. Under U.S. law, marijuana is a Schedule I controlled substance.

 

Revenue recognition

The IASB’s new revenue recognition standard IFRS 15 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“IFRS 15”) was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2018. The new standard replaces IAS 18 - Revenue and provides for a single model that applies to all contracts with customers with two types of recognition: at a point in time or over time. The Company has applied IFRS 15 retrospectively and determined that there is no change to the comparative periods or transitional adjustments required as a result of adoption. The Company’s accounting policy for revenue recognition under IFRS 15 is as follows:

 

1. Identify the contract with a customer;

 

2. Identify the performance obligation(s);

 

3. Determine the transaction price;

 

4. Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligation(s);

 

5. Recognize revenue when/as performance obligation(s) are satisfied.

 

Revenue from the direct sale of cannabis to customers for a fixed price is recognized when the Company transfers control of the good to the customer. Substantially all of the Company’s revenues are derived from the retail sale of cannabis in dispensaries at this time. Revenue from management contracts is recognized over time as the management services are provided.

 

The Company provides management services to other cannabis companies for a fee structure that varies based on the contract. The services that may be provided are broadly defined and span the entire scope of the business. The Company evaluates the nature of its promise to the customer in these contracts and determines that its promise is to provide a management service. The service comprises various activities that may vary each day (such as support for cultivation, finance, accounting, human resources, retail, etc.). Revenue from management contracts was not material for the periods presented.

 

Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of allowances, discounts and rebates.

 

Equity-settled payments

The Company issues equity-based awards to employees and consultants for services. The Company measures these awards based on their fair value at the grant date and recognizes compensation expense over the requisite service period. For awards granted to non-employees, the compensation expense is measured at the fair value of the goods and services received except when the fair value cannot be estimated in which case it is measured at the fair value of the award granted.

 

New standards and interpretations issued but not yet adopted:

 

Several new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are not yet effective for the year ended December 31, 2018 and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements:

 

Leases

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16 - Leases (“IFRS 16”). The new standard will replace IAS 17 - Leases and eliminates the classification of leases as either operating or finance leases from the perspective of the lessee. All contracts that meet the definition of a lease will be recorded in the Statements of Financial Position as a right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability. Under the new standard, the treatment of all lease expense is included in Depreciation and amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, and the liability is unwound using the interest component inherent in each lease.

 

IFRS 16 will be applied by the Company using the cumulative catch-up approach for annual periods beginning on January 1, 2019. Under this approach, the Company will not restate its comparative figures and will recognize a right-of-use asset equal to the present value of the future lease payments.

 

The Company has several leases in place as disclosed in Note 14. On transition to IFRS 16, the Company will elect to apply the practical expedient to only transition contracts which were previously identified as leases. The Company will also elect to not recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less and for leases of low-value assets. The Company will account for leases for which the lease term ends within 12 months of the date of initial application as short-term leases. The Company is currently finalizing the quantitative assessment of the impact of the adoption of this new standard.

 

9. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

 

The Company has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments and other risks to which it is exposed and assesses the impact and likelihood of those risks. These risks include market, credit, liquidity, asset forfeiture, banking and interest rate risk.

 

Market risk

Strategic and operational risks arise if the Company fails to carry out business operations and/or to raise sufficient equity and/or debt financing. These strategic opportunities or threats arise from a range of factors that might include changing economic and political circumstances and regulatory approvals and competitor actions. The risk is mitigated by consideration of other potential development opportunities and challenges which management may undertake.

 

  14  

 

 

Credit risk

The Company’s exposure to non-payment or non-performance by its counterparties is a credit risk. The maximum credit exposure as at December 31, 2018 is the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable and other receivables and promissory notes receivable. The Company does not have significant credit risk with respect to customers. The Company mitigates its credit risk on its other receivables and promissory notes receivable by securing collateral, such as capital assets, and by its review of the counterparties and business review. The Company considers a variety of factors when determining interest rates for notes receivable, including the creditworthiness of the counterparty, market interest rates prevailing at the note’s origination and duration and terms of the note. The Company determined ECLs to be immaterial due to collateral held. Analysis of collateral held and future expected cash flows within the cannabis industry were considered in its ECL assessment. Refer to Note 7 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

 

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they become due. The Company endeavors to ensure that there is sufficient liquidity in order to meet short-term business requirements, after taking into account the Company’s cash holdings. As at December 31, 2018, the Company’s financial liabilities consist of accounts payable and accrued liabilities, which have contractual maturity dates within one year, promissory notes payable, which are payable within one year and long-term debt, which matures in 2021. The Company manages its liquidity risk by reviewing its capital requirements on an ongoing basis. Based on the Company’s working capital position as at December 31, 2018, management regards liquidity risk to be low.

 

Asset forfeiture risk

Because the cannabis industry remains illegal under U.S. federal law, any property owned by participants in the cannabis industry which are either used in the course of conducting such business, or are the proceeds of such business, could be subject to seizure by law enforcement and subsequent civil asset forfeiture. Even if the owner of the property were never charged with a crime, the property in question could still be seized and subject to an administrative proceeding by which, with minimal due process, it could be subject to forfeiture.

 

Banking risk

Notwithstanding that a majority of states have legalized medical marijuana, there has been no change in U.S. federal banking laws related to the deposit and holding of funds derived from activities related to the marijuana industry. Given that U.S. federal law provides that the production and possession of cannabis is illegal, there is a strong argument that banks cannot accept for deposit funds from businesses involved with the marijuana industry. Consequently, businesses involved in the marijuana industry often have difficulty accessing the U.S. banking system and traditional financing sources. The inability to open bank accounts with certain institutions may make it difficult to operate the businesses of the Company, its subsidiaries and investee companies, and leaves their cash holdings vulnerable. The Company has banking relationships in all jurisdictions in which it operates.

 

In addition, the Company maintains cash with various U.S. banks and credit unions with balances in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund limits, respectively. The failure of a bank or credit union where the Company has significant deposits could result in a loss of a portion of such cash balances in excess of the insured limit, which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and the market price of the Company’s capital stock.

 

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or the future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Company’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings are all at fixed interest rates. The Company considers cash flow interest rate risk to be immaterial.

 

Capital risk management

The Company considers its capital structure to include contributed capital, accumulated deficit, non-controlling interests and any other component of equity. The Company’s objectives when managing its capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, to meet its capital expenditures for its continued operations and to maintain a flexible capital structure which optimizes the cost of capital within a framework of acceptable risk. The Company manages its capital structure and adjusts it as appropriate given changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. To maintain or adjust its capital structure, the Company may issue new shares, issue new debt, or acquire or dispose of assets. The Company is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

 

Management reviews its capital management approach on an ongoing basis and believes that this approach, given the relative size of the Company, is reasonable. There have been no changes to the Company’s capital management approach during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

  15  

 

 

10. OUTSTANDING SHARE DATA

 

The following share capital data is current as of the date of this document: 

 

 

Shares Outstanding
(expressed in 000s)

 

Subordinate Voting Shares

(on an as converted basis)

 
Issued and Outstanding Shares:        
Subordinate Voting Shares     53,819  
Subordinate Voting Shares held in treasury     (842 )
Proportionate Voting Shares (1)     33,274  
Multiple Voting Shares     168  
Total Pubco shares     86,419  
Non-controlling interest convertible units     27,697  
Total Issued and Outstanding     114,116  
         
Options     4,902  
Warrants     2,258  
RSUs     1,927  
HSCP unvested profits interests     912  
Fully Diluted     124,115  

 

(1) Presented on an as converted basis at the forty Subordinate Voting Shares to one Proportionate Voting Share exchange ratio.

 

  16  

 

 

Exhibit 99.4

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Kevin P. Murphy, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of Acreage Holdings, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the issuer and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 29, 2019 By: /s/ Kevin P. Murphy
    Kevin P. Murphy
    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
    (Principal Executive Officer)

 

     

 

Exhibit 99.5

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Glen Leibowitz, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of Acreage Holdings, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the issuer and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5 The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuer’s auditors and the audit committee of the issuer’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 29, 2019 By: /s/ Glen Leibowitz
    Glen Leibowitz
    Chief Financial Officer
    (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

     

 

 

Exhibit 99.6

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. §1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Acreage Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 40-F for the period ended December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Kevin P. Murphy, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)      The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)      The information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

April 29, 2019 /s/ Kevin P. Murphy
  Kevin P. Murphy
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
  (Principal Executive Officer)

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Acreage Holdings, Inc. and will be retained by Acreage Holdings, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

     

 

Exhibit 99.7

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. §1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Acreage Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 40-F for the period ended December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Glen Leibowitz, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)      The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)      The information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

April 29, 2019 /s/ Glen Leibowitz
  Glen Leibowitz
  Chief Financial Officer
  (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Acreage Holdings, Inc. and will be retained by Acreage Holdings, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

     

 

 

Exhibit 99.8

 

 

 

Consent of Independent Auditors

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in Form 40-F of Acreage Holdings, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2018 of our report dated April 29, 2019 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Acreage Holdings, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2018 listed in the accompanying index.

 

We also consent to the incorporation by reference of such report into Registration Statement No. 333-229984 on Form S-8 of the Company.

 

 

/s/ MNP LLP

  

 

Toronto, Canada

April 29, 2019